REESE LIBRARY 
 
 OF THI: 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. 
 
 Received. L//U24&/ . 
 
 J^ 
 
 Accessions No. ^4 <?4^ Shelf No. . 
 
 -g-O 
 
THE ECONOMY 
 
 OF 
 
 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
THE ECONOMY 
 
 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 A LOGICAL METHOD OF LEARNING CONSTRUCTIVE 
 MECHANICS. 
 
 ARRANGED WITH QUESTIONS 
 
 FOR THE USE OF 
 
 APPRENTICE ENGINEERS AND STUDENTS. 
 
 BY 
 
 J. RICHARDS, 
 
 AUTHOR OF "A TREATISE ON THE CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION OF WOOD-WORKING 
 
 MACHINES," "THE OPERATOR'S HANDBOOK," "WOOD CONVERSION BY 
 MACHINERY," AND OTHER WRITINGS ON MECHANICAL SUBJECTS. 
 
 LONDO: 
 E. & F. N. SPON, 48 CHA 
 
 NEW YORK : 446 BROOME STREET. 
 
 1876. 
 [All rights reserved.] 
 
Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1875, by 
 
 JOHN RICHARDS, 
 In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 THE contents of the present work, except the Intro- 
 duction and the chapter on Gauges, consist mainly in 
 a revision of a series of articles published in " Engi- 
 neering " and the Journal of the Franklin Institute, 
 under the head of " The Principles of Shop Manipula- 
 tion," during 1873 and 1874. 
 
 The articles alluded to were suggested by observa- 
 tions made in actual practice, and by noting a " habit 
 of thought " common among learners, which did not 
 seem to accord with the purely scientific manner in 
 which mechanical subjects are now so constantly 
 treated. 
 
 The favourable reception which the articles on 
 " Shop Manipulation " met with during their serial 
 publication, and various requests for their reproduc- 
 tion in the form of a book, has led to the present 
 edition. 
 
 The addition of a few questions at the end of each 
 chapter, some of which are not answered in the text, 
 it is thought will assist the main object of the work, 
 which is to promote a habit of logical investigation on 
 
 the part of learners. 
 
 b 
 
VI PREFACE. 
 
 It will be proper to mention here, what will be more 
 fully pointed out in the Introduction, that although 
 workshop processes may be scientifically explained 
 and proved, they must nevertheless be learned logi- 
 cally. This view, it is hoped, will not lead to any- 
 thing in the book being construed as a disparagement 
 of the importance of theoretical studies. 
 
 Success in Technical Training, as in other kinds of 
 education, must depend greatly upon how well the gene- 
 ral mode of thought among learners is understood and 
 followed ; and if the present work directs some attention 
 to this matter it will not fail to add something to 
 those influences which tend to build up our industrial 
 interests. 
 
 J. R. 
 
 10 JOHN STREET, ADELPHI, 
 LONDON, 1875. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAP. PAGE 
 INTRODUCTION, ...... 1 
 
 I. PLANS OF STUDYING, ...... 6 
 
 II. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING, . . . . .13 
 
 III. ENGINEERING AS A CALLING, . . . . .17 
 
 IV. THE CONDITIONS OF APPRENTICESHIP, . . .18 
 V. THE OBJECT OF MECHANICAL INDUSTRY, . . .25 
 
 VI. ON THE NATURE AND OBJECTS OF MACHINERY, . . 28 
 
 VII. MOTIVE MACHINERY, . . . . . .29 
 
 VIII. WATER POWER, . . . . . .35 
 
 IX. WIND POWER, . . . . . .41 
 
 X. MACHINERY FOR TRANSMITTING AND DISTRIBUTING POWER, . 42 
 
 XI. SHAFTS FOR TRANSMITTING POWER, . . . .44 
 
 XII. BELTS FOR TRANSMITTING POWER, . . .. .48 
 
 XIII. GEARING AS A MEANS OF TRANSMITTING POWER, . . 51 
 
 XIV. HYDRAULIC APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING POWER, . . 53 
 
 XV. PNEUMATIC MACHINERY FOR TRANSMITTING POWER, . . 55 
 
 XVI. MACHINERY OF APPLICATION, . . . .57 
 
 XVII. MACHINERY FOR MOVING AND HANDLING MATERIAL, . . 60 
 
 XVIII. MACHINE COMBINATION, . . . . .67 
 
 XIX. THE ARRANGEMNET OF ENGINEERING ESTABLISHMENTS, . 71 
 
 XX. GENERALISATION OF SHOP PROCESSES, . . .74 
 
 XXI. MECHANICAL DRAWING, . . . . .78 
 
 XXII. PATTERN MAKING AND CASTING, . . . .90 
 
 XXIII. FORGING, . . . . . . .100 
 
 XXIV. TRIP-HAMMERS, . . . . . .106 
 
 XXV. CRANK-HAMMERS, . . . . . .108 
 
VI 11 CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAP. PACK 
 
 XXVI. STEAM-HAMMERS, . . . . . .109 
 
 XXVII. COMPOUND HAMMERS, . . . . .112 
 
 XXVIII. TEMPERING STEEL, . . . . . .114 
 
 XXIX. FITTING AND FINISHING, ..... 118 
 
 XXX. TURNING LATHES, ...... 121 
 
 XXXI. PLANING OR REblPROOATING MACHINES, . . . 128 
 
 XXXII. SLOTTING MACHINES, ...... 134 
 
 XXXIII. SHAPING MACHINES, . . . . . .135 
 
 XXXIV. BORING AND DRILLING, . . . . .136 
 XXXV. MILLING, . . . . . . .140 
 
 XXXVI. SCREW-CUTTING, . . . . . .143 
 
 XXXVII. STANDARD MEASURES, . . . . .145 
 
 XXXVIII. GAUGING IMPLEMENTS, . . . . .147 
 
 XXXIX. DESIGNING MACHINks, . . . . .152 
 
 XL. INVENTION, . . . . . . .159 
 
 XLI. WORKSHOP EXPERIENCE, . . . .165 
 
THE ECONOMY 
 
 OF 
 
 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION 
 
 INTROD UCTION. 
 
 IN adding another to the large number of books winch treat 
 upon Mechanics, and especially of that class devoted to what is 
 called Mechanical Engineering, it will be proper to explain some 
 of the reasons for preparing the present work j and as these 
 explanations will constitute a part of the work itself, and be 
 directed to a subject of some interest to a learner, they are 
 included in the Introduction. 
 
 First I will notice that among our many books upon mechani- 
 cal subjects there are none that seem to be directed to the 
 instruction of apprentice engineers; at least, there are none 
 directed to that part of a mechanical education most difficult to 
 acquire, a power of analysing and deducing conclusions from 
 commonplace matters. 
 
 Our text-books, such as are available for apprentices, consist 
 mainly of mathematical formulae relating to forces, the properties 
 of material, examples of practice, and so on, but do not deal 
 with the operation of machines nor with constructive manipula- 
 tion, leaving out that most important part of a mechanical 
 education, which consists in special as distinguished from general 
 knowledge. 
 
 The theorems, formulae, constants, tables, and rules, which are 
 generally termed the principles of mechanics, are in a sense only 
 symbols of principles ; and it is possible, as many facts will 
 prove, for a learner to master the theories and symbols of 
 
 A. 
 
% WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 mechanical principles, and yet not be able to turn such knowledge 
 to practical account. 
 
 A principle in mechanics may be known, and even familiar to 
 a learner, without being logically understood ; it might even be 
 said that both theory and practice may be learned without the 
 power to connect and apply the two things. A person may, for 
 example, understand the geometry of tooth gearing and how to 
 lay out teeth of the proper form for various kinds of wheels, how 
 to proportion and arrange the spokes, rims, hubs, and so on ; he 
 may also understand the practical application of wheels as a 
 means of varying or transmitting motion, but between this 
 knowledge and a complete wheel lies a long train of intricate 
 processes, such as pattern-making, moulding, casting, boring, 
 and fitting. Farther on comes other conditions connected with 
 the operation of wheels, such as adaptation, wear, noise, acci- 
 dental strains, with many other things equally as important, as 
 epicycloi^al curves or other geometrical problems relating to 
 wheels. 
 
 Text-books, such as relate to construction, consist generally of 
 examples, drawings, and explanations of machines, gearing, tools, 
 and so on ; such examples are of use to a learner, no doubt, but 
 in most cases he can examine the machines themselves, and on 
 entering a shop is brought at once in contact not only with the 
 machines but also with their operation. Examples and drawings 
 relate to how machines are constructed, but when a learner comes 
 to the actual operation of machines, a new and more interesting 
 problem is reached in the reasons why they are so constructed. 
 
 The difference between how machinery is constructed and why 
 it is so constructed, is a wide one. This difference the reader 
 should keep in mind, because it is to the second query that the 
 present work will be mainly addressed. There will be an 
 attempt an imperfect one, no doubt, in some cases to deduce 
 from practice the causes which have led to certain forms of 
 machines, and to the ordinary processes of workshop manipula- 
 tion. In the mind of a learner, whether apprentice or student, 
 the strongest tendency is to investigate why certain proportions 
 and arrangement are right and others wrong why the opera- 
 tions of a workshop are conducted in one manner instead of 
 another ? This is the natural habit of thought, and the natural 
 course of inquiry and investigation is deductive. 
 
 Nothing can be more unreasonable than to expect an apprentice 
 
INTRODUCTION. 3 
 
 engineer to begin by an inductive course in learning and reason- 
 ing about mechanics. Even if the mind were capable of such a 
 course, which can not be assumed in so intricate and extensive a 
 subject as mechanics, there would be a want of interest and an 
 absence of apparent purpose which would hinder or prevent 
 progress. Any rational view of the matter, together with as 
 many facts as can be cited, will all point to the conclusion that 
 apprentices must learn deductively, and that some practice 
 should accompany or precede theoretical studies. How dull and 
 objectless it seems to a young man when he toils through " the 
 sum of the squares of the base and perpendicular of a right-angle 
 triangle," without knowing a purpose to which this problem is 
 to be applied ; he generally wonders why such puzzling theorems 
 were ever invented, and what they can have to do with the 
 practical affairs of life. But if the same learner were to happen 
 upon a builder squaring a foundation by means of the rule " six, 
 eight, and ten," and should in this operation detect the applica- 
 tion of that tiresome problem of " the sum of the squares," he 
 would at once awake to a new interest in the matter ; what was 
 before tedious and without object, would now appear useful and 
 interesting. The subject would become fascinating, and the learner 
 would go on with a new zeal to trace out the connection between 
 practice and other problems of the kind. Nothing inspires a 
 learner so much as contact with practice ; the natural tendency, 
 as before said, is to proceed deductively. 
 
 A few years ago, or even at the present time, many school- 
 books in use which treat of mechanics in connection with 
 natural philosophy are so arranged as to hinder a learner from 
 grasping a true conception of force, power, and motion ; these 
 elements were confounded with various agents of transmission, 
 such as wheels, wedges, levers, screws, and so on. A learner was 
 taught to call these things " mechanical powers," whatever that 
 may mean, and to compute their power as mechanical elements. 
 In this manner was fixed in the mind, as many can bear wit- 
 ness, an erroneous conception of the relations between power and 
 the means for its transmission ; the two things were confounded 
 together, so that years, and often a lifetime, has not served to 
 get rid of the idea of power and mechanism being the same. To 
 such teaching can be traced nearly all the crude ideas of mechanics 
 so often met with among those well informed in other matters. In 
 the great change from empirical rules to proved constants, from 
 
4 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION 
 
 special and experimental knowledge to the application of science 
 in the mechanic arts, we may, however, go too far. The 
 incentives to substitute general for special knowledge are so 
 many, that it may lead us to forget or underrate that part which 
 cannot come within general rules. 
 
 The labour, dirt, and self-denial inseparable from the acquire- 
 ment of special knowledge in the mechanic arts are strong 
 reasons for augmenting the importance and completeness of 
 theoretical knowledge, and while it should be, as it is, the con- 
 stant object to bring everything, even manipulative processes, so 
 far as possible, within general rules, it must not be forgotten that 
 there is a limit in this direction. 
 
 In England and America the evils which arise from a false 
 or over estimate of mere theoretical knowledge have thus far been 
 avoided. Our workshops are yet, and must long remain, our tech- 
 nological schools. The money value of bare theoretical training 
 is so fast declining that we may be said to have passed the point 
 of reaction, and that the importance of sound practical know- 
 ledge is beginning to be more felt than it was some years ago. 
 It is only in those countries where actual manufactures and other 
 practical tests are wanting, that any serious mistake can be 
 made as to what should constitute an education in mechanics. 
 Our workshops, if other means fail, will fix such a standard ; 
 and it is encouraging to find here and there among the outcry 
 for technical training, a note of warning as to the means to be 
 employed. 
 
 During the meeting of the British Association in Belfast 
 (1874), the committee appointed to investigate the means of 
 teaching Physical Science, reported that "the most serious 
 obstacle discovered was an absence from the minds of the pupils 
 of a firm and clear grasp of the concrete facts forming a base of 
 the reasoning processes they are called upon to study ; and that 
 the use of text-books should be made subordinate to an attend- 
 ance upon lectures and demonstrations." 
 
 Here, in reference to teaching science, and by an authority 
 which should command our highest confidence, we have a clear 
 exposition of the conditions which surround mechanical training, 
 with, however, this difference, that in the latter " demonstration " 
 has its greatest importance. 
 
 Professor John Sweet of Cornell University, in America, while 
 delivering an address to the mechanical engineering classes, 
 
INTRODUCTION. 5 
 
 during the same year, made use of the following words : " It is 
 not what you ' know' that you will be paid for ; it is what you 
 can * perform/ that must measure the value of what you learn 
 here." These few words contain a truth which deserve to be 
 earnestly considered by every student engineer or apprentice ; 
 as a maxim it will come forth and apply to nearly everything in 
 subsequent practice. 
 
 I now come to speak directly of the present work and its 
 objects. It may be claimed that a book can go no further in 
 treating of mechanical manipulation than principles or rules will 
 reach, and that books must of necessity be confined to what 
 may be called generalities. This is in a sense true, and it is, 
 indeed, a most difficult matter to treat of machine operations and 
 shop processes ; but the reason is that machine operations and 
 shop processes have not been reduced to principles or treated in 
 the same way as strains, proportions, the properties of material, 
 and so on. I do not claim that manipulative processes can be 
 so generalised this would be impossible ; yet much can be done, 
 and many things regarded as matters of special knowledge can 
 be presented in a way to come within principles, and thus 
 rendered capable of logical investigation. 
 
 Writers on mechanical subjects, as a rule, have only theoretical 
 knowledge, and consequently seldom deal with workshop pro- 
 cesses. Practical engineers who have passed through a success- 
 ful experience and gained that knowledge which is most difficult 
 for apprentices to acquire, have generally neither inclination nor 
 incentives to write books. The changes in manipulation are so 
 frequent, and the operations so diversified, that practical men have 
 a dread of the criticisms which such changes and the differences 
 of opinion may bring forth ; to this may be added, that to be- 
 come a practical mechanical engineer consumes too great a share 
 of one's life to leave time for other qualifications required in 
 preparing books. For these reasons " manipulation " has been 
 neglected, and for the same reasons must be imperfectly treated 
 here. The purpose is not so much to instruct in shop processes as 
 to point out how they can be best learned, the reader for the most 
 part exercising his own judgment and reasoning powers. It 
 will be attempted to point out how each simple operation is 
 governed by some general principle, and how from such opera- 
 tions, by tracing out the principle which lies at the bottom, it 
 is possible to deduce logical conclusions as to what is right or 
 
6 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 wrong, expedient or inexpedient. In this way, it is thought, can 
 be established a closer connection between theory and practice, 
 and a learner be brought to realise that he has only his reasoning 
 powers to rely on that formula), rules, tables, and even books, 
 are only aids to this reasoning power, which alone can master 
 and combine the symbol and the substance. 
 
 No computations, drawings, or demonstrations of any kind will 
 be employed to relieve the mind of the reader from the care of 
 remembering and a dependence on his own exertions. Drawings, 
 constants, formulae, tables, rules, with all that pertains to com- 
 putation in mechanics, are already furnished in many excellent 
 books, which leave nothing to be added, arid such books can be 
 studied at the same time with what is presented here. 
 
 The book has been prepared with a full knowledge of the fact, 
 that what an apprentice may learn, as well as the time that is 
 consumed in learning, are both measured by the personal interest 
 felt in the subject studied, and that such a personal interest on 
 the part of an apprentice is essential to permanent success as an 
 engineer. A general dry ness and want of interest must in this, 
 as in all cases, be a characteristic of any writing devoted to 
 mechanical subjects : some of the sections will be open to this 
 charge, no doubt, especially in the first part of the book ; but it 
 is trusted that the good sense of the reader will prevent him from 
 passing hurriedly over the first part, to see what is said, at the 
 end, of casting, forging, and fitting, and will cause him to read 
 it as it comes, which will in the end be best for the reader, and 
 certainly but fair to the writer. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 PLANS OF STUDYING. 
 
 BY examining the subject of applied mechanics and shop mani- 
 pulation, a learner may see that the knowledge to be acquired 
 by apprentices can be divided into two departments, that may be 
 called general and special. General knowledge relating to tools, 
 processes and operations, so far as their construction and action 
 may be understood from general principles, and without special 
 
PLANS OF STUDYING. 7 
 
 or experimental instruction. Special knowledge is that which 
 is based upon experiment, and can only be acquired by special, 
 as distinguished from general sources. 
 
 To make this plainer, the laws of forces, the proportion . of 
 parts, strength of material, and so on, are subjects of general know- 
 ledge that may be acquired from books, and understood without 
 the aid of an acquaintance with the technical conditions of 
 either the mode of constructing or the manner of operating 
 machines ; but how to construct proper patterns for castings, or 
 how the parts of machinery should be moulded, forged, or fitted, 
 is special knowledge, and must have reference to particular cases. 
 The proportions of pulleys, bearings, screws, or other regular de- 
 tails of machinery, may be learned from general rules and prin- 
 ciples, but the hand skill that enters into the manufacture of 
 these articles cannot be learned except by observation and 
 experience. The general design, or the disposition of metal in 
 machine-framing, can be to a great extent founded upon rules 
 and constants that have general application ; but, as in the case 
 of wheels, the plans of moulding such machine frames are not 
 governed by constant rules or performed in a uniform manner. 
 Patterns of different kinds may be employed ; moulds may be 
 made in various ways, and at a greater and less expense ; the 
 metal can be mixed to produce a hard or a soft casting, a strong 
 or a weak one ; the conditions under which the metal is poured 
 may govern the soundness or shrinkage, things that are deter- 
 mined by special instead of general conditions. 
 
 The importance of a beginner learning to divide what he has 
 to learn into these two departments of special and general, has 
 the advantage of giving system to his plans, and pointing out 
 that part of his education which must be acquired in the work- 
 shop and by practical experience. The time and opportunities 
 which might be devoted to learning the technical manipulations 
 of a foundry, for instance, would be improperly spent if devoted 
 to metallurgic chemistry, because the latter may be studied apart 
 from practical foundry manipulation, and without the oppor- 
 tunity of observing casting operations. 
 
 It may also be remarked that the special knowledge involved 
 in applied mechanics is mainly to be gathered and retained by 
 personal observation and memory, and that this part is the 
 greater one ; all the formulae relating to machine construction 
 may be learned in a shorter time than is required to master and 
 
WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 understand the operations which may be performed on an engine 
 lathe. Hence first lessons, learned when the mind is interested 
 and active, should as far as possible include whatever is special ; 
 in short, no opportunity of learning special manipulation should 
 be lost. If a wheel pattern come under notice, examine the manure 
 in which it is framed together, the amount of draught, and how 
 it is moulded, as well as to determine whether the teeth have 
 true cycloidal curves. 
 
 Once, nearly all mechanical knowledge was of the class termed 
 special, and shop manipulations were governed by empirical rules 
 and the arbitrary opinions of the skilled ; an apprentice entered 
 a shop to learn a number of mysterious operations, which could 
 not be defined upon principles, and only understood by special 
 practice and experiment. The arrangement and proportions of 
 . mechanism were also determined by the opinions of the skilled, 
 and like the manipulation of the shop, were often hid from tbe 
 apprentice, and what he carried in his memory at the end of an 
 apprenticeship was all that he had gained. The tendency of 
 this was to elevate those who were the fortunate possessors of a 
 strong natural capacity, and to depress the position of those less 
 fortunate in the matter of mechanical "genius," as it was called. 
 Tbe ability to prepare proper designs, and to succeed in original 
 plans, was attributed to a kind of intuitive faculty of the mind ; 
 in short, the mechanic arts were fifty years ago surrounded by 
 a superstition of a different nature, but in its influences the same 
 as superstition in other branches of knowledge. 
 
 But now all is changed : natural phenomena have been ex- 
 plained as being but the operation of regular laws ; so has 
 mechanical manipulation been explained as consisting in the 
 application of general principles, not yet fully understood, but 
 far enough, so that the apprentice may with a substantial educa- 
 tion, good reasoning powers, and determined effort, force his way 
 where once it had to be begged. The amount of special know- 
 ledge in mechanical manipulation, that which is irregular and 
 modified by special conditions, is continually growing less as 
 generalisation and improvement go on. 
 
 Another matter to be considered is that the engineering 
 apprentice, in estimating what he will have to learn, must not 
 lose sight of the fact that what qualifies an engineer of to-day 
 will fall far short of the standard that another generation will fix, 
 and of that period in which his practice will fall. This I men- 
 
PLANS OF STUDYING. 9 
 
 tion because it will have much to do with the conceptions that a 
 learner will form of what he sees around him. To anticipate 
 improvement and change is not only the highest power to 
 which a mechanical engineer can hope to attain, but is the key 
 to his success. 
 
 By examining the history of great achievements in the mechanic 
 arts, it will be seen that success has been mainly dependent upon 
 predicting future wants, as well as upon an ability to supply 
 such wants, and that the commercial value of mechanical im- 
 provements is often measured by conditions that the improve- 
 ments themselves anticipate. The invention of machine-made 
 drills, for example, was but a small matter ; but the demand that 
 has grown up since, and because of their existence, has rendered 
 this improvement one of great value. Moulded bearings for 
 shafts were also a trifling improvement when first made, but it 
 has since influenced machine construction in America in a way 
 that has given great importance to the invention. 
 
 It is generally useless and injudicious to either expect or to 
 search after radical changes or sweeping improvements in 
 machine manufacture or machine application, but it is im- 
 portant in learning how to construct and apply machinery, that 
 the means of foreseeing what is to come in future should at the 
 same time be considered. The attention of a learner can, for 
 example, be directed to the division of labour, improvements in 
 shop system, how and where commercial interests are influenced 
 by machinery, what countries are likely to develop manufactures, 
 the influence of steam-hammers on forging, the more extended 
 use of steel when cheapened by improved processes for producing 
 it, the division of mechanical industry into special branches, 
 what kind of machinery may become staple, such as shafts, pul- 
 leys, wheels, and so on. These things are mentioned at random, 
 to indicate what is meant by looking into the future as well as 
 at the present. 
 
 Following this subject of future improvement farther, it may 
 be assumed that an engineer who understands the application 
 and operation of some special machine, the principles that 
 govern its movements, the endurance of the wearing surfaces, 
 the direction and measure of the strains, and who also under- 
 stands the principles of the distribution of material, arrange- 
 ment, and proportions, that such an engineer will be able to 
 construct machines, the plans of which will not be materially 
 
10 WORKSHOP MANIPULATIONS 
 
 departed from so long as the nature of the operations to which 
 the machines are applied remain the same. 
 
 A proof of this proposition is furnished in the case of stand- 
 ard machine tools for metal-cutting, a class of machinery that 
 for many years past has received the most thorough attention at 
 the hands of our best mechanical engineers. 
 
 Standard tools for turning, drilling, planing, boring, and so 
 on, have been changed but little during twenty years past, and 
 are likely to remain quite the same in future. A lathe or a 
 planing-machine made by a first-class establishment twenty 
 years ago has, in many cases, the same capacity, and is worth 
 nearly as much in value at the present time as machine tools of 
 modern construction a test that more than any other deter- 
 mines their comparative efficiency and the true value of the 
 improvements that have been made. The plans of the framing 
 for machine tools have been altered, and many improvements in 
 details have been added ; yet, upon the whole, it is safe to 
 assume, as before said, that standard tools for metal-cutting have 
 reached a state of improvement that precludes any radical 
 changes in future, so long as the operations in metal-cutting 
 remain the same. 
 
 This state of improvement which has been reached in ma- 
 chine-tool manufacture, is not only the result of the skill expended 
 on such tools, but because as a notable exception they are the 
 agents of their own production ; that is, machine tools produce 
 machine tools, and a maker should certainly become skilled in 
 the construction of implements which he employs continually 
 in his own business. This peculiarity of machine-tool manufac- 
 tures is often overlooked by engineers, and unfair comparisons 
 made between machines of this class and those directed to wood 
 conversion and other manufacturing processes, which machinists, 
 as a rule, do not understand. 
 
 Noting the causes and conditions which have led to this perfec- 
 tion in machine-tool manufacture, and how far they apply in 
 the case of other classes of machinery, will in a measure indicate 
 the probable improvements and changes that the future will 
 produce. 
 
 The functions and adaptations of machinery constitute, as 
 already explained, the science of mechanical engineering. The 
 functions of a machine are a foundation on which its plans 
 are based ; hence machine functions and machine effect are 
 
PLANS OF STUDYING. 11 
 
 matters to which the attention of an apprentice should first be 
 directed. 
 
 In the class of mechanical knowledge that has been defined as 
 general, construction comes in the third place : first, machine 
 functions ; next, plans or adaptation of machines ; and third, 
 the manner of constructing machines. This should be the order 
 of study pursued in learning mechanical manipulation. Instead 
 of studying how drilling-machines, planing-machines or lathes 
 are arranged, and next plans of constructing them, and then the 
 principles of their operation, which is the usual course, the 
 learner should reverse the order, studying, first, drilling, planing, 
 and turning as operations ; next, the adaptation of tools for the 
 purposes ; and third, plans of constructing such tools. 
 
 Applied to steam-engines, the same rule holds good. Steam, 
 as a motive agent, should first be studied, then the operation of 
 steam machinery, and finally the construction of steam-engines. 
 This is a rule that may not apply in all cases, but the exceptions 
 are few. 
 
 To follow the same chain of reasoning still farther, and to show 
 what may be gained by method and system in learning mechanics, 
 it may be assumed that machine functions consist in the applica- 
 tion of power, and therefore power should be first studied ; of this 
 there can be but one opinion. The learner who sets out to master 
 even the elementary principles of mechanics without first having 
 formed a true conception of power as an element, is in a measure 
 wasting his time and squandering his efforts. 
 
 Any truth in mechanics, even the action of the " mechanical 
 powers " before alluded to, is received with an air of mystery, 
 unless the nature of power is first understood. Practical demon- 
 stration a hundred times repeated does not create a conviction of 
 truth in mechanical propositions, unless the principles of operation 
 are understood. 
 
 An apprentice may learn that power is not increased or dimin- 
 ished by being transmitted through a train of wheels which change 
 both speed and force, and he may believe the proposition without 
 having a " conviction " of its truth. He must first learn to 
 regard power as a constant and indestructible element something 
 that maybe weighed, measured, and transmitted, but not created 
 or destroyed by mechanism ; then the nature of the mechanism 
 may be understood, but not before. 
 
 To obtain a true understanding of the nature of power is by no 
 
12 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 means the difficulty for a beginner that is generally supposed ; 
 and when once reached, the truth will break upon the mind like 
 a sudden discovery, and ever afterwards be associated with 
 mechanism and motion whenever seen. The learner will after- 
 wards find himself analysing the flow of water, the traffic in the 
 streets, the movement of ships and trains ; even the act of 
 walking will become a manifestation of power, all clear and 
 intelligible, without that air of mystery that is otherwise insepar- 
 able from the phenomena of motion. If the learner will go on 
 farther, and study the connection between heat and force, the 
 mechanical equivalent of heat when developed' into force and 
 motion, and the reconversion of power into heat, he will have 
 commenced at the base of what must constitute a thorough 
 knowledge of mechanics, without which he will have to continu- 
 ally proceed under difficulties. 
 
 I am well aware of the popular opinion that such subjects are 
 too abstruse to be understood by practical mechanics an assump- 
 tion that is founded mainly in the fact that the subject of heat 
 and motion are not generally studied, and have been too recently 
 demonstrated in a scientific way to command confidence and at- 
 tention ; but the subject is really no more difficult to understand 
 in an elementary sense than that of the relation between move- 
 ment and force illustrated in the " mechanical powers " of school- 
 books, which no apprentice ever did or ever will understand, 
 except by first studying the principles of force and motion, 
 independent of mechanical agents, such as screws, levers, wedges, 
 and so on. 
 
 It is to be regretted that there has not been books especially 
 prepared to instruct mechanical students in the relations between 
 heat, force, motion, and practical mechanism. The subject is, of 
 course, treated at great length in modern scientific works, but is not 
 connected with the operations of machinery in a way to be easily 
 understood by beginners. A treatise on the subject, called " The 
 Correlation and Conservation of Forces," published by D. Appleton 
 & Co. of New York, is perhaps as good a book on the subject as 
 can at this time be referred to. The work contains papers con- 
 tributed by Professors Carpenter, Grove, Helmotz, Faraday, and 
 others, and has the advantage of arrangement in short sections, 
 that compass the subject without making it tedious. 
 
 In respect to books and reading, the apprentice should supply 
 himself with references. A single book, and the best one that can 
 
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING. 1 3 
 
 be obtained on eacli of the different brandies of engineering, is 
 enough to begin with. A pocket-book for reference, such as 
 Molesworth's or Nystrom's, is of use, and should always be at 
 hand. For general reading, nothing compares with the scientific 
 and technical journals, which are now so replete with all kinds of 
 information. Beside noting the present progress of engineering 
 industry in all parts of the world, they contain nearly all be- 
 sides that a learner will require. 
 
 It will be found that information of improvements and mecha- 
 nical progress that a learner may gather from serial publications 
 can always be exchanged for special knowledge in his intercourse 
 with skilled workmen, who have not the opportunity or means of 
 reading for themselves ; and what an apprentice may read and 
 learn in an hour can often be "exchanged" for experimental 
 knowledge that has cost years to acquire. 
 
 (1.) Into what two divisions can a knowledge of constructive 
 mechanics be divided ? (2.) Give an example of your oAvn to distinguish 
 between special and general knowledge. (3.) In what manner is special 
 knowledge mostly acquired ? (4.) What has been the effect of scientific 
 investigations upon special knowledge 1 (5.) What is meant by the 
 division of labour ? (6.) Why have engineering tools been less changed 
 than most other kinds of machinery during twenty years past ? 
 (7.) What is meant by machine functions ; adaptation ; construction ? 
 (8.) Why has the name "mechanical powers" been applied to screws, 
 levers, wedges, and so on ? (9.) Can power be conceived of as an. 
 element or principle, independent of mechanism ? 
 
 CHAPTER II 
 
 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING. 
 
 THIS work, as already explained, is to be devoted to mechanical 
 engineering, and in view of the difference of opinion that exists 
 as to what mechanical engineering comprehends, and the different 
 sense in which the term is applied, it will be proper to explain 
 what is meant by it here. 
 
 I am not aware that any one has defined what constitutes 
 civil engineering, or mechanical engineering, as distinguished one 
 
14 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 from the other, nor is it assumed to fix any standard here 
 farther than to serve the purpose of explaining the sense in which 
 the terms will be used \ yet there seems to be a clear line of 
 distinction, which, if it does not agree with popular use of the 
 terms, at least seems to be furnished by the nature of the busi- 
 ness itself. It will therefore be assumed that mechanical 
 engineering relates to dynamic forces and works that involve 
 machine motion, and comprehends the conditions of machine 
 action, such as torsional, centrifugal, intermittent, and irregular 
 strains in machinery, arising out of motion ; the endurance of 
 wearing surfaces, the constructive processes of machine-making 
 and machine effect in the conversion of material in short, agents 
 for converting, transmitting, and applying power. 
 
 Civil engineering, when spoken of, will be assumed as referring 
 to works that do not involve machine motion, nor the use of 
 power, but deal with static forces, the strength, nature, and 
 disposition of material under constant strains, or under measured 
 strains, the durability and resistance of material, the construction 
 of bridges, factories, roads, docks, canals, dams, and so on ; also, 
 levelling and surveying. This corresponds to the most common 
 use of the term civil engineering in America, but differs greatly 
 from its application in Europe, where civil engineering is under- 
 stood as including machine construction, and where the term 
 engineering is applied to ordinary manufacturing processes. 
 
 Civil engineering, in the meaning assumed for the term, has 
 become almost a pure mathematical science. Constants are proved 
 and established for nearly every computation ; the strength and 
 durability of materials, from long and repeated tests, has come 
 to be well understood ; and as in the case of machine tools, the 
 uniformity of practice among civil engineers, and the perfection 
 of their works, attest how far civil engineering has become a 
 true science, and proves that the principles involved in the con- 
 struction of permanent works are well understood. 
 
 To estimate how much is yet to be learned in mechanical 
 engineering, we have only to apply the same test, and when we 
 contrast the great variance between the designs of machines and 
 the diversity of their operation, even when applied to similar 
 purposes, their imperfection is at once apparent. It must, how- 
 ever, be considered that if the rules of construction were uniform, 
 and the principles of machine operation as well understood as 
 the strength and arrangement of material in permanent struc- 
 
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING. 15 
 
 tares, still there would remain the difficulty of adaptation to new 
 processes, which are continually being developed. 
 
 If the steam-engine, for instance, had forty years ago been 
 brought to such a state of improvement as to be constructed 
 with standard proportions and arrangement for stationary pur- 
 poses, all the rules, constants, and data of whatever kind that 
 had been collected and proved, would have been but of little use 
 in adapting steam-engines to railways and the purposes of 
 navigation. 
 
 Mechanical engineering has -by the force of circumstances 
 been divided up into branches relating to engineering tools, rail- 
 way machinery, marine engines, and so on ; either branch of 
 which constitutes a profession within itself. Most thorough study 
 will be required to master general principles, and then a further 
 effort to acquire proficiency in some special branch, without 
 which there is but little chance of success at the present day. 
 
 To master the various details of machine manufacture, 
 including draughting, founding, forging, and fitting, is of itself 
 a work equal to most .professional pursuits, to say nothing of 
 manual skill ; and when we come to add machine functions and 
 their application, generating and transmitting power, with other 
 things that will necessarily be included in practice, the task 
 assumes proportions that makes it appear a hopeless one. 
 Besides, the work of keeping progress with the mechanic arts 
 calls for a continual accretion of knowledge and it is no small 
 labour to keep informed of the continual changes and improve- 
 ments that are going on in all parts of the world, which may at 
 any time modify and change both machines and processes. But 
 few men, even under the most favourable conditions, have been 
 able to qualify themselves as competent mechanical engineers 
 sooner than at forty years of age. 
 
 One of the earliest cares of an apprentice should be to divest 
 his mind of what I will call the romance of mechanical 
 engineering, almost inseparable from such views as are often 
 acquired in technological schools. He must remember that it 
 is not a science he is studying, and that mathematics deal only 
 with one branch of what is to be learned. Special knowledge, 
 or what does not come within the scope of general principles, 
 must be gained in a most practical way, at the expense of hard 
 work, bruised fingers, and a disregard of much that the world 
 calls gentility. 
 
16 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 Looking ahead into the future, the apprentice can see a field 
 for the mechanical engineer widening on every side. As the con- 
 struction of permanent works becomes more settled and uniform, 
 the application of power becomes more diversified, and develops 
 problems of greater intricacy. No sooner has some great 
 improvement, like railway and steam navigation, settled into 
 system and regularity than new enterprises begin. To offset the 
 undertaking of so great a work as the study of mechanical 
 engineering, there is the very important advantage of the 
 exclusiveness of the calling a condition that arises out of its 
 difficulties. If there is a great deal to learn, there is also much 
 to be gained in learning it. It is seldom, indeed, that an effi- 
 cient mechanical engineer fails to command a place of trust and 
 honour, or to accumulate a competency by means of his calling. 
 
 If a civil engineer is wanted to survey railways, construct 
 docks, bridges, buildings, or permanent works of any kind, 
 there are scores of men ready for the place, and qualified to dis- 
 charge the duties ; but if an engineer is wanted to design and 
 construct machinery, such a person is not easy to be found, and 
 if found, there remains that important question of competency ; 
 for the work is not like that of constructing permanent works, 
 where several men may and will perform the undertaking very 
 much in the same manner, and perhaps equally well. In the 
 construction of machinery it is different; the success will be 
 directly as the capacity of the engineer, who will have but few 
 precedents, and still fewer principles, to guide him, and generally 
 has to set out by relying mainly upon his special knowledge of 
 the operation and application of such machines as he has to 
 construct. 
 
 (1.) How may mechanical be distinguished from civil engineering ? 
 (2.) What test can be applied to determine the progress made in any 
 branch of engineering? (3.) What are some of the conditions which 
 prevent the use of constants in machine construction ? (4.) Is mechani- 
 cal engineering likely to become more exact and scientific ? (5.) Name 
 some of the principal branehes of mechanical engineering. (6.) Which 
 is the most extensive and important ? 
 
ENGINEERING AS A CALLING. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 ENGINEERING AS A CALLING. 
 
 IT may in the abstract be claimed that the dignity of any 
 pursuit is or should be as the amount of good it confers, and the 
 influence it exerts for the improvement of mankind. The social 
 rank of those engaged in the various avocations of life has, in 
 different countries and in different ages, been defined by various 
 standards. Physical strength and courage, hereditary privilege, 
 and other things that once recommended men for preferment, 
 have in most countries passed away or are regarded as matters 
 of but little importance, and the whole civilised world have 
 agreed upon one common standard, that knowledge and its 
 proper use shall be the highest and most honourable attainment 
 to which people may aspire. 
 
 It may be useless or even wrong to institute invidious com- 
 parisons between different callings which are all useful and 
 necessary, and the matter is not introduced here with any view 
 of exalting the engineering profession ; it is for some reasons 
 regretted that the subject is alluded to at all, but there is too 
 much to be gained by an apprentice having a pride and love 
 for his calling to pass over the matter of its dignity as a pursuit 
 without calling attention to it. The gauntlet has been thrown 
 down and comparison provoked by the unfair and unreasonable 
 place that the politician, the metaphysician, and the moral 
 philosopher have in the past assigned to the sciences and con- 
 structive arts. Poetry, metaphysics, mythology, war, and super- 
 stition have in their time engrossed the literature of the 
 world, and formed the subject of what was alone considered 
 education. 
 
 In a half century past all has changed; the application of 
 the sciences, the utilisation of natural forces, manufacturing, 
 the transportation of material, the preparation and diffusion of 
 printed matter, and other great matters of human interest, have 
 come to shape our laws, control commerce, establish new relations 
 between people and countries in short, has revolutionised the 
 world. So rapid has been this change that it has outrun the 
 powers of conception, and people waken as from a dream to 
 find themselves governed by a new master. 
 
 B 
 
18 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 Considering material progress as consisting primarily in the 
 demonstration of scientific truths, and secondly, in their appli- 
 cation to useful purposes, we can see the position of the engineer 
 as an agent in this great work of reconstruction now going on 
 around us. The position is a proud one, but not to be attained 
 except at the expense of great effort, and a denial of everything 
 that may interfere with the acquirement of knowledge during 
 apprenticeship and the study which must follow. 
 
 The mechanical engineer deals mainly with the natural forces, 
 * and their application to the conversion of material and trans- 
 port. His calling involves arduous duties; he is brought in 
 contact with what is rough and repulsive, as well as what is 
 scientific and refined. He must include grease, dirt, manual 
 labour, undesirable associations, and danger with apprenticeship, 
 or else be content to remain without thoroughly understanding 
 his profession. 
 
 (1.) What should determine the social rank of industrial callings ? 
 (2.) Why have the physical sciences and mechanic arts achieved so 
 honourable a position ? (3.) How may the general object of the engin- 
 eering arts be described? (4.) What is the difference between science 
 and art as the terms are generally employed in connection with practical 
 industry ? 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 THE CONDITIONS OF APPRENTICESHIP. 
 
 WERE it not that moral influences in learning mechanics, as in 
 all other kinds of education, lie at the bottom of the whole mat- 
 ter, the subject of this chapter would not have been introduced. 
 But it is the purpose, so far as possible, to notice everything that 
 concerns an apprentice and learner, and especially what he has 
 to deal with at the outset; hence some remarks upon the nature 
 of apprentice engagements will not be out of place. To acquire 
 information or knowledge of any kind successfully and perma- 
 nently, it must be a work of free volition, as well as from a sense 
 of duty or expediency ; and whatever tends to create love and 
 respect for a pursuit or calling, becomes one of the strongest 
 
THE CONDITIONS OF APPRENTICESHIP. 19 
 
 incentives for its acquirement, and the interest taken by an 
 apprentice in his business is for this reason greatly influenced by 
 the opinions that he may hold concerning the nature of his 
 engagement. 
 
 The subject of apprentice engagements seems in the abstract to 
 be only a commercial one, partaking of the nature of ordinary 
 contracts, and, no doubt, can be so construed so far as being 
 an exchange of " considerations," but no farther. Its intricacy is 
 established by the fact that all countries where skilled labour exists 
 have attempted legislation to regulate apprenticeship, and to 
 define the terms and conditions between master and apprentice ; 
 but, aside from preventing the abuse of powers delegated to 
 masters, and in some cases forcing a nominal fulfilment of con- 
 ditions defined in contracts, such legislation, like that intended 
 to control commerce and trade, or the opinions of men, has failed 
 to attain the objects for which it was intended. 
 
 This failure of laws to regulate apprenticeship, which facts 
 fully warrant us in assuming, is due in a large degree to the 
 impossibility of applying general rules to special cases ; it may 
 be attributed to the same reasons which make it useless to fix 
 values or the conditions of exchange by legislation. What is 
 required is that the master, the apprentice, and the public should 
 understand the true relations between them the value of what 
 is given and what is received on both sides. When this is 
 understood, the whole matter will regulate itself without any 
 interference on the part of the law. 
 
 The subject is an intricate one, and has been so much affected 
 by the influence of machine improvement, and a corresponding 
 decrease in what may be called special knowledge, that rules and 
 propositions which would fifty years ago apply to the conditions 
 of apprenticeship, will at the present day be wrong and unjust. 
 Viewed in a commercial sense, as an exchange of considerations 
 or values, apprenticeship can be regarded like other engage- 
 ments ; yet, what an apprentice gives as well as what he receives 
 are alike too conditional and indefinite to be estimated by ordi- 
 nary standards. An apprentice exchanges unskilled or inferior 
 labour for technical knowledge, or for the privilege and means 
 of acquiring such knowledge. The master is presumed to impart 
 a kind of special knowledge, collected by him at great expense 
 and pains, in return for the gain derived from the unskilled 
 labour of the learner. This special knowledge given by the master 
 
20 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 may be imparted in a longer or shorter time; it may be thorough 
 and valuable, or not thorough, and almost useless. The privileges 
 of a shop may be such as to offset a large amount of valuable 
 labour on the part of the apprentice, or these privileges maybe of 
 such a character as to be of but little value, and teach inferior 
 plans of performing work. 
 
 On the other hand, the amount that an apprentice may earn 
 by his labour is governed by his natural capacity, and by the in- 
 terest he may feel in advancing; also from the view he may take 
 of the equity of his engagement, and the estimate that he places 
 upon the privileges and instruction that he receives. In many 
 branches of business, where the nature of the operations carried on 
 are measurably uniform, and have not for a long time been much 
 affected by changes and improvements, the conditions of appren- 
 ticeship are more easy to define ; but mechanical engineering is 
 the reverse of this, it lacks uniformity both as to practice and 
 what is produced. To estimate the actual value of apprentice 
 labour in an engineering-work is not only a very difficult matter, 
 but to some extent impracticable even by those of long experience 
 and skilled in such investigations ; and it is not to be expected 
 that a beginner will under such circumstances be able to under- 
 stand the value of such labour : he is generally led to the con- 
 clusion that he is unfairly treated, that his services are not suffi- 
 ciently paid for, and that he is not advanced rapidly enough. 
 
 With these conclusions in his mind, but little progress will be 
 made, and hence the reason for introducing the subject here. 
 
 The commercial value of professional or technical knowledge 
 is generally as the amount of time, effort, and unpaid labour that 
 has been devoted to its acquirement. This value is sometimes 
 modified by the exclusiveness of some branch that has been 
 made the object of special study. Exclusiveness is, however, 
 becoming exceptional, as the secrets of manufacture and special 
 knowledge are supplanted by the application of general prin- 
 ciples ; it is a kind of artificial protection thrown around certain' 
 branches of industry, and must soon disappear, as unjust to the 
 public and unnecessary to success. 
 
 In business arrangements, technical knowledge and professional 
 experience become capital, and offset money or property, not 
 under any general rule, nor even as a consideration of which the 
 law can define the value or prescribe conditions for. The 
 estimate placed upon technical knowledge when rated as capital 
 
THE CONDITIONS OF APPRENTICESHIP, 21 
 
 in the organisation of business firms, and wherever it becomes 
 necessary to give such knowledge a commercial value, furnishes 
 the best and almost the only source from which an apprentice 
 can form an opinion of the money value of what he is to acquire 
 during his apprenticeship. 
 
 An apprentice at first generally forms an exaggerated estimate 
 of what he has to learn ; it presents to his mind not only a great 
 undertaking, but a kind of mystery, which he fears that he may 
 riot be able to master. The next stage is when he has made 
 some progress, and begins to underrate the task before him, and 
 imagine that the main difficulties are past, that he has already 
 mastered all the leading principles of mechanics, which is, after 
 all, but a "small matter/' In a third stage an apprentice 
 experiences a return of his first impressions as to the difficulties 
 of his undertaking ; he begins to see his calling as one that 
 must involve endless detail, comprehending things which can 
 only be studied in connection with personal experience ; he sees 
 " the horizon widen as it recedes," that he has hardly begun 
 the task, instead of having completed it even despairs of its 
 final accomplishment. 
 
 In the workshop, mechanical knowledge of some kind is con- 
 tinually and often insensibly acquired by a learner, who observes 
 the operations that are going on around him ; he is continually 
 availing himself of the experience of those more advanced, and 
 learns by association the rules and customs of the shop, of the 
 business, and of discipline and management. He gathers the 
 technical terms of the fitting-shop, the forge and foundry; notes 
 the operations of planing, turning, drilling, and boring, with the 
 names and application of the machines directed to these oper- 
 ations. He sees the various plans of .lifting and moving material, 
 the arrangement and relation of the several departments to 
 facilitate the course of the work in process ; he also learns where 
 the product of the works is sold, discusses the merits and adap- 
 tation of what is constructed, which leads to considering the 
 wants that create a demand for this product, and the extent and 
 nature of the market in which it is sold. 
 
 All these things constitute technical knowledge, and the 
 privilege of their acquirement is an element of value. The 
 common view taken of the matter, however, is that it costs 
 nothing for a master to afford these privileges the work must 
 at any rate be carried on, and is not retarded by being watched 
 
22 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 and learned by apprentices. Viewed from any point, the pri- 
 vileges of engineering establishments have to be considered as 
 an element of value, to be bought at a price, just as a ton 
 of iron or a certain amount of labour is; and in a commer- 
 cial sense, as an exchangeable equivalent for labour, material, 
 or money. In return a master receives the unskilled labour or 
 service of the learner; this service is presumed to be given at a 
 reduced rate, or sometimes without compensation, for the privi- 
 leges of the works and the instruction received. 
 
 In forming an estimate of the value of his services, an appren- 
 tice sees what his hands have performed, compares it with what 
 a skilled man will do, and estimates accordingly, assuming that 
 his earnings are in proportion to what has been done ; but this 
 is a mistake, and a very different standard must be assumed to 
 arrive at the true value of such unskilled labour. 
 
 Apprentice labour, as distinguished from skilled labour, has 
 to be charged with the extra attention in management, the loss 
 that is always occasioned by a forced classification of the work, 
 the influence in lowering both the quality and the amount of 
 work performed by skilled men, the risk of detention by failure 
 or accident, and loss of material ; besides, apprentices must be 
 charged with the same, if not a greater expense than skilled 
 workmen, for light, room, oil, tools, and office service. Attempts 
 have been made in some of the best-regulated engineering estab- 
 lishments to fix some constant estimate upon apprentice labour, 
 but, so far as known, without definite results in any case. If 
 not combined with skilled labour, it would be comparatively 
 easy to determine the value of apprentice labour; but when it 
 comes up as an item in the aggregate of labour charged to a 
 machine or some special work constructed, it is difficult, if not 
 impossible, to separate skilled from unskilled service. 
 
 Another condition of apprenticeship that is equally as difficult 
 to define as the commercial value of mechanical knowledge, or 
 that of apprentice labour, is the extent and nature of the faci- 
 lities that different establishments afford for learners. 
 
 In speaking of the mechanical knowledge to be gained, and of 
 the privileges afforded for learners in engineering-works in a 
 general way, it must, of course, be assumed that such works 
 afford full facilities for learning some branch of work by the 
 best practice and in the most thorough manner. Such establish- 
 ments are, however, graded from the highest class, on the best 
 
THE CONDITIONS OF APPRENTICESHIP. 23 
 
 branches of work, where a premium would be equitable, down 
 to the lowest class, performing only inferior branches of work, 
 where there can be little if any advantage gained by serving an 
 apprenticeship. 
 
 Besides this want or difference of facilities which establish- 
 ments may afford, there is the farther distinction to be made 
 between an engineering establishment and one that is directed 
 to the manufacture of staple articles. This distinction between 
 engineering-works and manufacturing is quite plain to engineers 
 themselves, but in many cases is not so to those who are to enter 
 as apprentices, nor to their friends who advise them. In every 
 case where engagements are made there should be the fullest 
 possible investigation as to the character of the works, not only to 
 protect the learner, but to guard regular engineering establish- 
 ments in the advantages to be gained by apprentice labour. A 
 machinist or a manufacturer who employs only the muscular 
 strength and the ordinary faculties of workmen in his operations, 
 can afford to pay an apprentice from the beginning a fair share 
 of his earnings ; but an engineering-work that projects original 
 plans, generates designs, and assumes risks based upon skill and 
 special knowledge, is very different from a manufactory. To 
 manufacture is to carry on regular processes for converting 
 material; such processes being constantly the same, or approxi- 
 mately so, and such as do not demand much mechanical know- 
 ledge on the part of workmen. 
 
 The name of having been an apprentice to a famous firm may 
 sometimes have an influence in enabling an engineer to form 
 advantageous commercial connections, but generally an appren- 
 ticeship is of value only as it has furnished substantial knowledge 
 and skill ; for every one must sooner or later come down to the 
 solid basis of their actual abilities and acquirements. The engi- 
 neering interest is by far too practical to recognise a shadow 
 instead of true substance, and there is but little chance of 
 deception in a calling which deals mainly with facts, figures, and 
 positive demonstration. 
 
 It is best, when an apprentice thinks of entering an engineer- 
 ing establishment, to inquire of its character from disinterested 
 persons who are qualified to judge of the facilities it affords. 
 As a rule, every machine-shop proprietor imagines his own 
 establishment to combine all the elements of an engineering 
 business and the fewer the facilities for learners, usually the 
 
24 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 more extravagant this estimate ; so that opinions in the matter, 
 to be relied upon, should come from disinterested sources. 
 
 In regard to premiums, it is a matter to be determined 
 by the facilities that a work may afford for teaching apprentices. 
 To include experience in all the departments of an engineering 
 establishment, within a reasonable term, none but those of un- 
 usual ability can make their services of sufficient value to offset 
 what they receive; and there is no doubt but that premium 
 engagements, when the amount of the premium is based upon 
 the facilities afforded for learning, are fair and equitable. 
 
 There is, however, this to be remembered, that the considera- 
 tions which more especially balance premiums such as a term at 
 draughting, designing, and office service may be mainly acquired 
 by self-effort, while the practical knowledge of moulding, forging, 
 and fitting cannot; and an apprentice who has good natural 
 capacity, may, if industrious, by the aid of books and such 
 opportunities as usually exist, qualify himself very well without 
 including the premium departments in his course. 
 
 Finally, it must constantly be borne in mind that what will 
 be learned is no less a question of faculties than effort, and that 
 the means of succeeding are closed to none who at the beginning 
 form proper plans, and follow them persistently. 
 
 (1.) Why cannot the conditions of apprentice engagements be deter- 
 mined by law ? (2.) In what manner does machine improvements affect 
 the conditions of apprenticeship ? (3.) What are the considerations 
 which pass from a master to an apprentice ? (4.) What from an appren- 
 tice to a master ? (5.) Why is a particular service of less value when 
 performed by an apprentice than by a skilled workman ? (6.) In what 
 manner can technical knowledge be made to balance or become capital ? 
 (7.) Name two of the principal distinctions between technical know- 
 ledge and property as constituting capital. (8.) What is the difference 
 between what is called engineering and regular manufactures 1 
 
THE OBJECT OF MECHANICAL INDUSTRY. 25 
 
 CHAPTER Y. 
 
 THE OBJECT OF MECHANICAL INDUSTRY. 
 
 MECHANICAL engineering, like every other business pursuit, is 
 directed to the accumulation of wealth and as the attainment 
 of any purpose is more surely achieved by keeping that purpose 
 continually in view, there will be no harm, and perhaps consider- 
 able gain derived by an apprentice considering at the beginning 
 the main object to which his efforts will be directed after learn- 
 ing his profession or trade. So far as an abstract principle of 
 motives, the subject is of course unfit to consider in ' con- 
 nection with engineering operations, or shop manipulation ; but 
 business objects have a practical application to be followed 
 throughout the whole system of industrial pursuits, and are as 
 proper to be considered in connection with machine-manufactur- 
 ing as mechanical principles, or the functions and operation of 
 machines. 
 
 The cost of production is an element that continually modifies 
 or improves manufacturing processes, determines the success of 
 every establishment, and must be considered continually in 
 making drawings, patterns, forgings, and castings. Machines 
 are constructed because of the difference between what they cost 
 and ivhat they sell for between their manufacturing cost and 
 market value when they are completed. 
 
 It seems hard to deprive engineering pursuits of the romance 
 that is often attached to the business, and bring it down to a 
 matter of commercial gain ; but it is best to deal with facts, 
 especially when such facts have an immediate bearing upon the 
 general object in view. There is no intention in these remarks 
 of disparaging the works of many noble men, who have given 
 their means, their time, and sometimes their lives, to the ad- 
 vancement of the industrial arts, without hope or desire of any 
 other reward than the satisfaction of having performed a duty ; 
 but we are dealing with facts, and no false colouring should 
 prevent a learner from forming practical estimates of practical 
 matters. 
 
 The following propositions will place this subject of aims and 
 objects before the reader in the sense intended: 
 
26 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 First. The main object of mechanical engineering is commer- 
 cial gain the profits derived from planning and constructing 
 machinery. 
 
 Second. The amount of gain so derived is as the difference 
 between the cost of constructing machinery, and the market 
 value of the machinery when completed. 
 
 Third. The difference between what it costs to plan and con- 
 struct machinery and what it will sell for, is generally as the 
 amount of engineering knowledge and skill brought to bear in 
 the processes of production. 
 
 This last sentence brings the matter into a tangible form, and 
 indicates what the subject of gain should have to do with what 
 an apprentice learns of machine construction. Success in an 
 engineering enterprise may be temporarily achieved by illegiti- 
 mate means such as misrepresentation of the capacity and 
 quality of what is produced, the use of cheap or improper 
 material, or by copying the plans of others to avoid the expense 
 of engineering service but in the end the permanent success of 
 art engineering business must rest upon the knowledge and skill 
 that is connected with it. 
 
 By examining into the facts, an apprentice will find that all 
 truly successful establishments have been founded and built 
 upon the mechanical abilities of some person or persons whose 
 skill formed a base upon which the business was reared, and 
 that true skill is the element which must in the end lead to 
 permanent success. The material and the labour which make 
 up the first cost of machines are, taking an average of various 
 classes, nearly equally divided ; labour being in excess for the 
 finer class of machinery, and the material in excess for the 
 coarser kinds of work. The material is presumed to be purchased 
 at the same rates by those of inferior skill as by those that are 
 well skilled, so that the difference in the first, or manufacturing 
 cost of machinery, is determined mainly by skill. 
 
 Skill, in the sense employed here, consists not only in preparing 
 plans and in various processes for converting and shaping mate- 
 rial, but also in the general conduct of an establishment, includ- 
 ing estimates, records, system, and so on, which will be noticed 
 in their regular order. The amount of labour involved, and 
 consequently the first cost of machinery, is in a large degree as 
 the number of mechanical processes required, and the time con- 
 sumed in each operation j to reduce the number of these processes 
 
THE OBJECT OF MECHANICAL INDUSTRY. 27 
 
 or operations, shorten the time in which they may be performed, 
 and improve the quality of what is produced, is the business of 
 the mechanical engineer. A careful study of shop operations or 
 processes, including designing, draughting, moulding, forging, 
 and fitting, is the secret of success in engineering practice, or in 
 the management of manufactures. The advantages of an eco- 
 nomical design, and the most carefully-prepared drawings, are 
 easily neutralised and lost by careless or improper manipulation 
 in the workshop ; an incompetent manager may waste ten pounds 
 in shop processes, while the commercial department of a work 
 saves one pound by careful buying and selling. 
 
 This importance of shop processes in machine construction is 
 generally realised by proprietors, but not thoroughly understood 
 in all of its bearings; an apprentice may notice the continual 
 effort that is made to augment the production of engineering- 
 works, which is the same thing as shortening the processes. 
 
 A machine may be mechanically correct, arranged with sym- 
 metry, true proportions, and proper movements; but if such a 
 machine has not commercial value, and is not applicable to 
 a useful purpose, it is as much a failure as though it were 
 mechanically inoperative. In fact, this consideration of cost and 
 commercial value must be continually present ; and a mechanical 
 education that has not furnished a true understanding of the 
 relations between commercial cost and mechanical excellence 
 will fall short of achieving the objects for which such an educa-' 
 tion is undertaken. By reasoning from such premises as have 
 been laid down, an apprentice may form true standards by which 
 to judge of plans and processes that he is brought in contact 
 with, and the objects for which they are conducted. 
 
 (1.) To what general object are all pursuits directed ? (2.) What 
 besides wealth may be objects in the practice of engineering pursuits ? 
 (3.) Name some of the most common among the causes which reduce 
 the cost of production. (4.) Name five of the main elements which go 
 to make up the cost of engineering products. (5.) Why is commercial 
 success generally a true test of the skill connected with engineering- 
 works ? 
 
28 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 CHAPTER VI 
 
 ON THE NATURE AND OBJECTS OF MACHINERY. 
 
 MACHINES do not create or consume, but only transmit and 
 apply power ; and it is only by conceiving of power as a con- 
 stant element, independent of every kind of machinery, that the 
 learner can reach a true understanding of the nature of machines. 
 When once there is in the mind a fixed conception of power, dis- 
 sociated from every kind of mechanism, there is laid, so to 
 speak, a solid foundation on which an understanding of machines 
 may be built up. 
 
 To believe a fact is not to learn it, in the sense that these 
 terms may be applied to mechanical knowledge ; to believe a 
 proposition is not to have a conviction of its truth; and what is 
 meant by learning mechanical principles is, as remarked in a 
 previous place, to have them so fixed in the mind that they will 
 involuntarily arise to qualify everything met with that involves 
 mechanical movement. For this reason it has been urged that 
 learners should begin by first acquiring a clear and fixed con- 
 ception of power, and next of the nature arid classification of 
 machines, for without the first he cannot reach the second. 
 
 Machines may be defined in general terms as agents for con- 
 verting, transmitting, and applying power, or motion and force, 
 which constitute power. By machinery the natural forces are 
 utilised, and directed to the performance of operations where 
 human strength is insufficient, when natural force is cheaper, 
 and when the rate of movement exceeds what the hands can 
 perform. The term " agent " applied to machines conveys a true 
 idea of their nature and functions. 
 
 Machinery can be divided into four classes, each constituting 
 a division that is very clearly defined by functions performed, 
 as follows : 
 
 First. Motive machinery for utilising or converting the 
 natural forces. 
 
 Second. Machinery for transmitting and distributing power. 
 
 Third. Machinery for applying power. 
 
 Fourth. Machinery of transportation. 
 
 Or, more briefly stated 
 
 Motive machinery. 
 
MOTIVE MACHINEKY. 29 
 
 Machinery of transmission. 
 
 Machinery of application. 
 
 Machinery of transportation. 
 
 These divisions of machinery "will next be treated of separ- 
 ately, with a view of making the classification more clear, and 
 to explain the principles of operation in each division. This 
 dissertation will form a kind of base upon which the prac- 
 tical part of the treatise will in a measure rest. It is trusted that 
 the reader will carefully consider each proposition that is laid 
 down, and on his own behalf pursue the subjects farther than 
 the limits here permit. 
 
 (1.) To what three general objects are machines directed ? (2.) How 
 are machines distinguished from other works or structures ? (3.) Into 
 what four classes can machinery be divided ? (4.) Name one principal 
 type in each of these four divisions. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 MO TI VE MA CHINER Y. 
 
 Ix this class belong 
 
 Steam-engines. 
 
 Caloric or air engines. 
 
 Water-wheels or water-engines. 
 
 Wind -wheels or pneumatic engines. 
 
 These four types comprehend the motive-power in general use 
 at the present day. In considering different engines for motive- 
 power in a way to best comprehend their nature, the first view 
 to be taken is that they are all directed to the same end, and all 
 deal with the same power ; and in this way avoid, if possible, the 
 impression of there being different kinds of power, as the terms 
 water-power, steam-power, and so on, seem to imply. We speak 
 of steam-power, water-power, or wind-power \ but power is the 
 same from whatever source derived, and these distinctions merely 
 indicate different natural sources from which power is derived, 
 or the different means employed to utilise and apply it. 
 
 Primarily, power is a product of heat ; and wherever force 
 and motion exist, they can be traced to heat as the generating 
 
30 WOKKSHOP MANIPULATION, 
 
 element : whether the medium through which the power is 
 obtained be by the expansion of water or gases, the gravity of 
 water, or the force of wind, heat will always be found as the 
 prime source. So also will the phenomenon of expansion be 
 found a constant principle of developing power, as will again 
 be pointed out. As steam-engines constitute a large share of 
 the machinery commonly met with, and as a class of machinery 
 naturally engrosses attention in proportion, the study of mechanics 
 generally begins with steam-engines, or steam machinery, as it 
 may be called. 
 
 The subject of steam-power, aside from its mechanical con- 
 sideration, is one that may afford many useful lessons, by tracing 
 its history and influence, not only upon mechanical industry, 
 but upon human interests generally. This subject is often 
 treated of, and both its interest and importance conceded ; but no 
 one has, so far as I know, from statistical and other sources, 
 ventured to estimate in a methodical way the changes that can 
 be traced directly and indirectly to steam-power. 
 
 The steam-engine is the most important, and in England and 
 America best known among motive agents. The importance of 
 steam contrasted with other sources of motive-power is due 
 not so much to a diminished cost of power obtained in this way, 
 but for the reason that the amount of power produced can be 
 determined at will, and in most cases without reference to local 
 conditions ; the machinery can with fuel and water be trans- 
 ported from place to place, as in the case of locomotives which 
 not only supply power for their own transit, but move besides 
 vast loads of merchandise, or travel. 
 
 For manufacturing processes, one importance of steam-power 
 rests in the fact that such power can be taken to the 
 material ; and beside other advantages gained thereby, is the 
 difference in the expense of transporting manufactured pro- 
 ducts and the raw material. In the case of iron manufacture, 
 for example, it would cost ten times as much to transport the ore 
 and the fuel used in smelting as it does to transport the manu- 
 factured iron ; steam-power saves this difference, and without 
 such power our present iron traffic would be impossible. In a 
 great many manufacturing processes steam is required for heat- 
 ing, bleaching, boiling, and so on ; besides, steam is now to a large 
 extent employed for warming buildings, so that even when water 
 or other power is employed, in most cases steam-generating 
 
MOTIVE MACHINERY. 31 
 
 apparatus has to be set up in addition. In many cases waste 
 steam or waste heat from a steam-engine can be employed for 
 the purposes named, saving most of the expense that must be 
 incurred if special apparatus is employed. 
 
 Other reasons for the extended and general use of steam as a 
 power, besides those already named, are to be found in the fact 
 that no other available element or substance can be expanded to 
 a given degree at so small a cost as water; and that its tem- 
 perature will not rise to a point injurious to machinery, and, 
 further, in the very important property of lubrication which 
 steam possesses, protecting the frictional surfaces of pistons and 
 valves, which it is impossible to keep oiled because of their 
 inaccessibility or temperature. 
 
 The steam-engine, in the sense in which the term is employed, 
 means not only steam-using machinery, but steam-generating 
 machinery or plant ; it includes the engine proper, with the 
 boiler, mechanism for feeding water to the boiler, machinery for 
 governing speed, indicators, and other details. 
 
 An apprentice must guard against the too common impres- 
 sion that the engine, cylinder, piston, valves, and so on, are the 
 main parts of steam machinery, and that the boiler and furnace 
 are only auxiliaries. The boiler is, in fact, the base of the whole, 
 that part where the power is generated, the engine being merely 
 an agent for transmitting power from the boiler to work that is 
 performed. This proposition would, of course, be reached by 
 any one in reasoning about the matter and following it to a con- 
 clusion, but the fact should be fixed in the mind at the 
 beginning. 
 
 When we look at a steam-engine there are certain impressions 
 conveyed to the mind, and by these impressions we are governed 
 in a train of reflection that follows. We may conceive of a 
 cylinder and its details as a complete machine with independent 
 functions, or we can conceive of it as a mechanical device for 
 transmitting the force generated by a boiler, and this concep- 
 tion might be independent of, or even contrary to, specific know- 
 ledge that we at the same time possessed ; hence the importance 
 of starting with a correct idea of the boiler being, as we may say, 
 the base of steam machinery. 
 
 As reading books of fiction sometimes expands the mind and 
 enables it to grasp great practical truths, so may a study of 
 abstract principles often enable us to comprehend the simplest 
 
32 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 forms of mechanism. Even Humboldt and Agassiz, it is said, 
 resorted sometimes to imaginative speculations as a means of 
 enabling them to grasp new truths. 
 
 In no other branch of machinery has so much research and 
 experiment been made during eighty years past as in steam 
 machinery, and, strange to say, the greater part of this research 
 has been directed to the details of engines ; yet there has been 
 no improvement made during the time which has effected any 
 considerable saving of heat or expense. The steam-engines of 
 fifty years ago, considered as steam-using machines, utilised 
 nearly the same proportion of the energy or power developed by 
 the boiler as the most improved engines of modern construction 
 a fact that in itself indicates that an engine is not the vital 
 part of steam machinery. There is not the least doubt that if 
 the efforts to improve steam-engines had been mainly directed 
 to economising heat and increasing the evaporative power of 
 boilers, much more would have been accomplished with the 
 same amount of research. This remark, however, does not apply 
 to the present day, when the principles of steam-power are so well 
 understood, and when heat is recognised as the proper element 
 to deal with in attempts to diminish the expense of power. 
 There is, of course, various degrees of economy in steam-using 
 as well as in steam-generating machinery j but so long as the 
 best steam machinery does not utilise but one-tenth or one- 
 fifteenth part of the heat represented in the fuel burned, there 
 need be no question as to the point where improvements in 
 such machinery should be mainly directed. 
 
 The principle upon which steam-engines operate may be 
 briefly explained as follows : 
 
 A cubic inch of water, by taking up a given amount of heat, 
 is expanded to more than five hundred cubic inches of steam, 
 at a pressure of forty-five pounds to the square inch. This 
 extraordinary expansion, if performed in a close vessel, would 
 exert a power five hundred times as great as would be required 
 to force the same quantity of water into the vessel against this 
 expansive pressure; in other words, the volume of the water 
 when put into the vessel would be but one five-hundredth part of 
 its volume when it is allowed to escape, and this expansion, when 
 confined in a steam-boiler, exerts the force that is called steam- 
 power. This force or power is, through the means of the engine 
 and its details, communicated and applied to different kinds of 
 
MOTIVE MACHINERY. 33 
 
 work where force and movement are required. The water 
 employed to generate steam, like the engine and the boiler, is 
 merely an agent through which the energy of heat is applied. 
 
 This, again, reaches the proposition that power is heat, and heat 
 is power, the two being convertible, and, according to modern 
 science, indestructible ; so that power, when used, must give off 
 its mechanical equivalent of heat, or heat, when utilised, develop 
 its equivalent in power. If the whole amount of heat repre- 
 sented in the fuel used by a steam-engine could be applied, the 
 effect would be, as before stated, from ten to fifteen times as 
 great as it is in actual practice, from which it must be inferred 
 that a steam-engine is a very imperfect machine for utilising 
 heat. This great loss arises from various causes, among which 
 is that the heat cannot be directly nor fully communicated to 
 the water. To store up and retain the water after it is expanded 
 into steam, a strong vessel, called a boiler, is required, and all 
 the heat that is imparted to the water has to pass through 
 the plates of this boiler, which stand as a wall between the heat 
 and its work. 
 
 To summarise, we have the following propositions relating to 
 steam machinery : 
 
 1. The steam-engine is an agent for utilising the power of 
 heat and applying it to useful purposes. 
 
 2. The power of a steam-engine is derived by expanding water 
 in a confining vessel, and employing the force exerted by pres- 
 sure thus obtained. 
 
 3. The power developed is as the difference of volume between 
 the feed-water forced into the boiler, and the volume of the 
 steam that is drawn from the boiler, or as the amount of heat 
 taken up by the water. 
 
 4. The heat that may be utilised is what will pass through 
 the plates of the boiler, and be taken up by the water, and is 
 but a small share of what the fuel produces. 
 
 5. The boiler is the main part, where power is generated, and 
 the engine is but an agent for transmitting this power to the 
 work performed. 
 
 6. The loss of power in a steam-engine arises- from- the heat 
 carried off in the exhaust steam, loss by radiation, arid the 
 friction of the moving parts. 
 
 7. By condensing the steam before it leaves the engine, so> 
 that the steam is returned to the air in the form of water, and 
 
 C 
 
34 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 of the same volume as when it entered the boiler, there is a gain 
 effected by avoiding atmospheric pressure, varying according to 
 the perfection of the arrangements employed. 
 
 Engines operated by means of hot air, called caloric engines, 
 and engines operated by gas, or explosive substances, all act 
 substantially upon the same general principles as steam-engines ; 
 the greatest distinction being between those engines wherein the 
 generation of heat is by the combustion of fuel, and those wherein 
 heat and expansion are produced by chemical action. With the 
 exception of a limited number of caloric or air engines, steam 
 machinery comprises nearly all expansive engines that are 
 employed at this day for motive-power ; and it may be safely 
 assumed that a person who has mastered the general principles 
 of steam-engines will find no trouble in analysing and under- 
 standing any machinery acting from expansion due to heat, 
 whether air, gas, or explosive agents be employed. 
 
 This method of treating the subject of motive-engines will no 
 doubt be presenting it in a new way, but it is merely beginning 
 at an unusual place. A learner who commences with first prin- 
 ciples, instead of pistons, valves, connections, and bearings, will 
 find in the end that he has not only adopted the best course, 
 but the shortest one to understand steam and other expansive 
 
 ,(1.) What is principal among the details of steam machinery ? 
 (2.) What has been the most important improvement recently made in 
 steam machinery ? (3.) What has been the result of expansive engines 
 generally stated ? (4.) Why has water proved the most successful 
 among various expansive substances employed to develop power ? 
 (5.) Why does a condensing engine develop more power than a non-con- 
 densing one ? (6.) How far back from its development into power can 
 heat be traced as an element in nature 1 (7.) Has the property of com- 
 bustion a common source in all substances ? 
 
WATER-POWER. 35 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 WATER-POWER. 
 
 WATER-WHEELS, next to steam-engines, are the most common 
 motive agents. For centuries water-wheels remained without 
 much improvement or change down to the period of turbine 
 wheels, when it was discovered that instead of being a very 
 simple matter, the science of hydraulics and water-wheels 
 involved some very intricate conditions, giving rise to many 
 problems of scientific interest, that in the end have produced 
 the class known as turbine wheels. 
 
 A modern turbine water-wheel, one of the best construction, 
 operating under favourable conditions, gives a percentage of 
 the power of the water which, after deducting the friction of the 
 wheel, almost reaches the theoretical coefficient or equals the 
 gravity of the water; it may therefore be assumed that there 
 will in the future be but little improvement made in such 
 water-wheels except in the way of simplifying and cheapening 
 their construction. There is, in fact, no other class of machines 
 which seem to have reached the same state of improvement as 
 water-wheels, nor any other class of machinery that is con- 
 structed with as much uniformity of design and arrangement, in 
 different countries, and by different makers. 
 
 Water-wheels, or water-power, as a mechanical subject, is 
 apparently quite disconnected with shop manipulation, but 
 will serve as an example for conveying general ideas of force 
 and motion, and, on these grounds, will warrant a more 
 extended notice than the seeming connection with the general 
 subject calls for. 
 
 In the remarks upon steam-engines it was explained that 
 power is derived from heat, and that the water and the engine 
 were both to be regarded as agents through which power was 
 applied, and further, that power is always a product of heat. 
 There is, perhaps, no problem in the whole range of mechanics 
 more interesting than to trace the application of this principle 
 in machinery ; one that is not only interesting but instructive, 
 and may suggest to the mind of an apprentice a course of 
 
36 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 investigation that will apply to many other matters connected 
 with power and mechanics. 
 
 Power derived from water by means of wheels is due to the 
 gravity of the water in descending from a higher to a lower 
 level ; but the question arises, What has heat to do with this 1 
 If heat is the source of power, and power a product of heat, 
 there must be a connection somewhere between heat and the 
 descent of the water. Water, in descending from one level to 
 another, can give out no more power than was consumed in 
 raising it to the higher level, and this power employed to raise 
 the water is found to be heat. Water is evaporated by heat of 
 the sun, expanded until it is lighter than the atmosphere, rises 
 through the air, and by condensation falls in the form of rain 
 over the earth's surface; then drains into the ocean through 
 streams and rivers, to again resume its round by another 
 course of evaporation, giving out in its descent power that we 
 turn to useful account by means of water- wheels. This principle 
 of evaporation is continually going on ; the fall of rain is 
 likewise quite constant, so that streams are maintained within 
 a sufficient regularity to be available for operating machinery. 
 
 The analogy between steam-power and water-power is there- 
 fore quite complete. Water is in both cases the medium 
 through which power is obtained; evaporation is also the 
 leading principle in both, the main difference being that in the 
 case of steam-power the force employed is directly from the 
 expansion of water by heat, and in water-power the force is an 
 indirect result of expansion of water by heat. 
 
 Every one remembers the classification of water-wheels met 
 with in the older school-books on natural philosophy, where we 
 are informed that there are three kinds of wheels, as there were 
 "three kinds of levers" namely, overshot, undershot, and breast 
 wheels with a brief notice of Barker's mill, which ran apparently 
 without any sufficient cause for doing so. Without finding 
 fault with the plan of describing water-power commonly adopted 
 in elementary books, farther than to say that some explana- 
 tion of the principles by which power is derived from the 
 water would have been more useful, I will venture upon a 
 different classification of water-wheels, more in accord with 
 modern practice, but without reference to the special mechanism 
 of the different wheels, except when unavoidable. Water-wheels 
 can be divided into four general types. 
 
WATER-POWER. 37 
 
 First. Gravity wheels, acting directly from the weight of the 
 water which is loaded upon a wheel revolving in a vertical 
 plane, the weight resting upon the descending side until the 
 water has reached the lowest point, where it is discharged. 
 
 Second. Impact wheels, driven by the force of spouting water 
 that expends its percussive force or momentum against the vanes 
 tangental to the course of rotation, and at a right angle to the 
 face of the vanes or floats. 
 
 Third. Reaction wheels, that are "enclosed," as it is termed, 
 and filled with water, which is allowed to escape under pressure 
 through tangental orifices, the .propelling force being derived 
 from the unbalanced pressure within the wheel, or from the re- 
 action due to the weight and force of the water thrown off from 
 the periphery. 
 
 Fourth. Pressure wheels, acting in every respect upon the 
 principle of a rotary steam-engine, except in the differences that 
 arise from operating with an elastic and a non-elastic fluid ; thk 
 pressure of the water resting continually against the vanes and 
 "abutment," without means of escape except by the rotation of 
 the wheel. 
 
 To this classification may be added combinationUwhe^fej/'' 
 acting partly by the gravity and partly by the percussiaktfhrce "& f 
 of the water, by impact combined with reaction, or by nW!$5^ 
 and maintained pressure. 
 
 Gravity, or "overshot" wheels, as they are called, for some 
 reasons will seem to be the most effective, and capable of utilis- 
 ing the whole effect due to the gravity of the water ; but in 
 practice this is not the case, and it is only under peculiar con- 
 ditions that wheels of this class are preferable to turbine wheels, 
 and in no case will they give out a greater per cent, of power 
 than turbine wheels of the best class. The reasons for this will 
 be apparent by examining the conditions of their operation. 
 
 A gravity wheel must have a diameter equal to the fall of 
 water, or, to use the technical name, the height of the head. 
 The speed at the periphery of the wheel cannot well exceed 
 sixteen feet per second without losing a part of the effect by the 
 wheel anticipating or overrunning the water. This, from the 
 large diameter of the wheels, produces a very slow axial speed, 
 and a train of multiplying gearing becomes necessary in order 
 to reach the speed required in most operations where power is 
 
33 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 applied. This train of gearing, besides being liable to wear and 
 accident, and costing usually a large amount as an investment, 
 consumes a considerable part of the power by frictional resist- 
 ance, especially when such gearing consists of tooth wheels. 
 Gravity wheels, from their large size and their necessarily ex- 
 posed situation, are subject to be frozen up in cold climates ; 
 and as the parts are liable to be first wet and then dry, or warm 
 and cold by exposure to the air and the water alternately, the 
 tendency to corrosion if constructed of iron, or to decay if of 
 wood, is much greater than in submerged wheels. Gravity 
 wheels, to realise the highest measure of effect from the water, 
 require a diameter so great that they must drag in the water at 
 the bottom or delivering side, and are for this reason especially 
 affected by back-water, to which all wheels are more or less 
 liable from the reflux of tides or by freshets. These disadvan- 
 tages are among the most notable pertaining to gravity wheels, 
 and have, with other reasons such as the inconvenience of con- 
 struction, greater cost, and so on driven such wheels out of use 
 by the force of circumstances, rather than by actual tests or 
 theoretical deductions. 
 
 Impact wheels, or those driven by the percussive force of 
 water, including the class termed turbine water-wheels, are at 
 this time generally employed for heads of all heights. 
 
 The general theory of their action may be explained in the 
 following propositions : 
 
 1. The spouting force of water is theoretically equal to its 
 gravity. 
 
 2. The percussive force of spouting water can be fully utilised 
 if its motion is altogether arrested by the vanes of a wheel. 
 
 3. The force of the water is greatest by its striking against 
 planes at right angles to its course. 
 
 4. Any force resulting from water rebounding from the 
 vanes parallel to their face, or at any angle not reverse to the 
 motion of the wheel, is lost. 
 
 5. This rebounding action becomes less as the columns of 
 water projected upon the wheel are increased in number and 
 diminished in size. 
 
 6. To meet the conditions of rotation in the wheel, and to 
 facilitate the escape of the water without dragging, after it has 
 expended its force upon the vanes, the reversed curves of the 
 turbine is the best-known arrangement. 
 
WATER-POWER. 39 
 
 It is, of course, very difficult to deal with so complex a subject 
 as the present one with words alone, and the reader is recom- 
 mended to examine drawings, or, what is better, water-wheels 
 themselves, keeping the above propositions in view. 
 
 Modern turbine wheels have been the subject of the most 
 careful investigation by able engineers, and there is no lack of 
 mathematical data to be referred to and studied after the general 
 principles are understood. The subject, as said, is one of great 
 complicity if followed to detail, and perhaps less useful to a 
 mechanical engineer who does not intend to confine his practice 
 to water-wheels, than other subjects that may be studied with 
 greater advantage. The subject of water-wheels may, indeed, 
 be called an exhausted one that can promise but little return for 
 labour spent upon it with a view to improvements, at least. 
 The efforts of the ablest hydraulic engineers have not added 
 much to the percentage of useful effect realised by turbine wheels 
 during many years past. 
 
 Keaction wheels are employed to a limited extent only, and 
 will soon, no doubt, be extinct as a class of water-wheels. In 
 speaking of reaction wheels, I will select what is called Barker's 
 mill for an example, because of the familiarity with which it is 
 known, although its construction is greatly at variance with 
 modern reaction wheels. 
 
 There is a problem as to the principle of action in a Barker 
 wheel, which although it may be very clear in a scientific sense, 
 remains a puzzle to the minds of many who are well versed in 
 mechanics, some contending that the power is directly from 
 pressure, others that it is from the dynamic effect due to 
 reaction. It is one of the problems so difficult to determine by 
 ordinary standards, that it serves as a matter of endless debate 
 between those who hold different views ; and considering the 
 advantage usually derived from such controversies, perhaps the 
 best manner of disposing of the problem here is to state the two 
 sides as clearly as possible, and leave the reader to determine for 
 himself which he thinks right. 
 
 Presuming the vertical shaft and the horizontal arms of a 
 Barker wheel to be filled with water under a head of sixteen 
 feet, there would be a pressure of about seven pounds upon each 
 superficial inch of surface within the cross arm, exerting an equal 
 force in every direction. By opening an orifice at the sides of 
 these arms equal to one inch of area, the pressure would at that 
 
40 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 point be relieved by the escape of the water, and the internal 
 pressure be unbalanced to that extent. In other words, opposite 
 this orifice, and on the other side of the arm, there would be a 
 force of seven pounds, which being unbalanced, acts as a pro- 
 pelling power to drive the wheel. 
 
 This is one theory of the principle upon which the Barker 
 wheel operates, which has been laid down in Vogdes' " Mensura- 
 tion," and perhaps elsewhere. The other theory alluded to is 
 that, direct action and reaction being equal, ponderable matter 
 discharged tangentally from the periphery of a wheel must 
 create a reactive force equal to the direct force with which the 
 weight is thrown off. To state it more plainly, the spouting 
 water that issues from the arm of a Barker wheel must react in 
 the opposite course in proportion to its weight. 
 
 The two propositions may be consistent with each other er 
 even identical, but there still remains an apparent difference. 
 
 The latter seems a plausible theory, and perhaps a correct one ; 
 but there are two facts in connection with the operation of reaction 
 water-wheels which seem to controvert the latter and favour the 
 first theory, namely, that reaction wheels in actual practice 
 seldom utilise more than forty per cent, of useful effect from the 
 water, and that their speed may exceed the initial velocity of the 
 water. With this the subject is left as one for argument or 
 investigation on the part of the reader. 
 
 Pressure wheels, like gravity wheels, should, from theoretical 
 inference, be expected to give a high per cent, of power. The 
 water resting with the whole of its weight against the vanes or 
 abutments, and without chance of escape except by turning the 
 wheel, seems to meet the conditions of realising the whole effect 
 due to the gravity of the water, and such wheels would no doubt 
 be economical if they had not to contend with certain mechanical 
 difficulties that render them impracticable in most cases. 
 
 A pressure wheel, like a steam-engine, must include running 
 contact between water-tight surfaces, and like a rotary steam- 
 engine, this contact is between surfaces which move at different 
 rates of speed in the same joint, so that the wear is unequal, 
 and increases as the speed or the distance from the axis. 
 When it is considered that the most careful workmanship has 
 never produced rotary engines that would surmount these diffi- 
 culties in working steam, it can hardly be expected they can be 
 overcome in using water, which is not only liable to be filled 
 
WIND-POWER. 41 
 
 with grit and sediment, but lacks the peculiar lubricating pro- 
 perties of steam. A rotary steam-engine is in effect the same as 
 a pressure water-wheel, and the apprentice in studying one will 
 fully understand the principles of the other. 
 
 (1.) What analogy may be found between steam and water power 1 ? 
 (2.) What is the derivation of the name turbine ? (3.) To what class 
 of water-wheels is this name applicable 1 (4.) How may water-wheels 
 be classified? (5.) Upon what principle does a reaction water-wheel 
 operate ? (6.) Can ponderable weight and pressure be independently 
 considered in the case? (7.) Why cannot radial running joints be 
 maintained in machines ? (8.) Describe the mechanism in common use 
 for sustaining the weight of turbine wheels, and the thrust of propeller 
 shafts. 
 
 CHAPTER IX, 
 
 WIND-POWER. 
 
 WIND-POWER, aside from the objections of uncertainty and irreg- 
 ularity, is the cheapest kind of motive-power. Steam machinery, 
 besides costing a large sum as an investment, is continually 
 deteriorating in value, consumes fuel, and requires continual 
 skilled attention. Water-power also requires a large investment, 
 greater in many cases than steam-power, and in many places 
 the plant is in danger of destruction by freshets. Wind-power 
 is less expensive in every way, but is unreliable for constancy 
 except in certain localities, and these, as it happens, are for the 
 most part distant from other elements of manufacturing industry. 
 The operation of wind- wheels is so simple and so generally under- 
 stood that no reference to mechanism need be made here. The 
 force of the wind, moving in right lines, is easily applied to 
 producing rotary motion, the difference from water-power being 
 mainly in the comparative weakness of wind currents and the 
 greater area required in the vanes upon which the wind acts. 
 Turbine wind-wheels have been constructed on very much the same 
 plan as turbine water-wheels. In speaking of wind-power, the 
 propositions about heat must not be forgotten. It has been ex- 
 plained how heat is almost directly utilised by the steam-engine, 
 
42 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 and how the effect of heat is utilised by water-wheels in a less 
 direct manner, and the same connection will be found between 
 heat and wind-wheels or wind-power. Currents of air are due 
 to changes of temperature, and the connection between the heat 
 that produces such air currents and their application as power is 
 no more intricate than in the case of water-power. 
 
 (1.) What is the difference in general between wind and water wheels 1 
 (2.) Can the course of wind, like that of water, be diverted and applied 
 at pleasure ? (3.) On what principle does wind act against the vanes of 
 a wheel ? (4.) How may an analogy between wind-power and heat be 
 traced 1 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 MACHINERY FOR TRANSMITTING AND DISTRIBUTING 
 POWER. 
 
 To construe the term ''transmission of power" in its full sense, 
 it will, when applied to machinery, include nearly all that has 
 motion ; for with the exception of the last movers, or where 
 power passes off and is expended upon work that is performed, 
 all machinery of whatever kind may be called machinery of 
 transmission. Custom has, however, confined the use of the 
 term to such devices as are employed to convey power from one 
 place to another, without including organised machines through 
 which power is directly applied to the performance of work. 
 Power is transmitted by means of shafts, belts, friction wheels, 
 gearing, and in some cases by water or air, as various conditions 
 of the work to be performed may require. Sometimes such 
 machinery is employed as the conditions do not require, because 
 there is, perhaps, nothing of equal importance connected with 
 mechanical engineering of which there exists a greater diversity 
 of opinion, or in which there is a greater diversity of practice, 
 than in devices for transmitting power. 
 
 I do not refer to questions of mechanical construction, although 
 the remark might be true if applied in this sense, but to the 
 kind of devices that may be best employed in certain cases. 
 
TRANSMITTING MACHINERY. 43 
 
 It is not proposed at tins time to treat of the construction of 
 machinery for transmitting power, but to examine into the con- 
 ditions that should determine which of the several plans of 
 transmitting is best in certain cases whether belts, gearing, or 
 shafts should be employed, and to note the principles upon 
 which they operate. Existing examples do not furnish data as 
 to the advantages of the different plans for transmitting power, 
 because a given duty may be successfully performed by belts, 
 gearing, or shafts even by water, air, or steam and the com- 
 parative advantages of different means of transmission is not 
 always an easy matter to determine. 
 
 Machinery of transmission being generally a part of the fixed 
 plant of an establishment, experiments cannot be made to insti- 
 tute comparisons, as in the case of machines ; besides, there are 
 special or local considerations such as noise, danger, freezing, 
 and distance to be taken into account, which prevent any rules 
 of general application. Yet in every case it may be assumed that 
 some particular plan of transmitting power is better than any 
 other, and that plan can best be determined by studying, first, 
 the principles of different kinds of mechanism and its adaptation 
 to the special conditions that exist ; and secondly, precedents or 
 examples. 
 
 A leading principle in machinery of transmission that more 
 than- any other furnishes data for strength and proper propor- 
 tions is, that the stress upon the machinery, whatever it may 
 be, is inverse as the speed at which it moves. For example, a 
 belt two inches wide, moving one thousand feet a minute, will 
 theoretically perform the same work that one ten inches wide 
 will do, moving at a speed of two hundred feet a minute ; or a 
 shaft making two hundred revolutions a minute will transmit 
 four times as much power as a shaft making but fifty revolu- 
 tions in the same time, the torsional strain being the same in 
 both cases. 
 
 This proposition argues the expediency of reducing the pro- 
 portions of mill gearing and increasing its speed, a change which 
 has gradually been going on for fifty years past ; but there are 
 opposing conditions which make a limit in this direction, such as 
 the speed at which bearing surfaces may run, centrifugal strain, 
 jar, and vibration. The object is to fix upon a point between 
 what high speed, light weight, cheapness of cost suggest, and what 
 the conditions of practical use and endurance demand. 
 
44 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 (1.) "What does the term "machinery of transmission" include, as 
 applied in common use 1 (2.) Why cannot direct comparisons be made 
 "between shafts, belts, and gearing? (3.) Define the relation between 
 speed and strain in machinery of transmission. (4.) What are the 
 principal conditions which limit the speed of shafts ? 
 
 CHAPTER XL 
 
 SHAFTS FOR TRANSMITTING POWER. 
 
 THERE is no use in entering upon detailed explanations of what 
 a learner has before him. Shafts are seen wherever there is 
 machinery ; it is easy to see the extent to which they are 
 employed to transmit power, and the usual manner of arranging 
 them. Various text-books afford data for determining the 
 amount of torsional strain that shafts of a given diameter will 
 bear ; explain that their capacity to resist torsional strain is as 
 the cube of the diameter, and that the deflection from transverse 
 strains is so many degrees ; with many other matters that are 
 highly useful and proper to know. I will therefore not devote 
 any space to these things here, but notice some of the 
 more obscure conditions that pertain to shafts, such as are 
 demonstrated by practical experience rather than deduced from 
 mathematical data. What is said will apply especially to what 
 is called line-shafting for conveying and distributing power in 
 machine-shops and other manufacturing establishments. The 
 following propositions in reference to shafts will assist in under- 
 standing what is to follow : 
 
 1. The strength of shafts is governed by their size and the 
 arrangement of their supports. 
 
 2. The capacity of shafts is governed by their strength and 
 the speed at which they run taken together. 
 
 3. The strains to which shafts are subjected are the torsional 
 strain of transmission, transverse strain from belts and wheels, 
 and strains from accidents, such as the winding of belts. 
 
 4. The speed at which shafts should run is governed by their 
 size, the nature of the machinery to be driven, and the kind of 
 bearings in which they are supported. 
 
 5. As the strength of shafts is determined by their size, and 
 
SHAFTS FOR TRANSMITTING POWER. 45 
 
 their size fixed by ike strains to which they are subjected, 
 strains are first to be considered. 
 
 There were three kinds of strain mentioned torsional, deflec- 
 tive, and accidental. To meet these several strains the same 
 means have to be provided, which is a sufficient size and strength 
 to resist them hence it is useless to consider each of these dif- 
 ferent strains separately. If we know which of the three is 
 greatest, and provide for that, the rest, of course, may be dis- 
 regarded. This, in practice, is found to be accidental strains to 
 which shafts are in ordinary use subjected, and they are usually 
 made, in point of strength, far in excess of any standard that 
 would be fixed by either torsional or transverse strain due to the 
 regular duty performed. 
 
 This brings us back to the old proposition, that for structures 
 which do not involve motion, mathematical data will furnish 
 dimensions ; but the same rule will not apply in machinery. To 
 follow the proportions for shafts that would be furnished by pure 
 mathematical data would in nearly all cases lead to error. 
 Experience has demonstrated that for ordinary cases, where 
 power is transmitted and applied with tolerable regularity, a 
 shaft three inches in diameter, making one hundred and fifty 
 revolutions a minute, its bearings three to four diameters in 
 length, and placed ten feet apart, will safely transmit fifty horse- 
 power. 
 
 By assuming this or any other well-proved example, and estimat- 
 ing larger or smaller shafts by keeping their diameters as the 
 cube root of the power to be transmitted, the distance between 
 bearings as the diameter, and the speed inverse as the diameter, 
 the reader will find his calculations to agree approximately with 
 the modern practice of our best engineers. This is not men- 
 tioned to give proportions for shafts, so much as to call atten- 
 tion to accidental strains, such as winding belts, and to call 
 attention to a marked discrepancy between actual practice 
 and such proportions as would be given by what has been 
 called the measured or determinable strains to which shafts are 
 subjected. 
 
 As a means for transmitting power, shafts afford the very 
 important advantage that power can be easily taken off at any 
 point throughout their length, by means of pulleys or gear- 
 ing, also in forming a positive connection between the motive- 
 power and machines, or between the different parts of machines. 
 
46 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION, 
 
 The capacity of shafts in resisting torsional strain is as the cube 
 of their diameter, and the amount of torsional deflection in shafts 
 is as their length. The torsional capacity being based upon the 
 diameter, often leads to the construction of what may be termed 
 diminishing shafts, lines in which the diameter of the several 
 sections are diminished as the distance from the driving power 
 increases, and as the duty to be performed becomes less. This 
 plan of arranging line shafting has been and is yet quite com- 
 mon, but certainly was never arrived at by careful observation. 
 Almost every plan of construction has both advantages and dis- 
 advantages, and the best means of determining the excess of 
 either, in any case, is to first arrive at all the conditions as near 
 as possible, then form a " trial balance," putting the advantages 
 on one side and the disadvantages on the other, and footing up 
 the sums for comparison. Dealing with this matter of shafts of 
 uniform diameter and shafts of varying diameter in this way, 
 there may be found in favour of the latter plan a little saving of 
 material and a slight reduction of friction as advantages. The 
 saving of material relates only to first cost, because the expense 
 of fitting is greater in constructing shafts when the diameters of 
 the different pieces vary; the friction, considering that the same 
 velocity throughout must be assumed, is scarcely worth estimating. 
 For disadvantages there is, on the other hand, a want of uni- 
 formity in fittings that prevents their interchange from one part 
 of a line shaft to the other a matter of great importance, as 
 such exchanges are frequently required. A line shaft, when 
 constructed with pieces of varying diameter, is special machinery, 
 adapted to some particular place or duty, and not a standard 
 product that can be regularly manufactured as a staple article 
 by machinists, and thus afforded at a low price. Pulleys, 
 wheels, bearings, and couplings have all to be specially pre- 
 pared; and in case of a change, or the extension of lines of 
 shafting, cause annoyance, and frequently no little expense, 
 which may all be avoided by having shafts of uniform 
 diameter. The bearings, besides being of varied strength and 
 proportions, are generally in such cases placed at irregular inter- 
 vals, and the lengths of the different sections of the shaft are 
 sometimes varied to suit their diameter. With line shafts of 
 uniform diameter, everything pertaining to the shaft such as 
 hangers, couplings, pulleys, and bearings is interchangeable ; 
 the pulleys, wheels, bearings, or hangers can be placed at plea- 
 
SHAFTS FOR TRANSMITTING POWER. 47 
 
 sure, or changed from one part of the shaft to another, or from 
 one part of the works to another, as occasion may require. The 
 first cost of a line of shafting of uniform diameter, strong enough 
 for a particular duty, is generally less than that of a shaft con- 
 sisting of sections varying in size. This may at first 
 strange, but a computation of the number of supports 
 with the expense of special fitting, will in nearly all cases 
 saving. 
 
 Attention has been called to this case as one wherein t 
 ditions of operation obviously furnish true data to govern 
 arrangement of machinery, instead of the determinable strains 
 which the parts are subjected, and as a good example of the 
 importance of studying mechanical conditions from a practical and 
 experimental point of view. If the general diameter of a shaft is 
 based upon the exact amount of power to be transmitted, or if 
 the diameter of a shaft at various parts is based upon the torsional 
 stress that would be sustained at these points, such a shaft 
 would not only fail to meet the conditions of practical use, but 
 would cost more by attempting such an adaptation. The regular 
 working strain to which shafts are subjected is inversely as the 
 speed at which they run. This becomes a strong reason in favour 
 of arranging shafts to run at a maximum speed, provided there 
 was nothing more than first cost to consider ; but there are other 
 and more important conditions to be taken into account, prin- 
 cipal among which are the required rate of movement where 
 power is taken off to machines, and the endurance of bearings. 
 
 In the case of line shafting for manufactories, if the speed 
 varies so much from that of the first movers on machines as to 
 require one or more intermediate or counter shafts, the expense 
 would be very great ; on the contrary, if countershafts can be 
 avoided, there is a great saving of belts, bearings, machinery, 
 and obstruction. The practical limit of speed for line shafts is 
 in a great measure dependent upon the nature of the bearings, 
 a subject that will be treated of in another place. 
 
 (1.) What kind of strains are shafts subjected to ? (2.) What deter- 
 mines the strength of shafts in resisting transverse strain ? (3.) Why 
 are shafts often more convenient than belts for transmitting power 1 
 (4.) What is the difference between the strains to which shafts and 
 belts are subjected ? (5.) What is gained by constructing a line shaft 
 of sections diminishing in size from the first mover? (6.) What is 
 gained by constructing line shafts of uniform diameter ? 
 
48 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 BELTS FOR TRANSMITTING POWER. 
 
 THE traction of belts upon pulleys, like that of locomotive wheels 
 upon railways, being incapable of demonstration except by actual 
 experience, for a long time hindered the introduction of belts as 
 a means of transmitting motion and power except in cases when 
 gearing or shafts could not be employed. Motion is named 
 separately, because with many kinds of machinery that are driven 
 at high speed such as wood machines the transmission of rapid 
 movement must be considered as well as power, and in ordinary 
 practice it is only by means of belts that such high speeds may 
 be communicated from one shaft to another. 
 
 The first principle to be pointed out in regard to belts, to 
 distinguish them from shafts as a means of transmitting power, 
 is that power is communicated by means of tensile instead of 
 torsional strain, the power during transmission being repre- 
 sented in the difference of tension between the driving and 
 the slack side of belts. In the case of shafts, their length, or 
 the distance to which they may be extended in transmitting 
 power, is limited by torsional resistance ; and as belts are not 
 liable to this condition, we may conclude that unless there are 
 other difficulties to be contended with, belts are more suitable 
 . than shafts for transmitting power throughout long distances. 
 Belts suffer resistance from the air and from friction in the bear- 
 ings of supporting pulleys, which are necessary in long horizontal 
 belts ; with these exceptions they are capable of moving at a 
 very high rate of speed, and transmitting power without appreci- 
 able loss. 
 
 Following this proposition into modern engineering examples, 
 we find how practice has gradually conformed to what these 
 properties in belts suggest. Wire and other ropes of small 
 diameter, to avoid air friction, and allowed to droop in low curves 
 to avoid too many supporting pulleys, are now in many cases 
 employed for transmitting power through long distances, as at 
 Schaffhausen, in Germany. This system has been very success- 
 fully applied in some cases for distributing power in large manu- 
 facturing establishments. Belts, among which are included all 
 
BELTS FOR TRANSMITTING POWER, 49 
 
 flexible bands, do not afford the same facilities for taking off 
 power at different points as shafts, but have advantages in 
 transmitting power to portable machinery, when power is to 
 be taken off at movable points, as in the case of portable travel- 
 ling cranes, machines, and so on. 
 
 An interesting example in the use of belts for communicating 
 power to movable machinery is furnished by the travelling cranes 
 of Mr Ramsbottom, in the shops of the L. <fc N. W. Railway, at 
 Crewe, England, where powerful travelling cranes receive both 
 the lifting and traversing power by means of a cotton rope not 
 more than three-fourths of an inch in diameter, which moves at a 
 high velocity, the motion being reduced by means of tangent wheels 
 and gearing to attain the force required in lifting heavy loads. 
 Observing the operation of this machinery, a person not familiar 
 with the relations between force and motion will be astonished at 
 the effect produced by the small rope which communicates power 
 to the machinery. 
 
 Considered as means for transmitting power, the contrast as to 
 advantages and disadvantages lies especially between belts and 
 gearing instead of between belts and shafts. It is true in extreme 
 cases, such as that cited at Crewe, or in conveying water-power 
 from inaccessible places, through long distances, the comparison 
 lies between belts and shafts; but in ordinary practice, especially 
 for first movers, the problem as to mechanism for conveying 
 power lies between belts and gear wheels. If experience in 
 the use of belts was thorough, as it is in the case of gearing, 
 arid if the quality of belts did not form so important a part in 
 the estimates, there would be but little difficulty in determining 
 where belts should be employed and where gearing would be 
 preferable. Belts are continually taking the place of gearing 
 even in cases where, until quite recently, their use has been con- 
 sidered impracticable ; one of the largest rolling mills in Pitts- 
 burg, Pennsylvania, except a single pair of spur wheels as the 
 last movers at each train of rolls, is driven by belts throughout. 
 
 Leaving out the matter of a positive relative movement between 
 shafts, which belts as a means of transmitting power cannot in- 
 sure, there are the following conditions that must be considered 
 in determining whether belts or other means should be employed 
 in transmitting power from one machine to another or between 
 the parts of machines. 
 
 1. The distance to which power is to be transmitted. 
 
 D 
 
50 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 2. The speed at which the transmitting machinery must move- 
 
 3. The course or direction of transmission, whether in straight 
 lines or at angles. 
 
 4. The cost of construction and durability. 
 
 5. The loss of power during transmission. 
 
 6. Danger, noise, vibration, and jar. 
 
 In every case where there can be a question as to whether 
 gearing shafts or belts will be the best means of transmitting 
 power, the several conditions named will furnish a solution if 
 they are properly investigated and understood. Speed, noise, or 
 angles may become determinative conditions, and are such in a 
 large number of cases ; first cost and loss of power are generally 
 secondary conditions. Applying these tests to cases where belts, 
 shafts, or wheels may be employed, a learner will soon find him- 
 self in possession of knowledge to guide him in his own schemes, 
 and enable him to judge of the correctness of examples that 
 come under his notice. 
 
 It is never enough to know that any piece of work is commonly 
 constructed in some particular manner, or that a proposition is 
 generally accepted as being correct ; a reason should be sought 
 for. Nothing is learned, in the true sense, until the reasons for 
 it are understood, and it is by no means sufficient to know from 
 observation alone that belts are best for high speeds, that gear- 
 ing is the best means of forming angles in transmitting power, or 
 that gearing consumes more power, and that belts produce less 
 jar and noise ; the principles which lie at the bottom must be 
 reached before it can be assumed that the matter is fairly under- 
 stood. 
 
 (1.) Why have belts been found better than shafts for transmitting 
 power through long distances ? (2.) What are the conditions which 
 limit the speed of belts ? (3.) Why cannot belts be employed to com- 
 municate positive movement ? (4.) Would a common belt transmit 
 motion positively, if there were no slip on the pulleys ? (5.) Name some 
 of the circumstances to be considered in comparing belts with gearing or 
 shafts as a means of transmitting power. 
 
GEARING AS A MEANS OF TRANSMITTING POWER. 51 
 
 CHAPTER XIII. 
 GEARING AS A MEANS OF TRANSMITTING POWER. 
 
 THE term gearing, which was once applied to wheels, shafts, and 
 the general mechanism of mills and factories, has now in com- 
 mon use become restricted to tooth wheels, and is in this sense 
 employed here. Gearing as a means of transmitting motion is 
 employed when the movement of machines, or the parts of 
 machines, must remain relatively the same, as in the case of the 
 traversing screw of an engine lathe when a heavy force is 
 transmitted between shafts that are near to each other, or when 
 shafts to be connected are arranged at angles with each other. 
 This rule is of course not constant, except as to cases where 
 positive relative motion has to be maintained. Noise, and the 
 liability to sudden obstruction, may be reasons for not employing 
 tooth wheels in many cases when the distance between and the 
 position of shafts would render such a connection the most 
 durable and cheap. Gearing under ordinary strain, within 
 limited speed, and when other conditions admit of its use, is the 
 cheapest and most durable mechanism for transmitting power ; 
 but the amount of gearing employed in machinery, especially in 
 Europe, is no doubt far greater than it will be in future, when 
 belts are better understood. 
 
 No subject connected with mechanics has been more thoroughly 
 investigated than that of gearing. Text-books are replete with 
 every kind of information pertaining to wheels, at least so far 
 as the subject can be made a mathematical one ; and to judge 
 from the amount of matter, formulae, and diagrams, relating to 
 the teeth of wheels that an apprentice will meet with, he will 
 no doubt be led to believe that the main object of modern 
 engineering is to generate wheels. It must be admitted that the 
 teeth of wheels and the proportions of wheels is a very im- 
 portant matter to understand, and should be studied with the 
 greatest care ; but it is equally important to know how to pro- 
 duce the teeth in metal after their configuration has been 
 denned on paper ; to understand the endurance of teeth under 
 abrasive wear when made of wrought or cast iron, brass or 
 steel; how patterns can be constructed from which correct 
 
52 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 v/heels may be cast, and Low the teeth of wheels can be cut by 
 machinery, and so on. 
 
 A learner should, in fact, consider the application and 
 operative conditions of gearing as one of the main parts of the 
 subject, and the geometry or even the construction of wheels 
 as subsidiary ; in this way attention will be directed to that 
 which is most difficult to learn, and a part for which faci- 
 lities are frequently wanting. Gearing may be classed into 
 five modifications spur wheels, bevel wheels, tangent wheels, 
 spiral wheels, and chain wheels; the last I include among 
 gearing because the nature of their operation is analogous to 
 tooth wheels, although at first thought chains seem to correspond 
 more to belts than gearing. The motion imparted by chains 
 meshing over the teeth of wheels is positive, and not frictional as 
 with belts ; the speed at which such chains may run, with other 
 conditions, correspond to gearing. 
 
 Different kinds of gearing can be seen in almost every 
 engineering establishment, and in view of the amount of 
 scientific information available, it will only be necessary to point 
 out some of the conditions that govern the use and operation, 
 of the different kinds of wheels. The durability of gearing, 
 aside from breaking, is dependent upon pressure and the amount 
 of rubbing action that takes place between the teeth when in 
 contact. Spur wheels, or bevel wheels, when the pitch is 
 accurate and the teeth of the proper form, if kept clean and 
 lubricated, wear but little, because the contact between the 
 teeth is that of rolling instead of sliding. In many cases, one 
 wheel of a pair is filled with wooden cogs ; in this arrangement 
 there are four objects, to avoid noise, to attain a degree of 
 elasticity in the teeth, to retain lubricants by absorption in the 
 wood, and to secure by wear a better configuration of the teeth 
 than is usually attained in casting, or even in cutting teeth. 
 
 Tangent wheels and spiral gearing have only what is termed 
 line contact between the bearing surfaces, and as the action 
 between these surfaces is a sliding one, such wheels are subject 
 to rapid wear, and are incapable of sustaining much pressure, or 
 transmitting a great amount of power, except the surfaces be 
 hard and lubrication constant. In machinery the use of tangent 
 wheels is mainly to secure a rapid change of speed, usually to 
 diminish motion and increase force. 
 
 By placing the axes of tangent gearing so that the threads or 
 
HYDRAULIC APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING POWER. 53 
 
 teeth of the pinions are parallel to the face of the driven teeth, 
 us in the planing machines of Messrs Wm. Sellers & Co., 
 the conditions of operation are changed, and an interesting 
 problem arises. The progressive or forward movement of the 
 pinion teeth may be equal to the sliding movement between the 
 surfaces ; and an equally novel result is, that the sliding action 
 is distributed over the whole breadth of the driven teeth. 
 
 In spiral gearing the line of force is at an angle of forty-five 
 degrees with the bearing faces of the teeth, and the sliding 
 movement equal to the speed of the wheels at their periphery ; 
 the bearing on the teeth, as before said, is one of line contact 
 only. Such wheels cannot be employed except in cases where an 
 inconsiderable force is to be transmitted. Spiral wheels are 
 employed to connect shafts that cross each other at right angles 
 but in different planes, and when the wheels can be of the same 
 size. 
 
 It may be mentioned in regard to rack gearing for communi- 
 cating movement to the carriages of planing machines or other 
 purposes of a similar nature : the rack can be drawn to the 
 wheel, and a lifting action avoided, by shortening the pitch of 
 the rack, so that it will vary a little from the driving wheel. 
 The rising or entering teeth in this case do not come in contact 
 with those on the rack until they have attained a position 
 normal to the line of the carriage movement. 
 
 , (1.) Into what classes can gearing be divided ? (2.) What determines 
 the weaving capacity of gearing 1 (3.) What is the advantage gained 
 by employing wooden cogs for gear wheels? (4.) Why are tangent or 
 worm wheels not durable ? 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 
 HYDRAULIC APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING POWER. 
 
 ALTHOUGH a system but recently developed, the employment of 
 hydraulic machinery for transmitting and applying power has 
 reached an extended application to a variety of purposes, and 
 gives promise of a still more extensive use in future. Con- 
 
54 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 sidered as a means of transmitting regularly a constant amount 
 of power, water apparatus is more expensive and inferior in 
 many respects to belts or shafts, and its use must be traced to some 
 special principle involved which adapts hydraulic apparatus to 
 the performance of certain duties. This principle will be found 
 to consist in storing up power in such a manner that it may be 
 used with great force at intervals ; and secondly, in the facilities 
 afforded for multiplying force by such simple mechanism as 
 pumps. An engine of ten-horse-power, connected with machinery 
 by hydraulic apparatus, may provide for a force equal to one 
 hundred horse-power for one-tenth part of the time, the power 
 being stored up by accumulators in the interval ; or in other 
 words, the motive power acting continuously can be accumulated 
 and applied at intervals as it may be required for raising 
 weights, operating punches, compressive forging, or other work 
 of an intermittent character. Hydraulic machinery employed 
 for such purposes is more simple and inexpensive than gear- 
 ing and shafts, especially in the application of a great force 
 acting for a considerable distance, and where a cylinder and 
 piston represent a degree of strength which could not be attained 
 with twice the amount of detail, if gearing, screws, levers, or 
 other devices were employed instead. 
 
 Motion or power may be varied to almost any degree by the 
 ratio between the pistons of pumps and the pistons which give 
 off the power, the same general arrangement of machinery 
 answering in all cases ; whereas, with gearing the quantity of 
 machinery has to be increased as the motive power and the 
 applied power may vary in time and force. This as said recom- 
 mends hydraulic apparatus where a great force is required at 
 intervals, and it is in such cases that it was first employed, and 
 is yet for the most part used. 
 
 In the use of hydraulic apparatus for transmitting and apply- 
 ing power, there is, however, this difficulty to be contended with : 
 water is inelastic, and for the performance of irregular duty, 
 there is a loss of power equal to the difference between the 
 duty that a piston may perform and what it does perform ; 
 that is, the amount of water, and consequently the amount of 
 power given off, is as the movement and volume of the water, 
 instead of as the work done. The application of hydraulic 
 machinery to the lifting and handling of weights will be further 
 noticed in another place. 
 
PNEUMATIC MACHINERY FOR TRANSMITTING POWER. 05 
 
 (1.) Under what conditions is hydraulic apparatus a suitable means 
 for transmitting power ? (2.) To what class of operations is hydraulic 
 apparatus mostly applied? (3.) Why is not water as suitable a medium 
 as air or steam in transmitting power for general purposes ? 
 
 CHAPTER XV. 
 
 PNEUMATIC MACHINERY FOR TRANSMITTING POWER. 
 
 PNEUMATIC machinery, aside from results due to the elasticity 
 of air, is analogous in operation to hydraulic machinery. 
 
 Water may be considered as a rigid medium for transmitting 
 power, corresponding to shafts and gear wheels ; air as a flexible 
 or yielding one, corresponding to belts. There is at this time 
 but a limited use of pneumatic apparatus for transmitting power, 
 but its application is rapidly extending, especially in transport- 
 ing material by means of air currents, and in conveying power 
 to mining machinery. 
 
 The successful application of the pneumatic system at the 
 Mont Cenis Tunnel in Italy, and at the Hoosac Tunnel in 
 America, has demonstrated the value of the system where the 
 air not only served to transmit power to operate the machinery 
 but to ventilate the mines at the same time. Air brakes for 
 railway trains are another example illustrating the advantages of 
 pneumatic transmission ; the force being multiplied at the 
 points where it is applied, so that the connecting pipes are 
 reduced to a small size, the velocity of the air making up for 
 a great force that formerly had to be communicated through rods, 
 chains, or shafts. The principal object attained by the use of 
 air to operate railway brakes is, however, to maintain a connec- 
 tion throughout a train by means of flexible pipes that accom- 
 modate themselves to the varying distance between the carriages. 
 Presuming that the flow of air in pipes is not materially impeded 
 by friction or angles, and that there will be no difficulty in 
 maintaining lubrication for pistons or other inaccessible parts of 
 machinery when driven by air, there seems to be many reasons 
 in favour of its use as a means of distributing power in manu- 
 
56 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 facturing districts. The diminished cost of motive power when 
 it is generated on a large scale, and the expense and danger of 
 maintaining an independent steam power for each separate estab- 
 lishment where power is employed, especially in cities, are strong 
 reasons in favour of generating and distributing power by com- 
 pressed air, through pipes, as gas and water are now supplied. 
 
 Air seems to be the most natural and available medium for 
 transmitting and distributing power upon any general system 
 like water or gas, and there is every probability of such a system 
 existing at some future time. The power given out by the 
 expansion of air is not equal to the power consumed in com- 
 pressing it, but the loss is but insignificant compared with the 
 advantages that may be gained in other ways. There is no 
 subject more interesting, and perhaps few more important for 
 an engineering student to study at this time, than the trans- 
 mission of power and the transport of material by pneumatic 
 apparatus. 
 
 In considering pneumatic machinery there are the following 
 points to which attention is directed : 
 
 1. The value of pneumatic apparatus in reaching places where 
 steam furnaces cannot be employed. 
 
 2. The use that may be made of air after it has been applied 
 as a motive agent. 
 
 3. The saving from condensation, to which steam is exposed, 
 avoidance of heat, and the consequent contraction and expansion 
 of long conducting pipes. 
 
 4. The loss of power by friction and angles in conducting air 
 through pipes. 
 
 5. The lubrication of surfaces working under air pressure, 
 such as the pistons and valves of engines. 
 
 6. The diminished cost of generating power on a large scale, 
 compared with a number of separate steam engines distributed 
 over manufacturing districts. 
 
 7. The effect of pneumatic machinery in reducing insurance 
 rates and danger of fire. 
 
 8. The expense of the appliances of distribution and their 
 maintenance. 
 
 In passing thus rapidly over so im*portant a subject, and one 
 that admits of so extended a consideration as machinery of 
 transmission, the reader can see that the purpose has been to 
 touch only upon such points as will lead to thought and investi- 
 
MACHINERY OF APPLICATION. 57 
 
 gation, and especially to meet such queries as are most likely to 
 arise in the mind of a learner. In arranging and erecting 
 machinery of transmission, obviously the first problem must 
 be, what kind of machinery should be employed, and what 
 are the conditions which should determine the selection and 
 arrangement? What has been written has, so far as possible, 
 been directed to suggesting proper means of solving these ques- 
 tions. 
 
 (1.) In what respect are air and water like belts and gearing, as means 
 to transmit power 1 (2.) What are some of the principal advantages 
 gained by employing air to operate railway breaks 1 (3.) Name some 
 of the advantages of centralising motive power. (4.) Are the conditions 
 of working an engine the same whether air or steam is employed ? 
 
 CHAPTER XVI. 
 
 MACHINERY OF APPLICATION'. 
 
 THE term application has been selected as a proper one to dis- 
 tinguish machines that expend and apply power, from those 
 that are employed in generating or transmitting power. Machines 
 of application employed in manufacturing, and which expend 
 their action on material, are directed to certain operations which 
 are usually spoken of as processes, such as cutting, compressing, 
 grinding, separating, and disintegrating. 
 
 By classifying these processes, it will be seen that there is in 
 all but a few functions to be performed by machines, and that 
 they all act upon a few general principles. Engineering tools em- 
 ployed in fitting are, for example, all directed to the process of 
 cutting. Planing machines, lathes, drilling machines, and shaping 
 machines are all cutting machines, acting upon the same general 
 plan that of a cleaving wedge propelled in straight or curved 
 lines. 
 
 Cutting, as a process in converting material, includes the force 
 to propel cutting edges, means to guide and control their action, 
 and mechanism to sustain and adjust the material acted upon. 
 In cutting with hand tools, the operator performs the two functions 
 
58 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 of propelling and guiding the tools with his hands ; but in what 
 is called power operations, machines are made to perform these 
 functions. In nearly all processes machines have supplanted 
 hand labour, and it may be noticed in the history and develop- 
 ment of machine tools that much has been lost in too closely imi- 
 tating hand operations when machines were first applied. To be 
 profitable, machines must either employ more force, guide tools 
 with more accuracy, or move them at greater speed, than is at- 
 tainable by hand. Increased speed may, although more seldom, 
 be an object in the employment of machinery, as well as the 
 guidance of implements or increased force in propelling them. 
 The hands of workmen are not only limited as to the power that 
 may be exerted, and unable to guide tools with accuracy, but are 
 also limited to a slow rate of movement, so that machines can be 
 employed with great advantage in many operations where neither 
 the force nor guidance of tools are wanting. 
 
 There is nothing more interesting, or at the same time more 
 useful, in the study of mechanics, than to analyse the action of 
 cutting machines or other machinery of application, and to ascer- 
 tain in examples that come under notice whether the main object 
 of a machine is increased force, more accurate guidance, or 
 greater speed than is attainable by hand operations. Cutting 
 machines as explained may be directed to either of these objects 
 singly, or to all of them together, or these objects may vary in 
 their relative importance in different operations ; but in all cases 
 where machines are profitably employed, their action can be traced 
 to one or more of the functions named. 
 
 To follow this matter further. It will be found in such machines 
 as are directed mainly to augmenting force or increasing the 
 amount of power that may be applied in any operation, such as 
 sawing wood or stone, the effect produced when compared to 
 hand labour is nearly as the difference in the amount of power 
 applied ; and the saving that such machines effect is generally in 
 the same proportion. A machine that can expend ten horse- 
 power in performing a certain kind of work, will save ten times 
 as much as a machine directed to the same purpose expending 
 but one horse-power \ this of course applies to machines for the 
 performance of the coarser kinds of work, and employed to sup- 
 plant mere physical effort. In other machines of application, such 
 as are directed mainly to guidance, or speed of action, such as 
 sewing machines, dove-tailing machines, gear-cutting machines, 
 
MACHINERY OF APPLICATION. 59 
 
 and so on, there is no relation -whatever between the increased 
 effect that may be produced and the amount of power expended. 
 
 The difference between hand and machine operations, and the 
 labour-saving effect of machines, will be farther spoken of in 
 another place ; the subject is alluded to here, only to enable the 
 reader to more fully distinguish between machinery of transmis- 
 sion and machinery of application. Machinery of application, 
 directed to what has been termed compression processes, such as 
 steam hammers, drops, presses, rolling mills, and so on, act upon 
 material that is naturally soft and ductile, or when it is softened 
 by heat, as in the case of forging. 
 
 In compression processes no material is cut away as in cutting 
 or grinding, the mass being forced into shape by dies or forms 
 that give the required configuration. The action of compressing 
 machines may be either intermittent, as in the case of rolling 
 mills ; percussive, as in steam hammers, where a great force acts 
 throughout a limited distance ; or gradual and sustained, as in 
 press forging. Machines of application, for abrading or grinding, 
 are constantly coming more into use; their main purpose being to 
 cut or shape material too hard to be acted upon by compression 
 or by cutting processes. It follows that the necessity for machines 
 of this kind is in proportion to the amount of hard material which 
 enters into manufactures ; in metal work the employment of 
 hardened steel and iron is rapidly increasing, and as a result, 
 grinding machines have now a place among the standard machine 
 tools of a fitting shop. 
 
 Grinding, no doubt, if traced to the principles that lie at the 
 bottom, is nothing more than a cutting process, in which the 
 edges employed are harder than any material that can be made 
 into cutters, the edges firmly supported by being imbedded into 
 a mass as the particles of sand are in grindstones, or the 
 particles of emery in emery wheels. 
 
 Separating machines, such as bolts and screens, which may be 
 called a class, require no explanation. The employment of mag- 
 netic machines to separated iron and brass filings or shop waste, 
 may be noted as a recent improvement of some importance. 
 
 Disintegrating machines, such as are employed for pulverising 
 various substances, grinding grain or pulp, separating fibrous 
 material, and so on, are, with some exceptions, simple enough to 
 be readily understood. One of these exceptions is the rotary 
 " disintegrators," recently introduced, about the action of which 
 
60 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 some diversity of opinion exists. The effect produced is cer- 
 tainly abrasive wear, the result of the pieces or particles strik- 
 ^ng one against another, or against the revolving beaters and 
 casing. The novelty of the process is in the augmented effect 
 produced by a high velocity, or, in other words, the rapidity of 
 the blows. 
 
 (1.) Name five machines as types of those employed in the general 
 processes of converting material. (2.) Name some machines, the object 
 of which is to augment force One to attain speed One directed to the 
 guidance of tools. (3.) What is the difference between the hot and cold 
 treatment of iron as to processes As to dimensions ? (4.) 
 
 CHAPTER XVII. 
 
 MACHINERY FOR MOVING AND HANDLING MATERIAL. 
 
 STEAM and other machinery applied to the transport of material 
 and travel, in navigation and by railways, comprises the greater 
 share of what may be called engineering products ; and when we 
 consider that this vast interest of steam transport is less than a 
 century old, and estimate its present arid possible future influence 
 on human affairs, we may realise the relation that mechanical 
 science bears to modern civilisation. 
 
 To follow out the application of power to the propulsion of 
 vessels and trains, with the many abstruse problems that would 
 of necessity be involved, would be to carry this work far beyond 
 the limits within which it is most likely to be useful to the ap- 
 prentice engineer ; besides, it would be going beyond what can 
 properly be termed manipulation. 
 
 Marine and railway engineering have engrossed the best 
 talent in the world ; investigation and research has been expended 
 upon these subjects in a degree commensurate with their im- 
 portance, and it would be hard to suggest a single want in the 
 many able text-books that have been prepared upon the subjects. 
 Marine and railway engineering are sciences that may, in a sense, 
 be separated from the ordinary constructive arts, and studied at 
 
MACHINERY FOR MOVING AND HANDLING MATERIAL. 61 
 
 the end of a course in mechanical engineering, but are hardly 
 proper subjects for an apprentice to take up at the beginning. 
 
 In treating of machinery for transport, as a class, the subject, 
 as far as noticed here, will be confined to moving and handling 
 material as one of the processes of manufacturing, and especially 
 in connection with machine construction. If the amount of 
 time, expense, labour, and machinery devoted to handling 
 material in machine shops is estimated, it becomes a matter of 
 astonishment to as many as have not previously investigated the 
 subject ; as an item of expense the handling, often exceeds the 
 fitting on large pieces, and in the heavier class of work demands 
 the most careful attention to secure economical manipulation. 
 
 It will be well for an apprentice to begin at once, as soon as 
 he commences a shop course, to note the manner of handling 
 material, watching the operation of cranes, hoists, trucks, tackle, 
 rollers ; in short, everything that has to do with moving and 
 handling. The machinery and appliances in ordinary use are 
 simple enough in a mechanical sense, but the principles of hand- 
 ling material are by no means as plain or easy to understand. 
 The diversity of practice seen in various plans of handling and 
 lifting weights fully attests the last proposition, and it is 
 questionable whether there is any other branch of mechanical 
 engineering that is treated less in a scientific way than machinery 
 of this class. I do not allude to the mechanism of cranes and 
 other devicas, which are usually well proportioned and generally 
 well arranged, but to the adaptation of such machinery with 
 reference to special or local conditions. There are certain 
 inherent difficulties that have to be encountered in the construc- 
 tion and operation of machinery, for lifting and handling, that 
 are peculiar to it as a class among these difficulties is the 
 transmission of power to movable mechanism, the intermittent 
 and irregular application of power, severe strains, also the 
 liability to accidents and breakage from such machinery being 
 controlled by the judgment of attendants. 
 
 Ordinary machinery, on the reverse, is stationary, generally 
 consumes a regular amount of power, is not subjected to such 
 uncertain strains, and as a rule acts without its operation being 
 controlled by the will of attendants. 
 
 The functions required in machinery for handling material in 
 a machine shop correspond very nearly to those of the human 
 hands. Nature in this, as in all other things, where a comparison. 
 
62 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 is possible, Las exceeded man in adaptation ; in fact, we cannot 
 conceive of anything more perfect than the human hands for 
 handling material a duty that forms a great share of all that 
 we term labour. 
 
 Considered mechanically as a means of handling material, the 
 human hands are capable of exerting force in any direction, 
 vertically, horizontally, or at any angle, moving at various rates 
 of speed, as the conditions may require, and with varying force 
 within the limits of human strength. These functions enable us 
 to pick up or lay down a weight slowly and carefully, to trans- 
 port it at a rapid rate to save time, to move it in any direction, and 
 without the least waste of power, except in the case of carrying 
 small loads, when the whole body has to be moved, as in ascend- 
 ing or descending stairs. The power travelling cranes, that are 
 usually employed in machine-fitting establishments, are per- 
 haps the nearest approach that has been made to the human 
 frame in the way of handling mechanism ; they, however, lack 
 that very important feature of a movement, the speed of which is 
 graduated at will. It is evident that in machinery of any kind for 
 handling and lifting that moves at a uniform rate of speed, and 
 this rate of speed adapted, as it must be, to the conditions of 
 starting or depositing a load, much time must be lost in the 
 transit, especially when the load is moved for a considerable 
 distance. This uniform speed is perhaps the greatest defect in 
 the lifting machinery in common use, at least in such as is driven 
 by power. 
 
 In handling a weight with the hands it is carefully raised, and 
 laid down with care, but moved as rapidly as possible through- 
 out the intervening distance ; this lesson of nature has not 
 been disregarded. We find that the attention of engineers has 
 been directed to this principle of variable speed to be controlled 
 at will. The hydraulic cranes of Sir William Armstrong, for 
 example, employ this principle in the most effective manner, not 
 only securing rapid transit of loads when lifted, but depositing 
 or adjusting them with a care and precision unknown to mechan- 
 ism positively geared or even operated by friction breaks. 
 
 The principles of all mechanism for handling loads should be 
 such as to place the power, the rate of movement, and the direc- 
 tion of the force, within the control of an operator, which, as 
 has been pointed out, is the same thing in effect as the action 
 of the human hands. 
 
MACHINERY FOR MOVING AND HANDLING MATERIAL. 63 
 
 The safety, simplicity, and reliable action of hydraulic 
 machinery has already led to its extensive employment for 
 moving and lifting weights, and it is fair to assume that the 
 importance and success of this invention fully entitle it to be 
 classed as one of the most important that has been made in 
 mechanical engineering during fifty years past. The applica- 
 tion of hydraulic force in operating the machinery used in the 
 processes for steel Bessemer manufacture, is one of the best 
 examples to illustrate the advantages and principles of 
 hydraulic system. Published drawings and descripti 
 Bessemer steel plant explain this hydraulic machinery. 
 
 There is, however, a principle in hydraulic machine 
 must be taken into account, in comparing it with positively 
 mechanism, which often leads to loss of power that in 
 cases will overbalance any gain derived from the peculiar 
 action of hydraulic apparatus. I allude to the loss of power 
 incident to dealing with an inelastic medium, where the amount 
 of force expended is constant, regardless of the resistance 
 offered. A hydraulic crane, for instance, consumes power 
 in proportion to its movements, and not as the amount of duty 
 performed ; it takes the same quantity of water to fill the 
 cylinders of such cranes, whether the water exert much or little 
 force in moving the pistons. The difference between employing 
 elastic mediums like air and steam, and an inelastic medium 
 like water, for transmitting force in performing irregular duty, 
 has been already alluded to, and forms a very interesting study 
 for a student in mechanics, leading, as it does, to the solution 
 of many problems concerning the use and effect of power. 
 
 The steam cranes of Mr Morrison, which resemble hydraulic 
 cranes, except that steam instead of water is employed as a 
 medium for transmitting force, combine all the advantages of 
 hydraulic apparatus, except positive movement, and evade the 
 loss of power that occurs in the use of water. The elasticity of 
 the steam is found in practice to offer no obstacle to steady and 
 accurate movement of a load, provided the mechanism is well 
 constructed, while the loss of heat by radiation is but trifling. 
 
 To return to shop processes in manufacturing. Material 
 operated upon has to be often, sometimes continually, moved 
 from one place to another to receive successive operations, and 
 this movement may be either vertically or horizontally as 
 determined, first, by the relative facility with which the material 
 
64 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION, 
 
 may be raised vertically, or moved horizontally, and secondly, by 
 the value of the ground and the amount of room that may be 
 available, and thirdly by local conditions of arrangement. In large 
 cities, where a great share of manufacturing is carried on, the 
 value of ground is so great that its cost becomes a valid reason 
 for constructing high buildings of several storeys, and moving 
 material vertically by hoists, thus gaining surface by floors, 
 instead of spreading the work over the ground ; nor is there 
 any disadvantage in high buildings for most kind of manufacture, 
 including machine fitting even, a proposition that will hardly 
 be accepted in Europe, where fitting operations, except for small 
 pieces, are rarely performed on upper floors. 
 
 Vertical handling, although it consumes more power, as a rule 
 costs less, is more convenient, and requires less room than 
 horizontal handling, which is sure to interfere more or less with 
 the constructive operations of a workshop. In machine fitting 
 there is generally a wrong estimate placed upon the value of 
 ground floors, which are no doubt indispensable for the heaviest 
 class of work, and for the heaviest tools ; but with an ordinary 
 class of work, where the pieces do not exceed two tons in 
 weight, upper floors if strong are quite as convenient, if there 
 is proper machinery for handling material ; in fact, the records 
 of any establishment, where cost accounts are carefully made up, 
 will show that the expense of fitting on upper floors is less than 
 on ground floors. This is to be accounted for by better light, and 
 a removal of the fitting from the influences and interference of 
 other operations that must necessarily be carried on upon 
 ground floors. 
 
 For loading and unloading carts and waggons, the convenience 
 of the old outside sling is well known ; it is also a well-attested 
 fact that accidents rarely happen with sling hoists, although 
 they appear to be less safe than running platforms or lifts. As 
 a general rule, the most dangerous machinery for handling or 
 raising material is that which pretends to dispense with the care 
 and vigilance of attendants, and the safest machinery that 
 which enforces such attention. The condition which leads to 
 danger in hoisting machinery is, that the power employed is 
 opposed to the force of gravity, and as the force of gravity is 
 acting continually, it is always ready to take advantage of the 
 least cessation in the opposing force employed, and thus drag 
 away the weight for which the two forces are contending; 
 
MACHINERY FOR MOVING AND HANDLING MATERIAL. 65 
 
 as a weight when under the influence of gravity is moved at an 
 accelerated velocity, if gravity becomes the master, the result 
 is generally a serious accident. Lifting may be considered a 
 case wherein the contrivances of man are brought to bear in over- 
 coming or opposing a natural force ; the imperfect force of the 
 machinery is liable to accident or interruption, but gravity never 
 fails to act. Acting on every piece of matter in proportion to 
 its weight must be some force opposing and equal to that of 
 gravity j for example, a piece of iron lying on a bench is opposed 
 by the bench and held in resistance to gravity, and to move 
 this piece of iron we have to substitute some opposing force, 
 like that of the hands or lifting mechanism, to overcome 
 gravity. 
 
 As molecular adhesion keeps the particles of matter together 
 so as to form solids, so the force of gravity keeps objects in 
 their place ; and to attain a proper conception of forces, especially 
 in handling and moving material, it is necessary to familiarise 
 the mind with this thought. 
 
 The force of gravity acts only in one direction vertically, 
 so that the main force of hoisting and handling machinery 
 which opposes gravity must also act vertically, while the 
 horizontal movement of objects may be accomplished by simply 
 overcoming the friction between them and the surfaces on 
 which they move. This is seen in practice. A force of a 
 hundred pounds may move a loaded truck, which it would 
 require tons to lift ; hence the horizontal movements of 
 material may be easily accomplished by hand with the aid of 
 trucks and rollers, so long as it is moved on level planes ; but 
 if a weight has to be raised even a single inch by reason of 
 irregularity in floors, the difference between overcoming frictional 
 contact and opposing gravity is at once apparent. 
 
 One of the problems connected with the handling of material 
 is to determine where hand-power should stop and motive-power 
 begin what conditions will justify the erection of cranes, 
 hoists, or tramways, and what conditions will not. Frequent 
 mistakes are made in the application of power when it is not 
 required, especially for handling material ; the too common 
 tendency of the present day being to apply power to every 
 purpose where it is possible, without estimating the actual 
 saving that, may be effected. A common impression is that 
 motive power, wherever applied to supplant hand labour ill 
 
 E 
 
66 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 handling material, produces a gain ; but in many cases the 
 fallacy of this will be apparent, when all the conditions are 
 taken into account. 
 
 Considered upon grounds of commercial expediency as a 
 question of cost alone, it is generally cheaper to move material 
 by hand when it can be easily lifted or moved by workmen, 
 when the movement is mainly in a horizontal direction, and 
 when the labour can be constantly employed ; or, to assume a 
 general rule which in practice amounts to much the same 
 thing, vertical lifting should be done by motive power, and 
 horizontal movement for short distances performed by hand. 
 There is nothing more unnatural than for men to carry loads up 
 stairs or ladders ; the effort expended in such cases is one-half 
 or more devoted to raising the weight of the body, which 
 is not utilised in the descent, and it is always better to employ 
 winding or other mechanism for raising weights, even when it is 
 to be operated by manual labour. Speaking of this matter of 
 carrying loads upward, I am reminded of the fact that builders 
 in England and America, especially in the latter country, often 
 have material carried up ladders, while in some of the older 
 European countries, where there is but little pretension to 
 scientific manipulation, bricks are usually tossed from one man 
 to another standing on ladders at a distance of ten to fifteen feet 
 apart. 
 
 To conclude. The reader will understand that the difficulties 
 and diversity of practice, in any branch of engineering, create 
 similar or equal difficulties in explaining or reasoning about the 
 operations ; and the most that can be done in the limited space 
 allotted here to the subject of moving material, is to point out 
 some of the principles that should govern the construction and 
 adaptation of handling machinery, from which the reader can 
 take up the subject upon his own account, and follow it through 
 the various examples that may come under notice. 
 
 To sum up We have the following propositions in regard to 
 moving and handling material : 
 
 1. The most economical and effectual mechanism for handling 
 is that which places the amount of force and rate of movement 
 continually under the control of an operator. 
 
 2. The necessity for, and consequent saving effected by, power- 
 machinery for handling is mainly in vertical lifting, horizontal 
 movement being easily performed by hand. 
 
MACHINE COMBINATION. 67 
 
 3. The vertical movement of material, although it consumes 
 more power, is more economical than horizontal handling, because 
 less floor room and ground surface is required. 
 
 4. The value of handling machinery, or the saving it effects, 
 is as the constancy with which it operates ; such machinery may 
 shorten the time of handling without cheapening the expense. 
 
 5. Hydraulic machinery comes nearest to filling the required 
 conditions in handling material, and should be employed in 
 cases where the work is tolerably uniform, and the amount of 
 handling will justify the outlay required. 
 
 6. Handling material in machine construction is one of the 
 principal expenses to be dealt with ; each time a piece is moved 
 its cost is enhanced, and usually in a much greater degree than 
 is 
 
 (1.) Why has the lifting of weights been made a standard for the 
 measure of power? (2.) Name some of the difficulties to contend with 
 in the operation of machinery for lifting or handling material. (3.) What 
 analogy exists between manual handling and the operation of hydraulic 
 cranes I (4.) Explain how the employment of overhead cranes saves 
 room in a fitting shop. (5.) Under what circumstances is it expedient to 
 move material vertically ? (6.) To what circumstances is the danger 
 of handling mainly attributable ] 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 MA CHINE C O MB IN A TI N. 
 
 THE combination of several functions in one machine, although 
 it may not seem an important matter to be considered here, is 
 nevertheless one that has much to do with the manufacture of 
 machines, and constitutes what may be termed a principle of 
 construction. 
 
 The reasons that favour combination of functions in machines, 
 and the effects that such combinations may produce, are so 
 various that the problem has led to a great diversity of opinions 
 and practice among both those who construct and even those 
 who employ machines. It may be said, too, that a great share 
 
68 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 of the combinations found in machines, such as those to turn, 
 mill, bore, slot, and drill in iron fitting, are not due to any deli- 
 berate plan on the part of the makers, so much as to an opinion 
 that such machines represent a double or increased capacity. 
 So far has combination in machines been carried, that in one 
 case that came under the writer's notice, a machine was arranged 
 to perform nearly every operation required in finishing the parts 
 of machinery ; completely organised, and displaying a high order 
 of mechanical ability in design and arrangement, but practi- 
 cally of no more value than a single machine tool, because but 
 one operation at a time could be performed 
 
 To direct the attention of learners to certain rules that will 
 guide them in forming opinions in this matter of machine 
 combination, I will present the following propositions, and 
 afterwards consider them more in detail : 
 
 First. By combining two or more operations in one machine, 
 the only objects gained are a slight saving in first cost, one 
 frame answering for two or more machines, and a saving of floor 
 room, 
 
 Second. In a machine where two or more operations are 
 combined, the capacity of such a machine is only as a single one 
 of these operations, unless more than one can be carried on at 
 the same time without interfering one with another. 
 
 Third. Combination machines can only be employed with 
 success when one attendant performs all the operations, and 
 when the change from one to another requires but little adjust- 
 ment and re-arrangement. 
 
 Fourth. The arrangement of the parts of a combination 
 machine have to be modified by the relations between them, 
 instead of being adapted directly to the work to be performed. 
 
 Fifth. The cost of special adaptation, and the usual incon- 
 venience of fitting combination machines when their parts 
 operate independently, often equals and sometimes exceeds what 
 is saved in framing and floor space. 
 
 Referring first to the saving effected by combining several 
 operations in one machine, there is perhaps not one constructor 
 in twenty that ever stops to consider what is really gained, 
 and perhaps not one purchaser in a hundred that does the same 
 thing. The impression is, that when one machine performs two 
 operations it saves a second machine. A remarkable example 
 of this exists in the manufacture of combination machines in 
 
MACHINE COMBINATION. 69 
 
 Europe for working wood, where it is common to find complicated 
 machines that will perform all the operations of a joiner's shop, 
 but as a rule only one thing at a time, and usually in an incon- 
 venient manner, each operation being hampered and interfered 
 with by another ; and in changing from one kind of work to 
 another the adjustments and changes generally equal and some- 
 times exceed the work to be done. What is stranger still is, that 
 such machines are purchased, when their cost often equals that 
 of separate machines to perform the same work. 
 
 In metal working, owing to a more perfect division of labour, 
 and a more intelligent manipulation than in wood-working, there 
 is less combination in machines in fact, a combination machine 
 for metal work is rarely seen at this day, and never under 
 circumstances where it occasions actual loss. The advantage of 
 combination, as said, can only be in the framing and floor space 
 occupied by the machines, but these considerations, to be 
 estimated by a proper standard, are quite insignificant when 
 compared with other items in the cost of machine operating, 
 such as the attendance, interest on the invested cost of the 
 machine, depreciation of value by wear, repairing, and so on. 
 
 Assuming, for example, that a machine will cost as much as 
 the wages of an attendant for one year, which is not far from 
 an average estimate for iron working machine tools, and that 
 interest, wear, and repairs amount to ten per cent, on this sum, 
 then the attendance would cost ten times as much as the 
 machine \ in other words, the wages paid to a workman to 
 attend a machine is, on an average, ten times as much as the 
 other expenses attending its operation, power excepted. This 
 assumed, it follows that in machine tools any improvement 
 directed to labour saving is worth ten times as much as an equal 
 improvement directed to the economy of first cost. 
 
 This mode of reasoning will lead to proper estimates of the 
 difference in value between good tools and inferior tools ; the 
 results of performance instead of the investment being first con- 
 sidered, because the expenses of operating are, as before assumed, 
 usually ten times as great as the interest on the value of a 
 machine. 
 
 In view of these propositions, I need hardly say to what object 
 machine improvements should be directed, nor which of the con- 
 siderations named are most affected by a combination of machine 
 functions ; the fact is, that if estimates could be prepared, show- 
 
70 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 ing the actual effect of machine combinations, it would astonish 
 those who have not investigated the matter, and in many cases 
 show a loss of the whole cost of such machines each year. The 
 effect of combination machines is, however, by no means uniform ; 
 the remarks made apply to standard machines employed in the 
 regular work of an engineering or other establishment. In ex- 
 ceptional cases it may be expedient to use combined machines. 
 In the tool-room of machine-shops, for instance, where one man 
 can usually perform the main part of the work, and where there 
 is but little space for machines, the conditions are especially 
 favourable to combination machines, such as may be used in 
 milling, turning, drilling, and so on ; but wherever there is a 
 necessity or an opportunity to carry on two or more of these 
 operations at the same time, the cost of separate machines is but 
 a small consideration when compared with the saving of labour 
 that may be effected by independent tools to perform each opera- 
 tion. The tendency of manufacturing processes of every kind, 
 at this time, is to a division of labour, and to a separation of 
 each operation into as many branches as possible, so that study 
 spent in " segregating " instead of " aggregating " machine func- 
 tions is most likely to produce profitable results. 
 
 This article has been introduced, not only to give a true under- 
 standing of the effect and value of machine combination, but to 
 caution against a common error of confounding machine combi- 
 nation with invention. 
 
 A great share of the alleged improvements in machinery, when 
 investigated will be found to consist in nothing more than the 
 combination of several functions in one machine, the novelty of 
 their arrangement leading to an impression of utility and increased 
 effect 
 
 (1.) What is gained by arranging a machine to perform several 
 different operations? (2.) What maybe lost by such combination? 
 (3.) What is the main expense attending the operation of machine 
 tools ? (4.) What kind of improvement in machine tools produces the 
 most profitable result 1 (5.) What are the principal causes which have 
 led to machine combinations. 
 
ARRANGEMENT OF ENGINEERING ESTABLISHMENTS. 71 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 
 
 THE ARRANGEMENT OF ENGINEERING 
 ESTABLISHMENTS. 
 
 THE first and, perhaps, the most important matter of all in 
 founding engineering works is that of arrangement. As a 
 commercial consideration affecting the cost of manipulation, and 
 the expense of handling material, the arrangement of an estab- 
 lishment may determine, in a large degree, the profits that may be 
 earned, and, as explained in a previous place, upon this matter of 
 profits depends the success of such works. 
 
 Aside from the cost or difficulty of obtaining ground sufficient 
 to carry out plans for engineering establishments, the diversity 
 of their arrangement met with, even in those of modern construc- 
 tion, is no doubt owing to a want of reasoning from general 
 premises. There is always a strong tendency to accommodate 
 local conditions, and not unfrequently the details of shop mani- 
 pulation are quite overlooked, or are not understood by those who 
 arrange buildings. 
 
 The similarity of the operations carried on in all works 
 directed to the manufacture of machinery, and the kind of 
 knowledge that is required in planning and conducting such 
 works, would lead us to suppose that at least as much system 
 would exist in machine shops as in other manufacturing 
 establishments, which is certainly not the case. There is, 
 however, this difference to be considered : that whereas many 
 kinds of establishments can be arranged at the beginning for a 
 specific amount of business, machine shops generally grow up 
 around a nucleus, and are gradually extended as their reputation 
 and the demands for their productions increase ; besides, the 
 variety of operations required in an engineering establishment, 
 and change from one class of work to another, are apt to lead 
 to a confusion in arrangement, which is too often promoted, or 
 at least not prevented, by insufficient estimates of the cost of 
 handling and moving material. 
 
 Materials consumed in an engineering establishment consist 
 mainly of iron, fuel, sand, and lumber. These articles, or their 
 products, during the processes of manipulation, are continually 
 
72 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 approaching the erecting shop, from which finished machinery 
 is sent out after its completion. This constitutes the erecting 
 shop, as a kind of focal centre of a works, which should be the 
 base of a general plan of arrangement. This established, and 
 the foundry, smithy, finishing, and pattern shops regarded 
 as feeding departments to the erecting shop, it follows that 
 the connections between the erecting shop and other depart- 
 ments should be as short as possible, and such as to allow 
 free passage for material and ready communication between 
 managers and workmen in the different rooms. These con- 
 ditions would suggest a central room for erecting, with 
 the various departments for casting, forging, and finishing, 
 radiating from the erecting shop like the spokes of a wheel, or, 
 what is nearly the same, branching off at right angles on either 
 side and at one end of a hollow square, leaving the fourth side 
 of the erecting room to front on a street or road, permitting free 
 exit for machinery when completed. 
 
 The material when in its crude state not only consists of 
 various things, such as iron, sand, coal, and lumber, that must be 
 kept separate, but the bulk of such materials is much greater than 
 their finished product. It is therefore quite natural to receive such 
 material on the outside or "periphery " of the works where there is 
 the most room for entrances and for the separate storing of such 
 supplies. Such an arrangement is of course only possible where 
 there can be access to a considerable part of the boundary of a 
 works, yet there are but few cases where a shop cannot be ar- 
 ranged in general upon the plan suggested. By receiving material 
 on the outside, and delivering the finished product from the 
 centre, communications between the departments of an establish- 
 ment are the shortest that it is possible to have ; by observing 
 the plans of the best establishments of modern arrangement, 
 especially those in Europe, it may be seen that this system 
 is approximated in many of them, especially in establish- 
 ments devoted to the manufacture of some special class of 
 work. 
 
 Handling and moving material is the principal matter to be 
 considered in the arrangement of engineering works. The 
 constructive manipulation can be watched, estimated, and faults 
 detected by comparison, but handling, like the designs for 
 machinery, is a more obscure matter, arid may be greatly at 
 fault without its defects being apparent to any but those who 
 
ARRANGEMENT OF ENGINEERING ESTABLISHMENTS. 73 
 
 are highly skilled, and have had their attention especially directed 
 to the matter. 
 
 Presuming an engineering establishment to consist of one- 
 storey buildings, and the main operations to be conducted on 
 the ground level, the only vertical lifting to be performed will 
 be in the erecting room, where the parts of machines are 
 assembled. This room should be reached in every part by 
 over-head travelling cranes, that cannot only be used in turning, 
 moving, and placing the work, but in loading it upon cars or 
 waggons. One result of the employment of over-head travelling 
 cranes, often overlooked, is a saving of floor-room ; in ordinary 
 fitting, from one-third more to twice the number of workmen 
 will find room in an erecting shop if a travelling-crane is em- 
 ployed, the difference being that, in moving pieces they may 
 pass over the top of other pieces instead of requiring long open 
 passages on the floor. So marked is this saving of room 
 effected by over-head cranes, that in England, where they are 
 generally employed, handling is not only less expensive and 
 quicker, but the area of erecting floors is usually one-half as much 
 as in America, where travelling-cranes are not employed. 
 
 Castings, forgings, and general supplies for erecting can be 
 easily brought to the erecting shop from the other departments 
 on trucks without the aid of motive power ; so that the erect- 
 ing and foundry cranes will do the entire lifting duty required 
 in any but very large establishments. 
 
 The auxiliary departments, if disposed about an erecting shop 
 in the centre, should be so arranged that material which has to 
 pass through two or more departments can do so in the order 
 of the processes, and without having to cross the erecting shop. 
 Casting, boring, planing, drilling, and fitting, for example, 
 should follow each other, and the different departments be 
 arranged accordingly ; whenever a casting is moved twice over 
 the same course, it shows fault of arrangement and useless ex- 
 pense. The same rule applies to all kinds of material. 
 
 A great share of the handling about an engineering establish- 
 ment is avoided, if material can be stored and received on a higher 
 level than the working floors ; if, for instance, coal, iron, and sand 
 is received from railway cars at an elevation sufficient to allow it 
 to be deposited where it is stored by gravity, it is equivalent to 
 saving the power and expense required to raise the material to 
 such a height, or move it and pile it up, which amounts to the 
 
74 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 same thing in the end. It is not proposed to follow the details 
 of shop arrangement, further than to furnish a clue to some of 
 the general principles that should be regarded in devising plans 
 of arrangement. Such principles are much more to be relied 
 upon than even experience in suggesting the arrangement of 
 shops, because all experience must be gained in connection with 
 special local conditions, which often warp and prejudice the 
 judgment, and lead to error in forming plans under circumstances 
 different from those where the experience was gained. 
 
 (1.) How may the arrangement of an establishment affect its earnings 1 
 (2.) Why is the arrangement of engineering establishments generally 
 irregular 1 (3.) Why should an erecting shop be a base of arrangement 
 in engineering establishments ? (4.) What are the principal materials 
 consumed in engineering works ? (5.) Why is not special experience a 
 safe guide in forming plans of shop arrangement ? 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 
 GENERALISATION OF SHOP PROCESSES. 
 
 HAVING thus far treated of such general principles and facts 
 connected with practical mechanics as might properly precede, 
 and be of use in, the study of actual manipulation in a work- 
 shop, we come next to casting, forging, and finishing, with other 
 details that involve manual as well as mental skill, and to which 
 the term "processes" will apply. 
 
 As these shop processes or operations are more or less con- 
 nected, and run one into the other, it will be necessary at the 
 beginning to give a short summary of them, stating the general 
 object of each, that may serve to render the detailed remarks 
 more intelligible to the reader as he comes to them in their 
 consecutive order. 
 
 Designing, or generating the plans of machinery, may be 
 considered the leading element in engineering manufactures or 
 
GENERALISATION OF SHOP PROCESSES. 75 
 
 machine construction, that one to which all others are sub- 
 ordinate, both in order and importance, and is that branch 
 to which engineering knowledge is especially directed. De- 
 signing should consist, first, in assuming certain results, and, 
 secondly, in conceiving of mechanical agents to produce these 
 results. It comprehends the geometry of movements, the 
 disposition and arrangement of material, the endurance of 
 wearing surfaces, adjustments, symmetry ; in short, all the con- 
 ditions of machine operation and machine construction. This 
 subject will be again treated of at more length in another 
 section. 
 
 Draughting, or drawing, as it is more commonly called, is a 
 means by which mental conceptions are conveyed from one 
 person to another ; it is the language of mechanics, and takes 
 the place of words, which are insufficient to convey mechanical 
 ideas in an intelligible manner. 
 
 Drawings represent and explain the machinery to which they 
 relate as the symbols in algebra represent quantities, and in a 
 degree admit of the same modifications and experiments to 
 which the machinery itself could be subjected if it were already 
 constructed. Drawings are also an important aid in developing 
 designs or conceptions. It is impossible to conceive of, and 
 retain in the mind, all the parts of a complicated machine, and 
 their relation to each other, without some aid to fix the various 
 ideas as they arise, and keep them in sight for comparison ; like 
 compiling statistics, the footings must be kept at hand for 
 reference, and to determine the relation that one thing may 
 bear to another. 
 
 In the workshop, the objects of drawing are to communicate 
 plans and dimensions to the workmen, and to enable a division 
 of the labour, so that the several parts of a machine may be 
 operated upon by different workmen at the same time also to 
 enable classification and estimates of cost to be made, and 
 records kept. 
 
 Drawings are, in fact, the base of shop system, upon which 
 depends not only the accuracy and uniformity of what is 
 produced, but also, in a great degree, its cost. Complete 
 drawings of whatever is made are now considered indispensable 
 in the best regulated establishments ; yet we are not so far 
 removed from a time when most work was made without 
 drawings, but what we may contrast the present system with 
 
7(3 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 that which existed but a few years ago, when to construct a new 
 machine was a great undertaking, involving generally many 
 experiments and mistakes. 
 
 Pattern - making relates to the construction of duplicate 
 models for the moulded parts of machinery, and involves a 
 knowledge of shrinkage and cooling strains, the manner of 
 moulding and proper position of pieces, when cast, to ensure 
 soundness in particular parts. As a branch of machine manu- 
 facture, pattern-making requires a large amount of special 
 knowledge, and a high degree of skill ; for in no other depart- 
 ment is there so much that must be left to the discretion and 
 judgment of workmen. 
 
 Pattern-makers have to thoroughly understand drawings, in 
 order to reproduce them on the trestle boards with allowance for 
 shrinkage, and to determine the cores ; they must also under- 
 stand moulding, casting, fitting, and finishing. Pattern-making 
 as a branch of machine manufacture, should rank next to 
 designing and drafting. 
 
 Founding and casting relate to forming parts of machinery 
 by pouring melted metal into moulds, the force of gravity alone 
 being sufficient to press or shape it into even complicated forms. 
 As a process for shaping such metal as is not injured by the 
 high degree of heat required in melting, moulding is the 
 cheapest and most expeditious of all means, even for forms 
 of regular outline, while the importance of moulding in pro- 
 ducing irregular forms is such that without this process the 
 whole system of machine construction would have to be changed. 
 Founding operations are divided into two classes, known techni- 
 cally as green sand moulding, and loam or dry sand moulding ; 
 the first, when patterns or duplicates are used to form the 
 moulds, and the second, when the moulds are built by hand 
 without the aid of complete patterns. Founding involves a 
 knowledge of mixing and melting metals such as are used in 
 machine construction, the preparing and setting of cores for 
 the internal displacement of the metal, cooling and shrinking 
 strains, chills, and many other things that are more or less 
 special, and can only be learned and understood from actual 
 observation and practice. 
 
 Forging relates to shaping metal by compression or blows 
 when it is in a heated and softened condition ; as a process, it is 
 an intermediate one between casting and what may be called 
 
GENERALISATION OF SHOP PROCESSES. 77 
 
 the cold processes. Forging also relates to welding or joining 
 pieces together by sudden heating that melts the surface 
 only, and then by forcing the pieces together while in this 
 softened or semi-fused state. Forging includes, in ordinary 
 practice, the preparation of cutting tools, and tempering them 
 to various degrees of hardness as the nature of the work for 
 which they are intended may require ; also the construction of 
 furnaces for heating the material, and mechanical devices for 
 handling it when hot, with the various operations for shaping, 
 which, as in the case of casting, can only be fully understood by 
 experience and observation. 
 
 Finishing and fitting relates to giving true and accurate 
 dimensions to the parts of machinery that come in contact with 
 each other and are joined together or move upon each other, and 
 consists in cutting away the surplus material which has to be left 
 in founding and forging because of the heated and expanded con- 
 dition in which the material is treated in these last processes. In 
 finishing, material is operated upon at its normal temperature, in 
 which condition it can be handled, gauged, or measured, and will 
 retain its shape after it is fitted. Finishing comprehends all 
 operations of cutting and abrading, such as turning, boring, 
 planing and grinding, also the handling of material ; it is considered 
 the leading department in shop manipulation, because it is the 
 one where the work constructed is organised and brought together. 
 The fitting shop is also that department to which drawings espe- 
 cially apply, and other preparatory operations are usually made 
 subservient to the fitting processes. 
 
 Shop system may also be classed as a branch of engineering 
 work ; it relates to the classification of machines and their parts 
 by symbols and numbers, to records of weight, the expense of 
 cast, forged, and finished parts, and apportions the cost of finished 
 machinery among the different departments. Shop system also 
 includes the maintenance of standard dimensions, the classification 
 and cost of labour, with other matters that partake both of a 
 mechanical and a commercial nature. 
 
 In order to render what is said of shop processes more easily 
 understood, it will be necessary to change the order in which they 
 have been named. Designing, and many matters connected with 
 the operation of machines, will be more easily learned and under- 
 stood after having gone through with what may be called the 
 constructive operations, such as involve manual skill. 
 
78 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 (1.) Name the different departments of an engineering establishment. 
 (2.) What does the engineering establishment include 1 (3.) What 
 does the commercial department include? (4.) The foundry depart- 
 ment ? (5.) The forging department ? (6.) The fitting department 1 
 (7.) What does the term shop system mean as generally employed ? 
 
 CHAPTER XXL 
 
 MECHANICAL DRAWING. 
 
 MACHINE-DRAWING may in some respects be said to bear the 
 same relation to mechanics that writing does to literature; 
 persons may copy manuscript, or write from dictation, of 
 what they do not understand; or a mechanical draughtsman 
 may make drawings of a machine he does not understand ; but 
 neither such writing or drawing can have any value beyond that 
 of ordinary labour. It is both necessary and expected that a 
 draughtsman shall understand all the various processes of machine 
 construction, and be familiar with the best examples that are 
 furnished by modern practice. 
 
 Geometrical drawing is not an artistic art so much as it is a 
 constructive mechanical one ; displaying the parts of machinery 
 on paper, is much the same in practice, and just the same in prin- 
 ciple, as measuring and laying out work in the shop. 
 
 Artistic drawing is addressed to the senses, geometrical drawing 
 is addressed to the understanding. Geometrical drawing may, 
 however, include artistic skill not in the way of ornamentation, 
 but to convey an impression of neatness and completeness, that 
 has by common custom been assumed among engineers, and which 
 conveys to the mind an idea of competent construction in the 
 drawing itself, as well as of the machinery which is represented. 
 Artistic effect, so far as admissible in mechanical drawing, is easy 
 to learn, and should be understood, yet through a desire to make 
 pictures, a beginner is often led to neglect that which is more 
 important in the way of accuracy and arrangement. 
 
 It is easy to learn " how " to draw, but it is far from easy to learn 
 
MECHANICAL DRAWING. 79 
 
 " what " to draw. Let this be kept in mind, not in the way of 
 disparaging effort in learning " how " to draw, for this must come 
 first, but in order that the objects and true nature of the work 
 will be understood. 
 
 The engineering apprentice, as a rule, has a desire to make 
 drawings as soon as he begins his studies or his work, and there 
 is not the least objection to his doing so ; in fact, there is a great 
 deal gained by illustrating movements and the details of machi- 
 nery at the same time of studying the principles. Drawings if 
 made should always be finished, carefully inked in, and memo- 
 randa made on the margin of the sheets, with the date and the 
 conditions under which the drawings were made. The sheets 
 should be of uniform size, not too large for a portfolio, and care- 
 fully preserved, no matter how imperfect they may be. An ap- 
 prentice who will preserve his first drawings in this manner will 
 some day find himself in possession of a souvenir that no con- 
 sideration would cause him to part with. 
 
 For implements procure two drawing-boards, forty-two inches 
 long and thirty inches wide, to receive double elephant paper ; 
 have the boards plain without elects, or ingenious devices for 
 fastening the paper ; they should be made from thoroughly sea- 
 soned lumber, at least one and one-fourth inches thick ; if thinner 
 they will not be heavy enough to resist the thrust of the T 
 squares. 
 
 It is better to have two boards, so that one may be used for 
 sketching and drawing details, which, if done on the same sheet 
 with elevations, dirties the paper, and is apt to lower the 
 standard of the finished drawing by what may be called bad 
 association. 
 
 Details and sketches, when made on a separate sheet, should 
 be to a larger scale than elevations. By changing from one scale 
 to another the mind is schooled in proportion, and the concep- 
 tion of sizes and dimensions is more apt to follow the finished 
 work to which the drawings relate. 
 
 In working to regular scales, such as one-half, one-eighth, or 
 one-sixteenth size, a good plan is to use a common rule, instead 
 of a graduated scale. There is nothing more convenient for a 
 mechanical draughtsman than to be able to readily resolve dimen- 
 sions into various scales, and the use of a common rule for 
 fractional scales trains the mind, so that computations come 
 naturally, and after a time almost without effort. A plain T 
 
80 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 square, with a parallel blade fastened on the side of the head, 
 but not imbedded into it, is the best ; in this way set squares 
 can pass over the head of a T square in working at the edges 
 of the drawing. It is strange that a draughting square should 
 ever have been made in any other manner than this, and still 
 more strange, that people* will use squares that do not allow the 
 set squares to pass over the heads and come near to the edge 
 of the board. 
 
 A bevel square is often convenient, but should be an in- 
 dependent one; a T square that has a movable blade is not 
 suitable for general use. Combinations in draughting instruments, 
 no matter what their character, should be avoided ; such com- 
 binations, like those in machinery, are generally mistakes, and 
 their effect the reverse of what is intended. 
 
 For set squares, or triangles, as they are sometimes called, no 
 material is so good as ebonite; such squares are hard, smooth, 
 impervious to moisture, and contrast with the paper in colour ; 
 besides they wear longer than those made of wood. For instru- 
 ments, it is best to avoid everything of an elaborate or fancy 
 kind ; such sets are for amateurs, not engineers. It is best to 
 procure only such instruments at first as are really required, of 
 the best quality, and then to add others as necessity may demand ; 
 in this way, experience will often suggest modifications of size or 
 arrangement that will add to the convenience of a set. 
 
 One pair each of three and one-half inch and five inch com- 
 passes, two ruling pens, two pairs of spring dividers, one for 
 pens and one for pencils, a triangular boxwood scale, a common 
 rule, and a hard pencil, are the essential instruments for machine- 
 drawing. At the beginning, when "scratching out" will pro- 
 bably form an item in the work, it is best to use Whatman's 
 paper, or the best roll paper, which, of the best manufacture, is 
 quite as good as any other for drawings that are not water- 
 shaded. 
 
 In mounting sheets that are likely to be removed and replaced, 
 for the purpose of modification, as working drawings generally 
 are, they can be fastened very well by small copper tacks driven 
 along the edges at intervals of two inches or less. The paper can 
 be very slightly dampened before fastening in this manner, and 
 if the operation is carefully performed the paper will be quite as 
 smooth and convenient to work upon as though it were pasted 
 down ; the tacks can be driven down so as to be flush with, or 
 
MECHANICAL DKAWING. 
 
 below the surface of, the paper, and will offer no 
 squares. 
 
 If a drawing is to be elaborate, or to remain long upon 
 board, the paper should be pasted down. To do this, first 
 prepare thick mucilage, or what is better, glue, and have it ready 
 at hand, with some slips of absorbent paper an inch or so wide. 
 Dampen the sheet on both sides with a sponge, and then apply 
 the mucilage along the edge, for a width of one-fourth or three- 
 eighths of an inch. It is a matter of some difficulty to place 
 a sheet upon a board ; but if the board is set on its edge, 
 the paper can be applied without assistance. Then, by placing 
 the strips of paper along the edge, and rubbing over them with 
 some smooth hard instrument, the edges of the sheet can be 
 pasted firmly to the board, the paper slips taking up a part of 
 the moisture from the edges, which are longest in drying. If 
 left in this condition, the centre will dry first, and the paper be 
 pulled loose at the edges by contraction before the paste has 
 time to dry. It is therefore necessary to pass over the centre 
 of the sheet with a wet sponge at intervals to keep the paper 
 slightly damp until the edges adhere firmly, when it can be left 
 to dry, and will be tight and smooth. In this operation much 
 will be learned by practice, and a beginner should not be dis- 
 couraged by a few failures. One of the most common diffi- 
 culties in mounting sheets is in not having the gum or glue 
 thick enough ; when thin, it will be absorbed by the wood or 
 the paper, or is too long in drying ; it should be as thick as it 
 can be applied with a brush, and made from clean Arabic gum, 
 tragacanth, or fine glue. 
 
 Thumb-tacks are of but little use in mechanical drawing 
 except for the most temporary purposes, and may very well be 
 dispensed with altogether; they injure the draughting-boards, 
 obstruct the squares, and disfigure the sheets. 
 
 Pencilling is the first and the most important operation in 
 draughting ; more skill is required to produce neat pencil-work 
 than to ink in the lines after the pencilling is done. 
 
 A beginner, unless he exercises great care in the pencil- 
 work of a drawing, will have the disappointment to find the 
 paper soon becoming dirty from plumbago, and the pencil-lines 
 crossing each other everywhere, so as to give the whole a slovenly 
 appearance. He will also, unless he understands the nature of 
 the operations in which he is engaged, make the mistake of 
 
 F 
 
82 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 regarding the pencil-work as an unimportant part, instead of 
 constituting, as it does, the main drawing, and thereby neglect 
 that accuracy which alone can make either a good-looking or a 
 valuable one. 
 
 Pencil-work is indeed the main operation, the inking being 
 merely to give distinctness and permanency to the lines. The 
 main thing in pencilling is accuracy of dimensions and stopping 
 the lines where they should terminate without crossing others. 
 The best pencils only are suitable for draughting ; if the plumbago 
 is not of the best quality, the points require to be continually 
 sharpened, and the pencil is worn away at a rate that more than 
 makes up the difference in cost between the finer and cheaper 
 grades of pencils, to say nothing of the effect upon a drawing. 
 
 It is common to use a flat point for draughting pencils, but a 
 round one will often be found quite as good if the pencils are 
 fine, and some convenience is gained by a round point for free- 
 hand use in making rounds and fillets. A Faber pencil, that has 
 detachable points which can be set out as they are worn away, 
 is convenient for draughting. 
 
 For compasses, the lead points should be cylindrical, and fit 
 into a metal sheath without paper packing or other contrivance 
 to hold them ; and if a draughtsman has instruments not arranged 
 in this manner, he should have them changed at once, both for 
 convenience and economy. 
 
 Ink used in drawing should always be the best that can be 
 procured ; without good ink a draughtsman is continually annoyed 
 by an imperfect working of pens, and the washing of the lines 
 if there is shading to be done. The quality of ink can only be 
 determined by experiment ; the perfume that it contains, or tin- 
 foil wrappers and Chinese labels, are no indication of quality ; 
 not even the price, unless it be with some first-class house. To 
 prepare ink, I can recommend no better plan of learning than to 
 ask some one who understands the matter. It is better to 
 waste a little time in preparing it slowly than to be at a continual 
 trouble with pens, which will occur if the ink is ground too 
 rapidly or on a rough surface. To test ink, a few lines can be 
 drawn on the margin of a sheet, noting the shade, how the ink 
 flows from the pen, and whether the lines are sharp; after the lines 
 have dried, cross them with a wet brush ; if they wash readily, 
 the ink is too soft ; if they resist the water for a time, and then 
 wash tardily, the ink is good. It cannot be expected that inks 
 
MECHANICAL DRAWING. 83 
 
 soluble in water can permanently resist its action after drying ; 
 in fact, it is not desirable that drawing inks should do so, for 
 in shading, outlines should be blended into the tints where the 
 latter are deep, and this can only be effected by washing. 
 
 Pens will generally fill by capillary attraction; if not, they should 
 be made wet by being dipped into water ; they should not be 
 put into the mouth to wet them, as there is danger of poison 
 from some kinds of ink, and the habit is not a neat one. 
 
 In using ruling pens, they should be held nearly vertical, lean- 
 ing just enough to prevent them from catching on the paper. 
 Beginners have a tendency to hold pens at a low angle, and drag 
 them on their side, but this will not produce clean sharp lines, 
 nor allow the lines to be made near enough to the edges of square 
 blades or set squares. 
 
 In regard to the use of the T square and set squares, no useful 
 rules can be given except to observe others, and experiment 
 until convenient customs are attained. A beginner should be 
 careful of adopting unusual plans, and above all things, of making 
 important discoveries as to new plans of using instruments, 
 assuming that common practice is all wrong, and that it is left 
 for him to develop the true and proper way of drawing. This 
 is a kind of discovery which is very apt to intrude itself at the 
 beginning of an apprentice's course in many matters besides draw- 
 ing, and often leads him to do and say many things which he 
 will afterwards wish to recall. 
 
 It is generally a safe rule to assume that any custom long and 
 uniformly followed by intelligent people is right ; and, in the 
 absence of that experimental knowledge which alone enables one 
 to judge, it is safe to receive such customs, at least for a time, 
 as being correct. 
 
 Without any wish to discourage the ambition of an apprentice 
 to invent, which always inspires him to laudable exertion, it 
 is nevertheless best to caution him against innovations. The 
 estimate formed of our abilities is very apt to be inversely as our 
 experience, and old engineers are not nearly so confident in their 
 deductions and plans as beginners are. 
 
 A drawing being inked in, the next things are tints, dimen- 
 sion, and centre lines. The centre lines should be in red ink, and 
 pass through all points of the drawing that have an axial centre, 
 or where the work is similar and balanced on each side of the 
 line. This rule is a little obscure, but will be best understood 
 
84 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 if studied in connection with a drawing, arid perhaps as well 
 remembered without further explanation. 
 
 Dimension lines should be in blue, but may be in red. Where 
 to put them is a great point in draughting. To know where 
 dimensions are required involves a knowledge of fitting and 
 pattern-making, and cannot well be explained ; it must be learned 
 in practice. The lines should be fine and clear, leaving a space 
 in their centre for figures when there is room. The distribution 
 of centre lines and dimensions over a drawing must be carefully 
 studied, for the double purpose of giving it a good appearance 
 and to avoid confusion. Figures should be made like printed 
 numerals ; they are much better understood by the workman, 
 look more artistic, and when once learned require but little if any 
 more time than written figures. If the scale employed is feet 
 and inches, dimensions to three feet should be in inches, and above 
 this in feet and inches ; this corresponds to shop custom, and 
 is more comprehensive to the workman, however wrong it may 
 be according to other standards. 
 
 In sketches and drawings made for practice, such as are not 
 intended for the shop, it is suggested that metrical scales be 
 employed ; it will not interfere with feet and inches, and will 
 prepare the mind for the introduction of this system of lineal 
 measurement, which may in time be adopted in England and 
 America, as it has been in many other countries. 
 
 In shading drawings, be careful not to use too deep tints, and 
 to put the shades in the right place. Many will contend, and 
 not without good reasons, that working drawings require no 
 shading ; yet it will do no harm to learn how and where they 
 can be shaded : it is better to omit the shading from choice than 
 from necessity. Sections must, of course, be shaded not with 
 lines, although I fear to attack so old a custom, yet it is certainly 
 a tedious and useless one : sections with light ink shading of 
 different colours, to indicate the kind of material, are easier to 
 make, and look much better. By the judicious arrangement of a 
 drawing, a large share of it may be in sections, which in almost 
 every case are the best views to work by. The proper colouring 
 of sections gives a good appearance to a drawing, and conveys 
 an idea of an organised machine, or, to use the shop term, 
 "stands out from the paper." In shading sections, leave a 
 margin of white between the tints and the lines on the upper and 
 left-hand sides of the section : this breaks the connection or 
 
MECHANICAL DRAWING. 85 
 
 sameness, and the effect is striking; it separates the parts, 
 and adds greatly to the clearness and general appearance of a 
 drawing. 
 
 Cylindrical parts in the plane of sections, such as shafts and 
 bolts, should be drawn full, and have a 'round shade,' which 
 relieves the flat appearance a point to be avoided as much as 
 possible in sectional views. 
 
 Conventional custom has assigned blue as a tint for wrought 
 iron, neutral or pale pink for cast iron, and purple for steel. 
 Wood is generally distinguished by " graining," which is easily 
 done,, and looks well. 
 
 The title of a drawing is a feature that has much to do with 
 its appearance, and the impression conveyed to the mind of an 
 observer. While it can add nothing to the real value of a drawing, 
 it is so easy to make plain letters, that the apprentice is urged 
 to learn this as soon as he begins to draw ; not to make fancy 
 letters, nor indeed any kind except plain block letters, which can 
 be rapidly laid out and finished, and consequently employed to a 
 greater extent. By drawing six parallel lines, making five spaces, 
 and then crossing them with equidistant lines, the points and 
 angles in block letters are determined ; after a little practice, it 
 becomes the work of but a few minutes to put down a title or 
 other matter on a drawing so that it can be seen and read at a 
 glance in searching for sheets or details. 
 
 In the manufacture of machines, there are usually so many 
 sizes and modifications, that drawings should assist and determine 
 in a large degree the completeness of classification and record. 
 Taking the manufacture of machine tools, for example : we cannot 
 well say, each time they are to be spoken of, a thirty-six inch lathe 
 without screw and gearing, a thirty-two inch lathe with screw and 
 gearing, a forty-inch lathe triple geared or double geared, with a 
 twenty or thirty foot frame, and so on. To avoid this it is neces- 
 sary to assume symbols for machines of different classes, consist- 
 ing generally of the letters of the alphabet, qualified by a single 
 number as an exponent to designate capacity or different modi- 
 fications. Assuming, in the case of engine lathes, A to be the 
 symbol for lathes of all sizes, then those of different capacity and 
 modification can be represented in the drawings and records aa 
 A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , and so on, requiring but two characters to indicate 
 a lathe of any kind. These symbols should be marked in large 
 plain letters on the left-hand lower corner of sheets, so that the 
 
86 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 manager, workman, or any one else, can see at a glance what the 
 drawings relate to. This symbol should run through the time- 
 book, cost account, sales record, and be the technical name for 
 machines to which it applies ; in this way machines will always 
 be spoken of in the works by the name of their symbol. 
 
 In making up the time charged to different machines during 
 their construction, a good plan is to supply each workman with a 
 slate and pencil, on which he can enter his time as so many hours 
 or fractions of hours charged to the respective symbols. Instead 
 of interfering with his time, this will increase a workman's inte- 
 rest in what he is doing, and naturally lead to a desire to dimmish 
 the time charged to the various symbols. This system leads to 
 emulation among workmen where any operation is repeated by 
 different persons, and creates an interest in classification which 
 workmen will willingly assist in. 
 
 When the dimensions and symbols are added to a drawing, 
 the next thing is pattern or catalogue numbers. These should 
 be marked in prominent, plain figures on each piece of casting, 
 either in red or other colour that will contrast with the general 
 face of the drawing. These numbers, to avoid the use of symbols 
 in connection with them, must include consecutively all patterns 
 employed in the business, and can extend to thousands without 
 inconvenience. 
 
 A book containing the pattern record should be kept, in which 
 these catalogue numbers are set down, with a short description 
 to identify the different parts to which the numbers belong, so 
 that all the various details of any machine can at any time be 
 referred to. Besides this description, there should be opposite the 
 catalogue of pattern numbers, ruled spaces, in which to enter 
 the weight of castings, the cost of the pattern, and also the amount 
 of turned, planed, or bored surface on each piece when it is 
 finished, or the time required in fitting, which is the same thing. 
 In this book the assembled parts of each machine should be set 
 down in a separate list, so that orders for castings can be made 
 from the list without other references. This system is the best 
 one known to the writer, and is in substance a plan now adopted 
 in many of the best engineering establishments. A complete 
 system in all things pertaining to drawings and classifications 
 should be rigidly adhered to ; any plan is better than none, and 
 the schooling of the mind to be had in the observance of systematic 
 rules is a matter not to be neglected. New plans for promoting 
 
MECHANICAL DBA WING. 87 
 
 system may at any time arise, tut such plans cannot be at any 
 time understood and adopted except by those who have culti- 
 vated a taste for order and regularity. 
 
 In regard to shaded elevations, it may be said that photography 
 has superseded them for the purpose of illustrating completed 
 machines, and but few establishments care to incur the expense 
 of ink-shaded elevations. Shaded elevations cannot be made 
 with various degrees of care, and in a longer or shorter time ; 
 there is but one standard for them, and that is that such drawings 
 should be made with great care and skill. Imperfect shaded 
 elevations, although they may surprise and please the unskilled, 
 are execrable in the eyes of a draughtsman or an engineer ; and 
 as the making of shaded elevations can be of but little assistance 
 to an apprentice draughtsman, it is better to save the time that 
 must be spent in order to make such drawings, and apply the 
 same study and time to other matters of greater importance. 
 
 It is not assumed that shaded elevations should not be made, 
 nor that ink shading should not be learned, but it is thought 
 best to point out the greater importance of other kinds of draw- 
 ing, too often neglected to gratify a taste for picture-making, 
 which has but little to do with practical mechanics. 
 
 Isometrical perspective is often useful in drawing, especially 
 in wood structures, when the material is of rectangular section, 
 and disposed at right angles, as in machine frames. One iso- 
 metrical view, which can be made nearly as quickly as a true 
 elevation, will show all the parts, and may be figured for dimen- 
 sions the same as plane views. True perspective, although rarely 
 necessary in mechanical drawing, may be studied with advantage 
 in connection with geometry ; it will often lead to the explana- 
 tion of problems in isometric drawing, and will also assist in 
 free-hand lines that have sometimes to be made to show parts of 
 machinery oblique to the regular planes. Thus far the remarks 
 on draughting have been confined to manipulation mainly. As" 
 a branch of engineering work, draughting must depend mainly 
 on special knowledge, and is not capable of being learned or 
 practised upon general principles or rules. It is therefore impos- 
 sible to give a learner much aid by searching after principles 
 to guide him ; the few propositions that follow comprehend 
 nearly all that may be explained in words. 
 
 1. Geometrical drawings consist in plans, elevations, and 
 sections ; plans being views on the top of the object in a horizon- 
 
88 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 tal plane ; elevations, views on the sides of the object in vertical 
 planes ; and sections, views taken on bisecting planes, at any 
 angle through an object. 
 
 2. Drawings in true elevation or in section are based upon flat 
 planes, and give dimensions parallel to the planes in which the 
 views are taken. 
 
 3. Two elevations taken at right angles to each other, fix all 
 points, and give all dimensions of parts that have their axis 
 parallel to the planes on which the views are taken ; but when 
 a machine is complex, or when several parts lie in the same plane, 
 three and sometimes four views are required to display all the 
 parts in a comprehensive manner. 
 
 4. Mechanical drawings should be made with reference to all 
 the processes that are required in the construction of the work, 
 and the drawings should be responsible, not only for dimensions, 
 but for unnecessary expense in fitting, forging, pattern-making, 
 moulding, and so on. 
 
 5. Every part laid down has something to govern it that 
 may be termed a " base " some condition of function or posi- 
 tion which, if understood, will suggest size, shape, and relation 
 to other parts. By searching after a base for each and every 
 part and detail, the draughtsman proceeds upon a regular sys- 
 tem, continually maintaining a test of what is done. Every 
 wheel, shaft, screw or piece of framing should be made with a 
 clear view of the functions it has to fill, and there are, as 
 before said, always reasons why such parts should be of a certain 
 size, have such a speed of movement, or a certain amount of 
 bearing surface, and so on. These reasons or conditions may be 
 classed as expedient, important, or essential, and must be esti- 
 mated accordingly. As claimed at the beginning, the designs 
 of machines can only in a limited degree be determined by 
 mathematical data. Leaving out all considerations of machine 
 operation with which books have scarcely attempted to deal, we 
 have only to refer to the element of strains to verify the general 
 truth of the proposition. 
 
 Examining machines made by the best designers, it will be 
 found that their dimensions bear but little if any reference to 
 calculated strains, especially in machines involving rapid motion. 
 Accidents destroy constants, and a draughtsman or designer who 
 does not combine special and experimental knowledge with what 
 
MECHANICAL DRAWING. 89 
 
 he may learn from general sources, will find his services to be of 
 but little value in actual practice. 
 
 I now come to note a matter in connection with draughting 
 to which the attention of learners is earnestly called, and which, 
 if neglected, all else will be useless. I allude to indigestion, 
 and its resultant evils. All sedentary pursuits more or less give 
 rise to this trouble, but none of them so much as draughting. 
 Every condition to promote this derangement exists. When the 
 muscles are at rest, circulation is slow, the mind is intensely 
 occupied, robbing the stomach of its blood and vitality, and, worse 
 than all, the mechanical action of the stomach is usually arrested 
 by leaning over the edge of a board. It is regretted that no 
 good rule can be given to avoid this danger. One who under- 
 stands the evil may in a degree avert it by applying some of 
 the logic which has been recommended in the study of me- 
 chanics. If anything tends to induce indigestion, its opposite 
 tends the other way, and may arrest it ; if stooping over a 
 board interferes with the action of the digestive organs, leaning 
 back does the opposite ; it is therefore best to have a desk as high 
 as possible, stand when at work, and cultivate a constant habit 
 of straightening up and throwing the shoulders back, and if 
 possible, take brief intervals of vigorous exercise. Like rating 
 the horse-power of a steam-engine, by multiplying the force 
 into the velocity, the capacity of a man can be estimated by 
 multiplying his mental acquirements into his vitality. 
 
 Physical strength, bone and muscle, must be elements in 
 successful engineering experience ; and if these things are not 
 acquired at the same time with a mechanical education, it will 
 be found, when ready to enter upon a course of practice, that an 
 important element, the '''propelling power," has been omitted. 
 
 (1.) What is the difference between geometric and artistic drawing ? 
 (2.) What is the most important operation in making a good drawing ? 
 (3.) Into what three classes can working drawings be divided? (4.) 
 Explain the difference between elevations and plans. (5.) To what 
 extent in general practice is the proportion of parts and their arrange- 
 ment in machines determined mathematically ? 
 
90 WOKKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 CHAPTER XXII. 
 
 PATTERN-MAKING AND CASTING. 
 
 PATTERNS and castings are so intimately connected that it would 
 be difficult to treat of them separately without continually 
 confounding them together; it is therefore proposed to speak 
 of pattern-making and moulding under one head. 
 
 Every operation in a pattern-shop has reference to some 
 operation in the foundry, and patterns considered separately 
 from moulding operations would be incomprehensible to any but 
 the skilled. Next to designing and draughting, pattern-making 
 is the most intellectual of what may be termed engineering 
 processes the department that must include an exercise of the 
 greatest amount of personal judgment on the part of the work- 
 man, and at the same time demands a high grade of hand 
 skill. 
 
 For other kinds of work there are drawings furnished, and 
 the plans are dictated by the engineering department of machi- 
 nery-building establishments, but pattern-makers make their 
 own plans for constructing their work, and have even to repro- 
 duce the drawings of the fitting-shop to work from. Nearly 
 everything pertaining to patterns is left to be decided by the 
 pattern-maker, who, from the same drawings, and through the 
 exercise of his judgment alone, may make patterns that are 
 durable and expensive, or temporary and cheap, as the probable 
 extent of their use may determine. 
 
 The expense of patterns should be divided among and charged 
 to the machines for which the patterns are employed, but there 
 can be no constant rules for assessing or dividing this cost. A 
 pattern may be employed but once, or it may be used for years ; 
 it is continually liable to be superseded by changes and improve- 
 ments that cannot be predicted beforehand; and in preparing 
 patterns, the question continually arises of how much ought to 
 be expended on them a matter that should be determined 
 between the engineer and the pattern-maker, but is generally 
 left to the pattern-maker alone, for the reason that but few 
 mechanical engineers understand pattern-making so well as to 
 dictate plans of construction. 
 
PATTERN- MAKING AND CASTING. 91 
 
 To point out some of the leading points or conditions to be 
 taken into account in pattern-making, and which must be under- 
 stood in order to manage this department, I will refer to them 
 in consecutive order. 
 
 First. Durability, plans of construction and cost, which all 
 amount to the same thing. To determine this point, there is to 
 be considered the amount of use that the patterns are likely to 
 serve, whether they are for standard or special machines, and 
 the quality of the castings so far as affected by the patterns. 
 A first-class pattern, framed to withstand moisture and rapping, 
 may cost twice as much as another that has the same outline, 
 yet the cheaper pattern may answer almost as well to form a few 
 moulds as an expensive one. 
 
 Second. The manner of moulding and its expense, so far as 
 determined by the patterns, which may be parted so as to be 
 * rammed up ' on fallow boards or a level floor, or the patterns 
 may be solid, and have to be bedded, as it is termed ; pieces on 
 the top may be made loose, or fastened on so as to ' cope off ; ' 
 patterns may be well finished so as to draw clean, or rough so 
 that a mould may require a great deal of time to dress up after 
 a pattern is removed. 
 
 Third. The soundness of such parts as are to be planed, 
 bored, and turned in finishing ; this is also a matter that is deter- 
 mined mainly by how the patterns are arranged, by which is the 
 top and which the bottom or drag side, the manner of draw- 
 ing, and provisions for avoiding dirt and slag. 
 
 Fourth. Cores, where used, how vented, how supported in 
 the mould, and I will add how made, because cores that are of 
 an irregular form are often more expensive than external moulds, 
 including the patterns. The expense of patterns is often greatly 
 reduced, but is sometimes increased, by the use of cores, which 
 may be employed to cheapen patterns,, add to their durability, 
 or to ensure sound castings. 
 
 Fifth. Shrinkage ; the allowance that has to be made for 
 the contraction of castings in cooling, in other words, the differ- 
 ence between the size of a pattern and the size of the casting. 
 This is a simple matter apparently, which may be provided for 
 in allowing a certain amount of shrinkage in all directions, but 
 when the inequalities of shrinkage both as to time and degree 
 are taken into account, the allowance to be made becomes a 
 problem of no little complication. 
 
92 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 Sixth. Inherent, or cooling strains, that may either spring and 
 warp castings, or weaken them, by maintained tension in certain 
 parts a condition that often requires a disposition of the metal 
 quite different from what working strains demand. 
 
 Seventh. Draught, the bevel or inclination on the sides of 
 patterns to allow them to be withdrawn from the moulds without 
 dragging or breaking the sand. 
 
 Eighth. Rapping plates, draw plates, and lifting irons for 
 drawing the patterns out of the moulds ; fallow and match 
 boards, with other details* that are peculiar to patterns, and 
 have no counterparts, neither in names nor uses, outside the 
 foundry. 
 
 This makes a statement in brief of what comprehends a know- 
 ledge of pattern-making, and what must be understood not only 
 by pattern-makers, but also by mechanical engineers who under- 
 take to design machinery or manage its construction success- 
 fully. 
 
 As to the manner of cutting out or planing up the lumber 
 for patterns, and the manner of framing them together, it is use- 
 less to devote space to the subject here ; one hour's practical 
 observation in a pattern-shop, and another hour spent in examin- 
 ing different kinds of patterns, is worth more to the apprentice 
 than a whole volume written to explain how these last-named 
 operations are performed. A pattern, unless finished with paint 
 or opaque varnish, will show the manner in which the wood is 
 disposed in framing the parts together. 
 
 I will now proceed to review these conditions or principles in 
 pattern-making and casting in a more detailed way, furnishing 
 as far as possible reasons for different modes of constructing 
 patterns, and the various plans of moulding and casting. 
 
 In regard to the character or quality of wood patterns, they 
 can be made, as already, stated, at greater or less expense, and 
 if necessary, capable of almost any degree of endurance. The 
 writer has examined patterns which had been used more than two 
 hundred times, and were apparently good for an equal amount 
 of use. Such patterns are expensive in their first cost, but are 
 the cheapest in the end, if they are to be employed for a large 
 number of castings. Patterns for special pieces, or such as are 
 to be used for a few times only, do not require to be strong nor 
 expensive, yet with patterns, as with everything else pertaining 
 to machinery, the safest plan is to err on the side of strength. 
 
PATTERN-MAKING AND CASTING. 93 
 
 For pulleys, gear wheels, or other standard parts of machinery 
 which are not likely to be modified or changed, iron patterns 
 are preferable ; patterns for gear wheels and pulleys, when made 
 of wood, aside from their liability to spring and warp, cannot be 
 made sufficiently strong to withstand foundry use ; besides, the 
 greatest accuracy that can be attained, even by metal patterns, is far 
 from producing true castings, especially for tooth wheels. The 
 more perfect patterns are, the less rapping is required in draw- 
 ing them ; and the less rapping done, the more perfect castings 
 will be. 
 
 The most perfect castings for gear wheels and pulleys and 
 other pieces which can be so moulded, are made by drawing the 
 patterns through templates without rapping. These templates 
 are simply plates of metal perforated so that the pattern can be 
 forced through them by screws or levers, leaving the sand intact. 
 Such templates are expensive to begin with, because of the 
 accurate fitting that is required, especially around the teeth of 
 wheels, and the mechanism that is required in drawing the 
 patterns, but when a large number of pieces are to be made 
 from one pattern, such as gear wheels and pulleys, the saving of 
 labour will soon pay for the templates and machinery required, 
 to say nothing of the saving of metal, which often amounts to 
 ten per cent., and the increased value of the castings because of 
 their accuracy. 
 
 Mr Kansome of Ipswich, England, where this system of 
 template moulding originated, has invented a process of fitting 
 templates for gear wheels and other kinds of casting by pouring 
 melted white metal around to mould the fit instead of cutting it 
 through the templates; this effects a great saving in expense, 
 and answers in many cases quite as well as the old plan. 
 
 The expense of forming pattern-moulds may be considered 
 as divided between the foundry and pattern-shop. What a 
 pattern - maker saves a moulder may lose, and what a 
 pattern-maker spends a moulder may save; in other words, 
 there is a point beyond which saving expense in patterns is 
 balanced by extra labour and waste in moulding a fact that is 
 not generally realised because of inaccurate records of both 
 pattern and foundry work. What is lost or saved by judicious 
 or careless management in the matter of patterns and mould- 
 ing can only be known to those who are well skilled in both 
 moulding and pattern-making. A moulder may cut all the 
 
94 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 fillets in a mould with a trowel ; lie may stop off, fill up, and 
 print in, to save pattern-work, but it is only expedient to do so 
 when it costs very much less than to prepare proper patterns, 
 because patching and cutting in moulds seldom improves them. 
 
 The reader may notice how everything pertaining to patterns 
 and moulding resolves itself into a matter of judgment on the 
 part of workmen, and how difficult it would be to apply general 
 rules. 
 
 The arrangement of patterns with reference to having certain 
 parts of castings solid and clean is an important matter, yet one 
 that is comparatively easy to understand. Supposing the iron 
 in a mould to be in a melted state, and to contain, as it always 
 must, loose sand and ' scruff,' and that the weight of the dirt is 
 to melted iron as the weight of cork is to water, it is easy to 
 see where this dirt would lodge, and where it would be found 
 in the castings. The top of a mould or cope, as it is called, 
 contains the dirt, while the bottom or drag side is generally 
 clean and sound : the rule is to arrange patterns so that the 
 surfaces to be finished will come on the bottom or drag side. 
 
 Expedients to avoid dirt in such castings as are to be finished 
 all over or on two sides are various. Careful moulding to 
 avoid loose sand and washing is the first requisite ; sinking 
 heads, that rise above the moulds, are commonly employed when 
 castings are of a form which allows the dirt to collect at one 
 point. Moulds for sinking heads are formed by moulders as a 
 rule, but are sometimes provided for by the patterns. 
 
 The quality of castings is governed by a great many things 
 besides what have been named, such as the manner of gating or 
 flowing the metal into the moulds, the temperature and quality 
 of the iron, the temperature and character of the mould things 
 which any skilled foundryman will take pleasure in explaining 
 in answer to courteous and proper questions. 
 
 Cores are employed mainly for what may be termed the 
 displacement of metal in moulds. There is no clear line of 
 distinction between cores and moulds, as founding is now 
 conducted ; cores may be of green sand, and made to surround 
 the exterior of a piece, as well as to make perforations or to form 
 recesses within it. The term ' core,' in its technical sense, means 
 dried moulds, as distinguished from green sand. Wheels or 
 other castings are said to be cast in cores when the moulds are 
 made in pieces and dried. Supporting and venting cores, and 
 
PATTERN-MAKING AND CASTING. 95 
 
 their expansion, are conditions to which especial attention is 
 called. When a core is surrounded with hot metal, it gives off, 
 because of moisture and the burning of the 'wash,' a large 
 amount of gas which must have free means of escape. In the 
 arrangement of cores, therefore, attention must be had to some 
 means of venting, which is generally attained by allowing them 
 to project through the sides of the mould and communicate with 
 the air outside. 
 
 An apprentice may get a clear idea of this venting process by 
 inspecting tubular core barrels, such as are employed in mould- 
 ing pipes or hollow columns, or by examining ordinary cores 
 about a foundry. Provision of some kind to ' carry off the vent,' 
 as it is termed by moulders, will be found in every case. The 
 venting of moulds is even more important than venting cores, 
 because core vents only carry off gas generated within the core 
 itself, while the gas from its exterior surface, and from the whole 
 mould, has to find means of escaping rapidly from the flasks 
 when the hot metal enters. 
 
 A learner will no doubt wonder why sand is used for mould- 
 ing, instead of some more adhesive material like clay. If he 
 is not too fastidious for the experiment, and will apply a lump 
 of damp moulding sand to his mouth and blow his breath 
 through the mass, the query will be solved. If it were not for the 
 porous nature of sand-moulds they would be blown to pieces as 
 soon as the hot metal entered them ; not only because of the 
 mechanical expansion of the gas, but often from explosion by 
 combustion. Gas jets from moulds, as may be seen at any time 
 when castings are poured, will take fire and burn the same as 
 illuminating gas. 
 
 If it were not for securing vent for gas, moulds could be 
 made from plastic material so as to produce fine castings with 
 clear sharp outlines. 
 
 The means of supporting cores must be devised, or at least 
 understood, by pattern-makers ; these supports consist of * prints' 
 and ' anchors.' Prints are extensions of the cores, which project 
 through the casting and extend into the sides of the mould, to 
 be held by the sand or by the flask. The prints of cores have 
 duplicates on the patterns, called core prints, which are, or should 
 be, of a different colour from the patterns, so as to distinguish one 
 from the other. The amount of surface required to support 
 cores is dependent upon their weight, or rather upon their cubic 
 
06 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 contents, because the weight of a core is but a trifling matter 
 compared to its floating force when surrounded by melted metal. 
 An apprentice in studying devices for supporting cores must 
 remember that the main force required is to hold them down, 
 and not to bear their weight. The floating force of a core is as 
 the difference between its weight and that of a solid of metal of 
 the same size a matter moulders often forget to consider. It is 
 often impossible, from the nature of castings, to have prints 
 large enough to support the cores, and it is then effected by 
 anchors, pieces of iron that stand like braces between the cores 
 and the flasks or pieces of iron imbedded in the sand to receive 
 the strain of the anchors. 
 
 In constructing patterns where it is optional whether to employ 
 cores or not, and in preparing drawings for castings which may 
 have either a ribbed or a cored section, it is nearly always best 
 to employ cores. The usual estimate of the difference between 
 the cost of moulding rib and cored sections, as well as of 
 skeleton and cored patterns, is wrong. The expense of cores is 
 often balanced by the advantage of having an ' open mould/ 
 that is accessible for repairs or facing, and by the greater dura- 
 bility and convenience of the solid patterns. Taking, for ex- 
 ample, a column, or box frame for machinery, that might be made 
 either with a rib or a cored section, it would at first thought seem 
 that patterns for a cored casting would cost much more by 
 reason of the core-boxes ; but it must be remembered that in 
 most patterns labour is the principal expense, and what is lost in 
 the extra lumber required for a core-box or in making a solid 
 pattern is in many cases more than represented in the greater 
 amount of labour required to construct a rib pattern. 
 
 Cores expand when heated, and require an allowance in their 
 dimensions the reverse from patterns ; this is especially the case 
 when the cores are made upon iron frames. For cylindrical 
 cores less than six inches diameter, or less than two feet long, 
 expansion need not be taken into account by pattern-makers, 
 but for large cores careful calculation is required. The expan- 
 sion of cores is as the amount of heat imparted to them, and the 
 amount of heat taken up is dependent upon the quantity of 
 metal that may surround the core and its conducting power. 
 
 Shrinkage, or the contraction of castings in cooling, is provided 
 for by adding from one-tenth to one-eighth of an inch to each 
 foot in the dimensions of patterns. This is a simple matter, and 
 
PATTERN-MAKING AND CASTING. 97 
 
 is accomplished by employing a shrink rule in laying down pat- 
 tern-drawings from the figured dimensions of the finished work ; 
 such rules are about one-hundredth part longer than the standard 
 scale. % 
 
 This matter of shrinkage is indeed the only condition in pat- 
 tern-making which is governed by anything near a constant rule, 
 and even shrinkage requires sometimes to be varied to suit 
 special cases. For small patterns whose dimensions do not exceed 
 one foot in any direction, rapping will generally make up for 
 shrinkage, and no allowance is required in the patterns, but 
 pattern-makers are so partial to the rule of shrinkage, as the 
 only constant one in their work, that they are averse to admitting 
 exceptions, and usually keep to the shrink rule for all pieces, 
 whether large or small. 
 
 Inherent or cooling strains in castings is much more intricate 
 than shrinkage : it is, in fact, one of the most uncertain and 
 obscure matters that pattern-makers and moulders have to con- 
 tend with. Inherent strains may weaken castings, or cause them 
 to break while cooling, or sometimes even after they are finished; 
 and in many kinds of works such strains must be carefully guarded 
 against, both in the preparation of designs and the arrangement 
 of patterns, especially for wheels and pulleys with spokes, a.nd for 
 struts or braces with both ends fixed. The main difficulty result- 
 ing from cooling strains, however, is that of castings being 
 warped and sprung ; this difficulty is continually present in the 
 foundry and machine-shop, and there is perhaps no problem 
 in the whole range of mechanical manipulation of which there 
 exists more diversity of opinion and practice than of means to pre- 
 venting the springing of castings. This being the case, an 
 apprentice can hardly hope for much information here. There 
 is no doubt of springing and strains in castings being the result of 
 constant causes that might be fully understood if it were not for 
 the ever-changing conditions which exist in casting, both as to 
 the form of pieces, the temperature and quality of metal, mode 
 of cooling, and so on. 
 
 Castings are of course sprung by the action of unequal strains, 
 caused by one part cooling or ' setting ' sooner than another. 
 That far all is clear, but the next step takes us into the dark. 
 What are the various conditions which induce irregular cooling, 
 and how is it to be avoided 1 
 
 Irregularity of cooling may be the result of unequal conduct- 
 
 G 
 
98 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION, 
 
 ing power in different parts of a mould or cores, or it may be 
 from the varying dimensions of the castings, which contain heat 
 as their thickness, and give it off in the same ratio. As a rule, the 
 drag or bottom side of a casting cools first, especially if a 
 mould rests on the ground, and there is not much sand between 
 the castings and the earth ; this is a common cause of unequal 
 cooling, especially in large flat pieces. Air being a bad conductor 
 of heat, and the sand usually thin on the cope or top side, the 
 result is that the top of moulds remain quite hot, while at the 
 bottom the earth, being a good conductor, carries off the heat and 
 cools that side first, so that the iron ' sets ' first on the bottom, 
 afterwards cooling and contracting on the top, so that castings are 
 warped and left with inherent strains. 
 
 These are but a few of many influences which tend to irregular 
 cooling, and are described with a view of giving a clue from which 
 other causes may be traced out. The want of uniformity in sec- 
 tions which tends to irregular cooling can often be avoided without 
 much loss by a disposition of the metal with reference to cooling 
 strains. This, so far as the extra metal required to give unifor- 
 mity to or to balance the different sides of a casting, is a waste 
 which engineers are sometimes loth to consent to, and often 
 neglect in designs for moulded parts ; yet, as before said, the 
 difficulty of irregular cooling can in a great degree be counteracted 
 by a proper distribution of the metal, without wasting, if the 
 matter is properly understood. No one is prepared to make 
 designs for castings who has not studied the subject of cooling 
 strains as thoroughly as possible, from practical examples as well 
 as by theoretical deductions. 
 
 Draught, or the taper required to allow patterns to be drawn 
 readily, is another of those indefinite conditions in pattern-making 
 that must be constantly decided by judgment and experience. It 
 is not uncommon to find rules for the draught of patterns laid 
 down in books, but it would be difficult to find such rules applied. 
 The draught may be one-sixteenth of an inch to each foot of depth, 
 or it may be one inch to a foot of depth, or there may be no 
 draught whatever. Any rule, considered aside from specified 
 conditions, will only confuse a learner. The only plan to under- 
 stand the proper amount of draught for patterns is to study the 
 matter in connection with patterns and foundry operations. 
 
 Patterns that are deep, and for castings that require to be 
 parallel or square when finished, are made with the least possible 
 
PATTERN-MAKING AND CASTING. 99 
 
 amount of draught. If a pattern is a plain form, that affords 
 facilities for lifting or drawing, it may be drawn without taper if 
 its sides are smooth and well finished. Pieces that are shallow 
 and moulded often should, as a matter of convenience, have as 
 much taper as possible ; and as the quantity of draught can be as 
 the depth of a pattern, we frequently see them made with a taper 
 that exceeds one inch to the foot of depth. 
 
 Moulders generally rap patterns as much as they will stand, 
 often more than they will stand ; and in providing for draught it is 
 necessary to take these customs into account. There is no use in 
 making provision to save rapping unless the rapping is to be 
 omitted. 
 
 Happing plates, draw-irons, and other details of pattern-making 
 are soon understood by observation. Perhaps the most useful 
 suggestion which can be given in reference to draw-irons is to 
 say they should be set on the under or bottom side of 
 patterns, instead of on the top, where they are generally placed. 
 A draw-plate set in this way, with a hole bored through the 
 pattern so as to insert draw-irons from the top, cannot pull 
 off, which it is apt to do if set on the top side. Every pattern 
 no matter how small, should be ironed, unless it is some trifling 
 piece, with dowel-pins, draw and rapping plates. If a system 
 of draw-irons is not rigidly carried out, moulders will not trouble 
 themselves to take care of patterns. 
 
 In conclusion, I will say on the subject of patterns and cast- 
 ings, that a learner must depend mainly upon what he can see and 
 what is explained to him in the pattern-shop and foundry. He 
 need never fear an uncivil answer to a proper question, applied 
 at the right time and place. Mechanics who have enough know- 
 ledge to give useful information of their business, have invari- 
 ably the courtesy and good sense to impart such information to 
 those who require it. 
 
 An apprentice should never ask questions about simple and 
 obvious matters, or about such things as he can easily learn 
 by his own efforts. The more difficult a question is, the more 
 pleasure a skilled man will take in answering it. In short, a 
 learner should carefully consider questions before asking them. 
 A good plan is to write them down, and when information is 
 wanted about casting, never go to a foundry to interrupt a 
 manager or moulder at melting time, nor in the morning, when 
 no one wants to be annoyed with questions. 
 
100 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 I will, in connection with this subject of patterns and castings, 
 suggest a plan of learning especially applicable in such cases, 
 that of adopting a habit of imagining the manner of mould- 
 ing, and the kind of pattern used in producing each casting 
 that comes under notice. Such a habit becomes easy and 
 natural in a short time, and is a sure means of acquiring an 
 extended knowledge of patterns and moulding. 
 
 A pattern-maker no sooner sees a casting than he imagines 
 the kind of pattern employed in moulding it ; a moulder will 
 imagine the plan of moulding and casting a piece ; while an 
 engineer will criticise the arrangement, proportions, adaptation, 
 and general design; and if skilled, as he ought to be, will also 
 detect at a glance any useless expense in patterns or moulding. 
 
 (1.) Why cannot the regular working drawings of a machine be 
 employed to construct patterns by ? (2.) What should determine the 
 quality or durability of patterns ? (3.) How can the arrangement of 
 patterns affect certain parts of a casting ? (4.) What means can be 
 employed to avoid inherent strain in castings ? (5.) Why is the top of a 
 casting less sound than the bottom or drag side? (6.) What are cores 
 employed for? (7.) What is meant by venting a mould ? Explain the 
 difference between green and dry sand mouldings. (8.) Why is sand 
 employed for moulds 1 (10.) What generally causes the disarrangement 
 of cores in casting? (11.) Why are castings often sprang or crooked ? 
 (12.) What should determine the amount of draught given to patterns ? 
 (13). What are the means generally adopted to avoid cooling strains 
 in castings ? 
 
 CHAPTER XXIII. 
 
 FORGING. 
 
 WOKKSHOP processes which are capable of being systematised are 
 the most easy to learn. When a process is reduced to a system 
 it is no longer a subject of special knowledge, but comes within 
 general rules and principles, which enable a learner to use his 
 reasoning powers to a greater extent in mastering it. 
 
 To this proposition another may be added, that shop processes 
 may be systematised or not, as they consist in duplication, or the 
 
FORGING. 101 
 
 performance of certain operations repeatedly in the same manner. 
 It has been shown in the case of patterns that there could be no 
 fixed rules as to their quality or the mode of constructing them, 
 and that how to construct patterns is a matter of special know- 
 ledge and skill. 
 
 These rules apply to forging, but in a different way from other 
 processes. Unlike pattern-making or casting, the general pro- 
 cesses in forging are uniform ; and still more unlike pattern- 
 making or casting, there is a measurable uniformity in the articles 
 produced, at least in machine-forging, where bolts, screws, and 
 shafts are continually duplicated. 
 
 A peculiarity of forging is that it is a kind of hand process, 
 where the judgment must continually direct the operations, one 
 blow determining the next, and while pieces forged may be dupli- 
 cates, there is a lack of uniformity in the manner of producing 
 them. Pieces may be shaped at a white welding heat or at a low 
 red heat, by one or two strong blows or by a dozen lighter blows, 
 the whole being governed by the circumstances of the work as it 
 progresses. A smith may not throughout a whole day repeat 
 an operation precisely in the same manner, nor can he, at the 
 beginning of an operation, tell the length of time required to exe- 
 cute it, nor even the precise manner in which he will perform it. 
 Such conditions are peculiar, and apply to forging alone. 
 
 I think proper to point out these peculiarities, not so much from 
 any importance they may have in themselves, but to suggest cri- 
 tical investigation, and to dissipate any preconceived opinions of 
 forging being a simple matter, easy to learn, and involving only 
 commonplace operations. 
 
 The first impressions an apprentice forms of the smith-shop 
 as a department of an engineering establishment is that it is a 
 black, sooty, dirty place, where a kind of rough unskilled labour is 
 performed a department which does not demand much attention. 
 How far this estimate is wrong will appear in after years, when 
 experience has demonstrated the intricacies and difficulties of 
 forging, and when he finds the skill in this department is more 
 difficult to obtain, and costs more relatively than in any other. 
 Forging as a branch of work requires, in fact, the highest skill, 
 and is one where the operation continually depends upon the 
 judgment of the workman, which neither power nor machines can 
 to any extent supplant. Dirt, hard labour, and heat deter men 
 from learning to forge, and create a preference for the finishing 
 
102 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 shop, which in most places makes a disproportion between the 
 number of smiths and finishers. 
 
 Forging as a process in machine-making includes the forming 
 and shaping of the malleable parts of machinery, welding or 
 joining pieces together, the preparation of implements for forging 
 and finishing, tempering of steel tools, and usually case-hardening. 
 
 Considered as a process, forging may be said to relate to shaping 
 malleable material by blows or compression when it is rendered 
 soft by heating. So far as hand-tools and the ordinary hand 
 operations in forging, there can be nothing said that will be of 
 much use to a learner. In all countries, and for centuries past, 
 hand implements for forging have remained quite the same; and 
 one has only to visit any machine forging-shop to see samples 
 and types of standard tools. There is no use in describing 
 tongs, swages, anvils, punches, and chisels, when there is nothing 
 in their form nor use that may not be seen at a glance ; but tools 
 and machines for the application of motive power in forging pro- 
 cesses deserve more careful notice. 
 
 Forging plant consists of rolling mills, trip-hammers, steam- 
 hammers, drops, and punches, with furnaces, hearths, and 
 blowing apparatus for heating. A general characteristic of all 
 forging machines is that of a great force acting throughout a 
 short distance. Very few machines, except the largest hammers, 
 exceed a half-inch of working range, and in average operations 
 not one-tenth of an inch. 
 
 These conditions of short range and great force are best attained 
 by what may be termed percussion, and by machines which act 
 by blows instead of positive and gradual pressure; hence we find 
 that hand and power hammers are the most common tools among 
 those of the smith-shop. 
 
 To exert a powerful force acting through but a short distance, 
 percussive devices are much more effective and simple than those 
 acting by maintained or direct pressure. A hammer-head may 
 give a blow equal to many tons by its momentum, and absorb the 
 reactive force which is equal to the blow ; but if an equal force 
 was to be exerted by screws, levers, or hydraulic apparatus, we 
 can easily see that an abutment would be required to withstand 
 the reactive force, and that such an abutment would require a 
 strength perhaps beyond what ingenuity could devise. 
 
 This principle is somewhat obscure, and the nature of percussive 
 forces not generally considered a matter which may be illustra- 
 
FORGING. 103 
 
 ted by considering the action of a simple hand-hammer. Few 
 people, in witnessing the use of a hammer, or in using one them- 
 selves, ever think of it as an engine giving out tons of force, 
 concentrating and applying power by functions which, if performed 
 by other mechanism, would involve trains of gearing, levers, or 
 screws; and that such mechanism, if employed instead of a 
 hammer, must lack that important function of applying force in 
 any direction as the will and hands may direct. A simple hand- 
 hammer is in the abstract one of the most intricate of mechanical 
 agents that is, its action is more difficult to analyse than that of 
 many complex machines involving trains of mechanism ; yet our 
 familiarity with hammers causes this fact to be overlooked, and 
 the hammer has even been denied a place among those mechanical 
 contrivances to which there has been applied the name of "mecha- 
 nical powers." 
 
 Let the reader compare a hammer with a wheel and axle, 
 inclined plane, screw, or lever, as an agent for concentrating and 
 applying power, noting the principles of its action first, and then 
 considering its universal use, and he will conclude that, if there 
 is a mechanical device that comprehends distinct principles, that 
 device is the common hammer. It seems, indeed, to be one of 
 those provisions to meet a human necessity, and without which 
 mechanical industry could not be carried on. In the manipulation 
 of nearly every kind of material, the hammer is continually 
 necessary in order to exert a force beyond what the hands may 
 do, unaided by mechanism to multiply their force. A carpenter 
 in driving a spike requires a force of from one to two tons ; a 
 blacksmith requires a force of from five pounds to five tons to 
 meet the requirements of his work ; a stonemason applies a force 
 of from one hundred to one thousand pounds in driving the edge 
 of his tools; chipping, calking, in fact nearly all mechanical 
 operations, consist more or less in blows, such blows being the 
 application of accumulated force expended throughout a limited 
 distance. 
 
 Considered as a mechanical agent, a hammer concentrates the 
 power of the arms, and applies it in a manner that meets the re- 
 quirements of various purposes. If great force is required, a long 
 swing and slow blows accomplish tons ; if but little force is 
 required, a short swing and rapid blows will serve the degree of 
 force being not only continually at control, but also the direction 
 in which it is applied. Other mechanism, if employed instead of 
 
104 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION, 
 
 hammers to perform a similar purpose, would require to be com- 
 plicated machines, and act in but one direction or in one plane. 
 
 These remarks upon hammers are not introduced here as a 
 matter of curiosity, nor with any intention of following mechani- 
 cal principles beyond where they will explain actual manipulation, 
 but as a means of directing attention to percussive acting ma- 
 chines generally, with which forging processes, as before explained, 
 have an intimate connection. 
 
 Machines and tools operating by percussive action, although 
 they comprise a numerous class, and are applied in nearly all 
 mechanical operations, have never received that amount of atten- 
 tion in text-books which the importance of the machines and 
 their extensive use calls for. Such machines have not even been 
 set off as a class and treated of separately, although the distinc- 
 tion is quite clear between machines with percussive action, and 
 those with what may be termed direct action, both in the man- 
 ner of operating and in the general plans of construction. There 
 is, of course, no lack of formulae for determining the measure of 
 force, and computing the dynamic effect of percussive machines 
 acting against a measured or assumed resistance, and so on ; but 
 this is not what is meant. There are certain conditions in the 
 operation of machines, such as the strains which fall upon sup- 
 porting frames, the effect produced upon malleable material 
 when struck or pressed, and more especially of conditions which 
 may render percussive or positive acting machines applicable to 
 certain purposes ; but little explanation has been given which is 
 of value to practical men. 
 
 Machines and tools that operate by blows, such as hammers 
 and drops, produce effect by the impact of a moving mass by 
 force accumulated throughout a long range, and expending the 
 sum of this accumulated force on an object. The reactive force 
 not being communicated to nor resisted by the machine frames, 
 is absorbed by the inertia of the mass which gave the blow ; the 
 machinery required in such operations being only a weight, with 
 means to guide or direct it, and mechanism for connection with 
 motive power. A hand-hammer, for example, accumulates and 
 applies the force of the arm, and performs all the functions of 
 a train of mechanism, yet consists only of a block of metal and a 
 handle to guide it. 
 
 Machines with direct action, such as punches, shears, or rolls, 
 require first a train of mechanism of some kind to reduce the 
 
FORGING. 105 
 
 motion from the driving power so as to attain force ; and secondly, 
 this force must be balanced or resisted by strong framing, shafts, 
 and bearings. A punching-machine, for example, must have 
 framing strong enough to resist a thrust equal to the force applied 
 to the work ; hence the frames of such machines are always a huge 
 mass, disposed in the most advantageous way to meet and resist 
 this reactive force, while the main details of a drop-machine 
 capable of exerting an equal force consist only of a block and 
 a pair of guides to direct its course. 
 
 Leaving out problems of mechanism in forging machines, the 
 adaptation of pressing or percussive processes is governed mainly 
 by the size and consequent inertia of the pieces acted upon. In 
 order to produce a proper effect, that is, to start the particles of 
 a piece throughout its whole depth at each blow, a certain pro- 
 portion between a hammer and the piece acted upon must be 
 maintained. For heavy forging, this principle has led to the con- 
 struction of enormous hammers for the performance of such work 
 as no pressing machinery can be made strong enough to execute, 
 although the action of such machinery in other respects would 
 best suit the conditions of the work. The greater share of forg- 
 ing processes may be performed by either blows or compression, 
 and no doubt the latter process is the best in most cases. Yet, 
 as before explained, machinery to act by pressure is much more 
 complicated and expensive than hammers and drops. The ten- 
 dency in practice is, however, to a more extensive employment 
 of press-forging processes. 
 
 (1.) What peculiarity belongs to the operation of forging to distinguish 
 it from most others? (2.) Describe in a general way what forging 
 operations consist in. (3.) Name some machines having percussive 
 action. (4.) What may this principle of operating have to do with 
 the framing of a machine ? (5.) If a steam-hammer were employed as a 
 punching-machine, what changes would be required in its framing ? 
 (6.) Explain the functions performed by a hand-hammer. 
 
106 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIV. 
 TRIP- HA MMERS. 
 
 TRIP-HAMMERS employed in forging bear a close analogy to, and 
 were no doubt first suggested by, hand-hammers. Being the 
 oldest of power-forging machines, and extensively employed, it 
 will be proper to notice trip-hammers before steam-hammers. 
 
 As remarked in the case of other machines treated of. there is no 
 use of describing the mechanism of trip-hammers ; it is presumed 
 that every engineer apprentice has seen trip-hammers, or can do 
 so; and the plan here is to deal especially with what he cannot see, 
 and would not be likely to learn by casual observation. 
 
 One of the peculiarities of trip-hammers as machines is the 
 mechanical difficulties in connecting them with the driving power, 
 especially in cases where there are a number of hammers to be 
 driven from one shaft. 
 
 The sudden and varied resistance to line shafts tends to 
 loosen couplings, destroy gearing, and produce sudden strains 
 that are unknown in other cases; and shafting arranged with the 
 usual proportions for transmitting power will soon fail if applied 
 to driving trip-hammers. Rigid connections or metal attach- 
 ments are impracticable, and a slipping belt arranged so as to 
 have the tension varied at will is the usual and almost the only 
 successful means of transmitting power to hammers. The motion 
 of trip-hammers is a curious problem ; a head and die weighing, 
 together with the irons for attaching them, one hundred pounds, 
 will, with a helve eight feet long, strike from two to three 
 hundred blows a minute. This speed exceeds anything that 
 could be attained by a direct reciprocal motion given to the ham- 
 mer-head by a crank, and far exceeds any rate of speed that 
 would be assumed from theoretical inference. The hammer- 
 helve being of wood, is elastic, and acts like a vibrating spring, its 
 vibrations keeping in unison with the speed of the tripping points. 
 The whole machine, in fact, must be constructed upon a principle 
 of elasticity throughout, and in this regard stands as an excep- 
 tion to almost every other known machine. The framing for 
 supporting the trunnions, which one without experience would 
 suppose should be very rigid and solid, is found to answer best 
 when composed of timber, and still better when this timber is 
 
TRIP-HAMMERS. 107 
 
 laid up in a manner that allows the structure to spring and 
 yield. Starting at the dies, and following back through the 
 details of a trip-hammer to the driving power, the apprentice 
 may note how many parts contribute to this principle of elasticity : 
 First the wooden helve, both in front of and behind the trun- 
 nion ; next the trunnion bar, which is usually a flat section 
 mounted on pivot points ; third the elasticity of the framing 
 called the ' husk/ and finally the frictional belt. This will con- 
 vey an idea of the elasticity required in connecting the hammer- 
 head with the driving power, a matter to be borne in mind, as it 
 will be again referred to. 
 
 Another peculiar feature in trip-hammers is the rapidity with 
 which crystallisation takes place in the attachments for holding 
 the die blocks to the helves, where no elastic medium can be 
 interposed to break the concussion of the dies. Bolts to pass 
 through the helve, although made from the most fibrous Swedish 
 iron, will on some kinds of work not last for more than ten days' 
 use, and often break in a single day. The safest mode of attach- 
 ing die blocks, and the one most common, is to forge them solid, 
 with an eye or a band to surround the end of the helve. 
 
 At the risk of laying down a proposition not warranted by 
 science, I will mention, in connection with this matter of crystal- 
 lisation, that metal when disposed in the form of a ring, for some 
 strange reason seems to evade the influences which produce crystal- 
 line change. A hand-hammer, for example, may be worn away 
 and remain fibrous; the links of chains and the tires of wag- 
 gon wheels do not become crystallised ; even the tires on locomo- 
 tive wheels seem to withstand this influence, although the con- 
 ditions of their use are such as to promote crystallisation. 
 
 Among exceptions to the ordinary plans of constructing trip- 
 hammers, may be mentioned those employed in the American 
 Armoury at Springfield, U.S., where small hammers with rigid 
 frames and helves, the latter thirty inches long, forged from 
 Lowmoor iron, are run at a speed of ' six hundred blows a 
 minute.' As an example, however, they prove the necessity for 
 elasticity, because the helves and other parts have to be often re- 
 newed, although the duty performed is very light, such as making 
 small screws. 
 
 (1.) What limits the speed at which the reciprocating parts of 
 machines may act 1 (2.) What is the nature of reciprocal motion pro- 
 
108 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 ducedby cranks? (3.) Can reciprocating movement be uniform in such 
 machines as power-hammers, saws, or pumps ? (4.) What effect as to 
 the rate of movement is produced by the elastic connections of a trip- 
 hammer 1 
 
 CHAPTER XXV. 
 
 CRANK-HAMMERS. 
 
 POWER-HAMMERS operated by crank motion, adapted to the 
 lighter kinds of work, are now commonly met with in the forg- 
 ing-shops of engineering establishments. They are usually of 
 very simple construction, and I will mention only two points in 
 regard to such hammers, which might be overlooked by an ap- 
 prentice in examining them. 
 
 The faces of the dies remain parallel, no matter how large 
 the piece may be that is operated upon, while with a trip- 
 hammer, the top die moves in an arc described from the trun- 
 nions of the helve, and the faces of the dies can only be parallel 
 when in one position, or when operating on pieces of a certain 
 depth. This feature of parallel movement with the dies of 
 crank-hammers is of great importance on some kinds of work, 
 and especially so for machine-forgings where the size or depth of 
 the work is continually being varied. 
 
 A second point to be noticed in hammers of this class is the 
 nature of the connection with the driving power. In all cases 
 there will be found an equivalent for the elastic helve of the 
 trip-hammer either air cylinders, deflecting springs, or other 
 yielding attachments, interposed between the crank and the 
 hammer-head, also a slipping frictional belt or frictional clutches 
 for driving, as in the case of trip-hammers. 
 
STEAM-HAMMERS. 109 
 
 CHAPTER XXVI. 
 
 STEAM-HAMMERS. 
 
 THE direct application of steam to forging-hammers is without 
 doubt the greatest improvement that has ever been made in forg- 
 ing machinery ; not only has it simplified operations that were 
 carried on before this invention, but has added many branches., 
 and extended the art of forging to purposes which could never 
 have been attained except for the steam-hammer. 
 
 The general principles of hammer-action, so far as already 
 explained, apply as well to hammers operated by direct steam ; 
 and a learner, in forming a conception of steam-hammers, must 
 not fall into the common error of regarding them as machines 
 distinct from other hammers, or as operating upon new princi- 
 ples. A steam-hammer is nothing more than the common ham- 
 mer driven by a new medium, a hammer receiving power through 
 the agency of steam instead of belts, shafts, and cranks. The 
 steam-hammer in its most improved form is so perfectly adapted 
 to fill the different conditions required in power-hammering, that 
 there seems nothing left to be desired. 
 
 Keeping in view what has been said about an elastic connec- 
 tion for transmitting motion and power to hammers, and cushion- 
 ing the vibratory or reciprocating parts, it will be seen that 
 steam as a driving medium for hammers fills the following con- 
 ditions : 
 
 First. The power is connected to the hammer by means of 
 the least possible mechanism, consisting only of a cylinder, a 
 piston, and slide valve, induction pipe and throttle valve these 
 few details taking the place of a steam-engine, shafts, belts, 
 cranks, springs, pulleys, gearing, in short, all such details as are 
 required between the hammer-head and the steam-boiler in the 
 case of trip-hammers or crank-hammers. 
 
 Second. The steam establishes the greatest possible elasticity 
 in the connection between a hammer and the driving power, and 
 at the same time serves to cushion the blows at both the top 
 and bottom of the stroke, or on the top only, as occasion may 
 require. 
 
 Third. Each blow given is an independent operation, and 
 
110 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 can be repeated at will, while in other hammers such changes 
 can only be made throughout a series of blows by gradually in- 
 creasing or diminishing their force. 
 
 Fourth. There is no direct connection between the moving 
 parts of the hammer and the framing, except lateral guides for 
 the hammer-head ; the steam being interposed as a cushion in 
 the line of motion, this " reduces the required strength and 
 weight of the framing to a minimum, and avoids positive strains 
 and concussion. 
 
 Fifth. The range and power of the blows, as well as the 
 time in which they are delivered, is controlled at will; this 
 constitutes the greatest distinction between steam and other 
 hammers, and the particular advantage which has led to their 
 extended use. 
 
 Sixth. Power can be transmitted to steam-hammers through 
 a small pipe, which may be carried in any direction, and for 
 almost any distance, at a moderate expense, so that hammers 
 may be placed in such positions as will best accommodate the 
 work, and without reference to shafts or other machinery. 
 
 Seventh. There is no waste of power by slipping belts or 
 other frictional contrivances to graduate motion; and finally, 
 there is no machinery to be kept in motion when the hammer is 
 not at work. 
 
 Keeping these various points in mind, an apprentice will 
 derive both pleasure and advantage from tracing their applica- 
 tion in steam-hammers, which may come under notice, and vari- 
 ous modifications of the mechanism will only render investigation 
 more interesting. 
 
 One thing more must be noticed, a matter of some intricacy, 
 but without which, all that has been explained would fail to 
 give a proper idea of steam-hammer-action. The valve motions 
 are alluded to. 
 
 Steam-hammers are divided into two classes one having the 
 valves moved by hand, and the other class with automatic valve 
 movement. 
 
 The action of steam-hammers may also be divided into what 
 is termed elastic blows, and dead blows. 
 
 In operating by elastic blows, the steam piston is cushioned 
 at both the up and down stroke, and the action of a steam-ham- 
 mer corresponds to that of a helve trip-hammer, the steam 
 filling the office of a vibrating spring ; in this case a hammer 
 
STEAM-HAMMERS. Ill 
 
 gives a quick rebounding blow, the momentum being only in part 
 spent upon the work, and partly arrested by cushioning on the 
 steam in the bottom of the cylinder under the piston. 
 
 Aside from the greater rapidity with which a hammer may 
 operate when working on this principle, there is nothing gained, 
 and much lost ; and as this kind of action is imperative in any 
 hammer that has a * maintained or positive connection ' between 
 its reciprocating parts and the valve, it is perhaps fair to 
 infer that one reason why most automatic hammers act with 
 elastic blows is either because of a want of knowledge as to a, 
 proper valve arrangement, or the mechanical difficulties in ar- 
 ranging valve gear to produce dead blows. 
 
 In working with dead blows, no steam is admitted under the 
 piston until the hammer has finished its down stroke, and ex- 
 pended its momentum upon the work. So different is the effect 
 produced by these two plans of operating, that on most kinds 
 of work a hammer of fifty pounds, working with dead blows, will 
 perform the same duty that one of a hundred pounds will, when 
 acting by elastic or cushioned blows. 
 
 This difference between dead and elastic strokes is so import- 
 ant that it has served to keep hand-moved valves in use in many 
 cases where much could be gained by employing automatic acting 
 hammers. 
 
 Some makers of steam-hammers have so perfected the auto- 
 matic class, that they may be instantly changed so as to work 
 with either dead blows or elastic blows at pleasure, thereby com- 
 bining all the advantages of both principles. This brings the 
 steam-hammer where it is hard to imagine a want of farther 
 improvement. 
 
 The valve gearing of automatic steam-hammers to fill the two 
 conditions of allowing a dead or an elastic blow, furnishes one of 
 the most interesting examples of mechanical combination. 
 
 It was stated that to give a dead or stamp stroke, the valve 
 must move and admit steam beneath the piston after the ham- 
 mer has made a blow and stopped on the work, and that such 
 a movement of the valve could not be imparted by any main- 
 tained connection between the hammer-head and valve. This 
 problem is met by connecting the drop or hammer-head with 
 some mechanism which will, by reason of its momentum, con- 
 tinue to ' move after the hammer-head stops.' This mechanism 
 may consist of various devices. Messrs Massey in England, and 
 
112 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION, 
 
 Messrs Ferris & Miles in America, employ a swinging wiper bar, 
 which is by reason of its weight or inertia retarded, and does not 
 follow the hammer-head closely on the down stroke, but swings 
 into contact and opens the valve after the hammer has come to a 
 full stop. 
 
 By holding this wiper bar continuously in contact with the 
 hammer-drop, elastic or rebounding blows are given, and by 
 adding weight in certain positions to the wiper bar its motion is 
 so retarded that a hammer will act as a stamp or drop. A Ger- 
 man firm employs the concussion of the blow to disengage valve 
 gear, so that it may fall and effect this after movement of the 
 valves. Other engineers effect the same end by employing the 
 momentum of the valve itself, having it connected to the drop 
 by a slotted or yielding connection, which allows an independent 
 movement of the valve after the hammer stops. 
 
 (1.) In comparing steam-hammers with trip or crank hammers what 
 mechanism does steam supplant or represent ? (2.) What can be called 
 the chief distinction between steam and other hammers? (3.) Under 
 what circumstances is an automatic valve motion desirable ? (4.) Why 
 is a dead or uncushioned blow most effective? -(5.) Will a hammer 
 operate with air the same as with steam ? 
 
 CHAPTER XXVII. 
 
 COMPOUND HAMMERS. 
 
 ANOTHER principle to be noticed in connection with hammers 
 and forging processes is that of the inertia of the piece operated 
 upon a matter of no little importance in the heavier kinds of 
 work. 
 
 When a piece is placed on an anvil, and struck on the top side 
 with a certain force, the bottom or anvil side of the piece 
 does not receive an equal force. A share of the blow is absorbed 
 by the inertia of the piece struck, and the effect on the bottom 
 side is, theoretically, as the force of the blow, less the cushion- 
 ing effect and the inertia of the pieces acted upon. 
 
COMPOUND HAMMERS. 113 
 
 In practice this difference of effect on the top and bottom, or 
 between the anvil and hammer sides of a piece, is much greater 
 than would be supposed. The yielding of the soft metal on the 
 top cushions the blow and protects the under side from the force. 
 The effect produced by a blow struck upon hot iron cannot be 
 estimated by the force of the blow ; it requires, to use a technical 
 term, a certain amount of force to " start " the iron, and any- 
 thing less than this force has but little effect in moving the 
 particles and changing the form of a piece. 
 
 From this it may be seen that there must occur a great loss of 
 power in operating on large pieces, for whatever force is absorbed 
 by inertia has no effect on the underside. By watching a 
 smith using a hand hammer it will be seen that whenever a piece 
 operated upon is heavier than the hammer employed, but little if 
 any effect is produced on the anvil or bottom surface, nor is 
 this loss of effect the only one. The expense of heating, which 
 generally exceeds that of shaping forgings, is directly as the 
 amount of shaping that may be done at each heat ; and con- 
 sequently, if the two sides of a piece, instead of one, can be 
 equally acted upon, one-half the heating will be saved. 
 
 Another object gained by equal action on both sides of large 
 pieces is the quality of the forgings produced, which is generally 
 improved by the rapidity of the shaping processes, and injured 
 by too frequent heating. 
 
 The loss of effect by the inertia of the pieces acted upon 
 increases with the weight of the work ; not only the loss of 
 power, but also the expense of heating increases with the size 
 of the pieces. There is, however, such a difference in the 
 mechanical conditions between light and heavy forging that for 
 any but a heavy class of work there would be more lost than 
 gained in attempting to operate on both sides of pieces at the 
 same time. 
 
 To attain a double effect, and avoid the loss pointed out, Mr 
 Ramsbottom designed what may be called compound hammers, 
 consisting of two independent heads or rams moving in opposite 
 directions, and acting simultaneously upon pieces held between 
 them. 
 
 It would be inferred that the arrangement of these double acting 
 hammers must necessarily be complicated and expensive, but the 
 contrary is the fact. The rams are simply two masses of iron 
 mounted on wheels that run on ways, like a truck, and the im- 
 
 K 
 
114 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 pact of the hammers, so far as not absorbed in the work, is 
 neutralised by each other. No shock or jar is communicated to 
 framing or foundations as in the case of single acting hammers that 
 have fixed anvils. The same rule applies in the back stroke of 
 the hammers as the links which move them are connected together 
 at the centre, where the power is applied at right angles to the 
 line of the hammer movement. The links connecting the two 
 hammers constitute, in effect, a toggle joint, the steam piston 
 being attached where they meet in the centre. 
 
 The steam cylinder which moves the hammers is set in the 
 earth at some depth below the plane upon which they move, 
 and even when the heaviest work is done there is no per- 
 ceptible jar when one is standing near the hammers, as there 
 always is with those which have a vertical movement and are 
 single acting. 
 
 (1.) Why is the effect produced different on the top and bottom of a 
 piece when struck by a hammer 1 ? (2.) Why does not a compound 
 hammer create jar and concussion 1 (3.) What would be a mechanical 
 difficulty in presenting the material to such hammers ? (4.) Which is 
 most important, speed or weight, in the effect produced on the under 
 side of pieces, when struck by single acting hammers ? 
 
 CHAPTER XXVIII. 
 
 TEMPERING STEEL. 
 
 TEMPERING may be called a mystery of the smith-shop ; this 
 operation has that attraction which characterises every process 
 that is mysterious, especially such as are connected with, or belong 
 to mechanical manipulation. A strange and perhaps fortunate 
 habit of the mind is to be greatly interested in what is not well 
 understood, and to disregard what is capable of plain demon- 
 stration. 
 
 An old smith who has stood at the forge for a score of years 
 will take the same interest in tempering processes that a novice will. 
 When a piece is to be tempered which is liable to spring or break, 
 and the risk is great, he will enter upon it with the same zeal 
 and interest that he would have done when learning his trade. 
 
TEMPERING STEEL. 115 
 
 No one has been able to explain clearly why a sudden change 
 of temperature hardens steel, nor why it assumes various shades 
 of colour at different degrees of hardness ; we only know the fact, 
 and that steel fortunately has such properties. 
 
 Every one who uses tools should understand how to temper 
 them, whether they be for iron or wood. Experiments with tem- 
 pered tools is the only means of determining the proper degree 
 of hardness, and as smiths, except with their own tools, have to 
 rely upon the explanations of others as to proper hardening, it 
 follows that tempering is generally a source of complaint. 
 
 Tempering, as a term, is used to Comprehend both hardening 
 and drawing ; as a process it depends mainly upon judgment 
 instead of skill, and has no such connection with forging as to 
 be performed by smiths only. Tempering requires a different 
 fire from those employed in forging, and also more care and pre- 
 cision than blacksmiths can exercise, unless there are furnaces 
 and baths especially arranged for tempering tools. 
 
 A difficulty which arises in hardening tools is because of the 
 contraction of the steel which takes place in proportion to the 
 change of temperature ; and as the time of cooling is in propor- 
 tion to the thickness or size of a piece, it follows, of course, 
 that there is a great strain and a tendency to break the thinner 
 parts before the thicker parts have time to cool ; this strain may 
 take place either from cooling one side first, or more rapidly than 
 another. 
 
 The following propositions in regard to tempering, compre- 
 hend the main points to be observed : 
 
 The permanent contraction of steel in tempering is as the 
 degree of hardness imparted to it by the bath. 
 
 The time in which the contraction takes place is as the tem- 
 perature of the bath and the cross section of the piece ; in 
 other words the heat passes off gradually from the surface to 
 the centre. 
 
 Thin sections of steel tools being projections from the mass 
 which supports the edges, are cooled first, and if provision is not 
 made to allow for contraction they are torn asunder. 
 
 The main point in hardening and the most that can be done 
 to avoid irregular contraction, is to apply the bath so that it 
 will act first and strongest on the thickest parts. If a piece is 
 tapering or in the form of a wedge, the thick end should enter 
 the bath first ; a cold chisel for instance that is wide enough to 
 
] 1 6 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 endanger cracking should be put into the bath with the head 
 downward. 
 
 The upflow of currents of warmed water are a common cause 
 of irregular cooling and springing of steel tools in hardening ; 
 the water that is heated, rises vertically, and the least inclination 
 of a piece from a perpendicular position, allows a warm current 
 to flow up one side. 
 
 The most effectual means of securing a uniform effect from a 
 tempering bath is by violent agitation, either of the bath or the 
 piece ; this also adds to the rapidity of cooling. 
 
 The effect of tempering baths is as their conducting power \ 
 chemicals except as they may contribute to the conducting 
 properties of a bath, may safely be disregarded. For baths, 
 cold or ice water loaded with salt for extreme hardness, and warm 
 oil for tools that are thin and do not require to be very hard, are 
 the two extremes outside of which nothing is required in ordi- 
 nary practice. 
 
 In the case of tools composed partly of iron and partly of 
 steel, steel laid as it is called, the tendency to crack in hardening 
 may be avoided in most cases by hammering the steel edge at a 
 low temperature until it is so expanded that when cooled in 
 hardening it will only contract to a state of rest and correspond 
 to the iron part ; the same result may be produced by curving 
 a piece, giving convexity to the steel side before hardening. 
 
 Tools should never be tempered by immersing their edges or 
 cutting parts in the bath, and then allowing the heat to " run 
 down " to attain a proper temper at the edge. I am well aware 
 that this is attacking a general custom, but it is none the less 
 wrong for that reason. Tools so hardened have a gradually 
 diminishing temper from their point or edge, so that no part 
 is properly tempered, and they require continual re-hardening, 
 which spoils the steel j besides, the extreme edge, the only part 
 which is tempered to a proper shade, is usually spoiled by 
 heating and must be ground away to begin with. No lathe- 
 man who has once had a set of tools tempered throughout by 
 slow drawing, either in an oven, or on a hot plate, will ever 
 consent to point hardening afterwards. A plate of iron, two 
 to two and one-half inches thick, placed over the top of a tool 
 dressing fire, makes a convenient arrangement for tempering 
 tools, besides adding greatly to the convenience of slow heating, 
 which is almost as important as slow drawing. The writer has 
 
TEMPERING STEEL. 117 
 
 by actual experiment determined that the amount of tool dressing 
 and tempering, to say nothing of time wasted in grinding tools, 
 may in ordinary machine fitting be reduced one-third by " oven 
 tempering." 
 
 As to the shades that appear in drawing temper, or tempering 
 it is sometimes called, it is quite useless to repeat any of the old 
 rules about " straw colour, violet, orange, blue," and so on ; the 
 learner knows as much after such instruction as before. The 
 shades of temper must be seen to be learned, and as 110 one is 
 likely to have use for such knowledge before having opportunities 
 to see tempering performed, the following plan is suggested for 
 learning the different shades. Procure eight pieces of cast 
 steel about two inches long by one inch wide and three-eighths of 
 an inch thick, heat them to a high red heat and drop them into 
 a salt bath ; preserve one without tempering to show the white 
 shade of extreme hardness, and polish one side of each of the 
 remaining seven pieces ; then give them to an experienced work- 
 man to be drawn to seven varying shades of temper ranging 
 from the white piece to the dark blue colour of soft steel. On 
 the backs of these pieces labels can be pasted describing the 
 technical names of the shades and the general uses to which 'tools 
 of corresponding hardness are adapted. 
 
 This will form an interesting collection of specimens and 
 accustom the eye t6 the various tints, which after some experience 
 will be instantly recognised when seen separately. 
 
 It may be remarked as a general rule that the hardness of 
 cutting tools is " inverse as the hardness of the material to be 
 cut," which seems anomalous, and no doubt is so, if nothing but 
 the cutting properties of edges is considered ; but all cutting edges 
 are subjected to transverse strain, and the amount of this strain 
 is generally as the hardness of the material acted upon ; hence 
 the degree of temper has of necessity to be such as to guard 
 against breaking the edges. Tools for cutting wood, for example, 
 can be much harder than for cutting iron, or to state it better, 
 tools for cutting wood are harder than those usually employed 
 for cutting iron ; for if iron tools were always as carefully formed 
 and as carefully used as those employed in cutting wood, they 
 could be equally hard. 
 
 Forges, pneumatic machinery for blast, machinery for hand- 
 ling large pieces, and other details connected with forging, are 
 easily understood from examples. 
 
118 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 (1.) What causes tools to bend or break in hardening ? (2.) What 
 means can be employed to prevent injury to tools in hardening ? (3.) 
 Can the shades of temper be produced on a piece of steel without 
 hardening ? (4.) What forms a limit of hardness for cutting tools ? 
 (5.) What are the objects of steel-laying tools instead of making them of 
 solid steel ? 
 
 CHAPTER XXIX. 
 
 FITTING AND FINISHING. 
 
 THE fitting or finishing department of engineering establishments 
 is generally regarded as the main one. 
 
 Fitting processes, being the final ones in constructing machin- 
 ery, are more nearly in connection with its use and application \ 
 they consist in the organisation or bringing together the results 
 of other processes carried on in the draughting room, pattern 
 shop, foundry, and smith shop. 
 
 To the unskilled, or to those who do not take a comprehen- 
 sive view of an engineering business as a whole, the finishing 
 and fitting department seems to constitute the whole of machine 
 manufacture an impression which a learner should guard against, 
 because nothing but a true understanding of the importance and 
 relations of the different divisions of an establishment can enable 
 them to be thoroughly or easily learned. 
 
 Finishing, therefore, it must be borne in mind, is but one 
 among several processes, and that the fitting department is but 
 one out of four or more among which attention is to be divided. 
 
 Finishing as a process is a secondary and not always an 
 essential one ; many parts of machinery are ready for use when 
 forged or cast and do not require fitting ; yet a finishing shop 
 must in many respects be considered the leading department 
 of an ehgineering establishment. Plans, drawings and esti- 
 mates are always based on finished work, and when the parts 
 have accurate dimensions; hence designs, drawings and estimates 
 may be said to pass through the fitting shop and follow back to 
 the foundry and smith shop, so that finishing, although the last 
 process in the order of the work, is the first one after the draw- 
 ings in every other sense even the dimensions in pattern-making 
 which seems farthest removed from finishing, are based upon 
 
FITTING AND FINISHING. 119 
 
 fitting dimensions, and to a great extent must be modified by 
 the conditions of finishing. 
 
 In casting and forging operations the material is treated while 
 in a heated and expanded condition ; the nature of these opera- 
 tions is such that accurate dimensions cannot be attained, so that 
 both forgings and castings require to be made enough larger than 
 their finished dimensions to allow for shrinkage and irregularities. 
 Finishing as a process consists in cutting away this surplus ma- 
 terial, and giving accurate dimensions to the parts of machinery 
 when the material is at its natural temperature. Finishing oper- 
 ations being performed as said upon material at its normal temper- 
 ature permits handling, gauging and fitting together of the parts 
 of machinerjr, and as nearly all other processes involve heating, 
 finishing may be called the cold processes of metal work. 
 The operations of a fitting shop consist almost entirely of 
 cutting, and grinding or abrading ; a proposition that may seem 
 novel, yet these operations comprehend nearly all that is performed 
 in what is called fitting. 
 
 Cutting processes may be divided into two classes : cylindrical 
 cutting, as in turning, boring, and drilling, to produce circular 
 forms; and plane cutting, as in planing, shaping, slotting and 
 shearing, to produce plane or rectangular forms. Abrading or 
 grinding processes may be applied to forms of any kind. 
 
 To classify further cutting machines may be divided into those 
 wherein the tools move and the material is fixed, and those 
 wherein the material is moved and the tools fixed, and machines 
 which involve a compound movement of both the tools and the 
 material acted upon. 
 
 There is also a distinction between machine and hand cutting 
 that may be noted. In machine cutting it is performed in true 
 geometrical lines, the tools or material being moved by positive 
 guides as in planing and turning ; in hand operations, such as 
 filing, scraping or chipping, the tools are moved without positive 
 guidance, and act in irregular lines. 
 
 To attempt a generalisation of the operations of the fitting 
 shop in this manner may not seem a very practical means of 
 understanding them, yet the application will be better understood 
 as we go farther on. 
 
 Cutting tools include nearly all that are employed in finishing ; 
 lathes, planing machines, drilling and boring machines, shaping, 
 slotting and milling machines, come within this class. The 
 
120 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 machines named make up what are called standard tools, such as 
 are essential and are employed in all establishments where general 
 machine manufacture is carried on. Such machines are constructed 
 upon principles substantially the same in all countries, and have 
 settled into a tolerably uniform arrangement of movements and 
 parts. 
 
 Besides the machine tools named, there are special machines to 
 be found in most works, machines directed to the performance 
 of certain work ; by a particular adaptation such machines are 
 rendered more effective, but they are by such adapation unfitted 
 for general purposes. 
 
 General engineering work cannot consist in the production of 
 duplicate pieces, nor in operations performed constantly in the 
 same manner as in ordinary manufacturing ; hence there has been 
 much effort expended in adapting machines to general purposes 
 machines, which seldom avoid the objections of combination, 
 pointed out in a previous chapter. 
 
 The principal improvements and changes in machine fitting at 
 the present time is in the application of special tools. A lathe, 
 a planing machine, or drilling machine as a standard machine, 
 must be adapted to a certain range of work, but it is evident 
 that if such tools were specially arranged for either the largest 
 or the smallest pieces that come within their capacity, more 
 work could be performed in a given time and consequently at 
 less expense. It is also evident that machine tools must be 
 kept constantly at work in order to be profitable, and when 
 there are not sufficient pieces of one kind to occupy a machine, 
 it must be employed on various kinds of work ; but whenever 
 there are sufficient pieces of the same size upon which certain 
 processes of a uniform character are to be performed, there is 
 a gain by having machines constructed to conform as nearly 
 as possible to the requirements of special work, and without 
 reference to any other. 
 
 It is now proposed to review the standard tools of a fitting 
 shop, noticing the general principles of their construction and 
 especially of their operation ; not by drawings nor descriptions 
 to show what a lathe or a planing machine is, nor how some 
 particular engineer has constructed such tools, but upon the 
 plan explained in the introduction, presuming the reader to be 
 familiar with the names and purposes of standard machine tools. 
 If he has not learned this much, and does not understand the 
 
TURNING LATHES. 121 
 
 names and general objects of the several operations carried on 
 in a fitting shop, he should proceed to acquaint himself thus 
 far before troubling himself with books of any kind. 
 
 (1.) Why cannot the parts of machinery be made to accurate dimen- 
 sions by forging or casting ? (2.) What is the difference between hand 
 tool and machine tool operation as to truth ? (3.) Why cannot hand- 
 work be employed in duplicating the parts of machinery ? (4.) What 
 is the difference between standard and special machine tools ? 
 
 CHAPTER XXX. 
 
 TURNING LATHES. 
 
 Ix machinery the ruling form is cylindrical ; in structures other 
 than machinery, those which do not involve motion, the ruling 
 form is rectangular. 
 
 Machine motion is mainly rotary ; and as rotary motion is 
 accomplished by cylindrical parts such as shafts, bearings, pulleys 
 and wheels, we find that the greater share of machine tools are 
 directed to preparing cylindrical forms. If we note the area of 
 the turned, bored and drilled surface in ordinary machinery, and 
 compare with the amount of planed surface, we will find the 
 former not less than as two to one in the finer class of machinery, 
 and as three to one in the coarser class ; from this may be esti- 
 mated approximately the proportion of tools required for ope- 
 rating on cylindrical surfaces and plane surfaces ; assuming the 
 cutting tools to have the same capacity in the two cases, the 
 proportion will be as three to one. This difference between the 
 number of machines required for cylindrical and plane surfaces 
 is farther increased, when we consider that tools act continually 
 on cylindrical surfaces and intermittently on plane surfaces. 
 
 In practice, the truth of this proposition is fully demonstrated 
 by the excess in the number of lathes and boring tools compared 
 with those for planing. 
 
 An engine lathe is for many reasons called the master tool in 
 machine fitting. It is not only the leading tool so far as per- 
 forming a greater share of the work ; but an engine lathe as an 
 organised machine combines, perhaps, a greater number of useful 
 
122 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 and important functions, than any machine which has ever been 
 devised. A lathe may be employed to turn, bore, drill, mill, or 
 cut screws, and with a strong screw r -feed may be employed to 
 some extent for planing; what is still more strange, notwith- 
 standing these various functions, a lathe is comparatively a 
 simple machine without complication or perishable parts, and 
 requires no considerable change in adapting it to the various 
 purposes named. 
 
 For milling, drilling or boring ordinary work within its range, 
 a lathe is by no means a makeshift tool, but performs these 
 various operations with nearly all the advantages of machines 
 adapted to each purpose. An ingenious workman who under- 
 stands the adaptation of a modern engine lathe can make almost 
 any kind of light machinery without other tools, except for 
 planing, and may even perform planing when the surfaces are 
 not too large ; in this way machinery can be made at an expense 
 not much greater than if a full equipment of different tools is 
 employed. This of course can only be when no division of labour 
 is required, and when one man is to perform all the several 
 processes of turning, drilling, and so on. 
 
 The lathe as a tool for producing heliacal forms would occupy 
 a prominent place among machine tools, if it were capable of per- 
 forming no other work ; the number of parts of machinery which 
 have screw-threads is astonishing ; clamping-bolts to hold parts 
 together include a large share of the fitting on machinery of all 
 kinds, while screws are the most common means for increasing 
 power, changing movements and performing adjustments. 
 
 A finisher's engine lathe consists essentially of a strong inflexi- 
 ble shear or frame, a running spindle with from eight to sixteen 
 changes of motion, a sliding head, or tail stock, and a sliding 
 carriage to hold and move the tools. 
 
 For a half century past no considerable change has been made 
 in engine lathes, at least no new principle of operation has been 
 added, but many improvements have been made in their adapta- 
 tion and capacity for special kinds of work. Improvements have 
 been made in the facilities for changing wheels in screw cutting 
 and feeding, by frictional starting gear for the carriages, an 
 independent feed movement for turning, arrangements to adjust 
 tools, cross feeding and so on, adding something, no doubt, 
 to the efficiency of lathes ; but the improvements named have 
 been mainly directed to supplanting the skill of lathemen. 
 
TURNING LATHES. 123 
 
 A proof of this last proposition is found in the fact that a 
 thorough hitheman will perform nearly as much work and do it 
 as well on an old English lathe with plain screw feed, as can be 
 performed on the more complicated lathes of modern construc- 
 tion ; but as economy of skill is sometimes an equal or greater 
 object than a saving of manual labour, estimates of tool capacity 
 should be made accordingly. The main points of a lathe, such 
 as may most readily affect its performance, are first truth in 
 the bearings of the running spindle which communicates a dupli- 
 cate of its shape to pieces that are turned, second, coincidence 
 between the line of the spindle and the movement of the carriage, 
 third, a cross feed of the tool at a true right angle to the spindle 
 and carriage movement, fourth, durability of wearing surfaces, 
 especially the spindle bearings and sliding ways. To these may 
 be added many other points, such as the truth of feeding screws, 
 rigidity of frames, and so on, but such requirements are obvious. 
 
 To avoid imperfection in the running spindles of lathes, or 
 any lateral movement which might exist in the running bearings, 
 there have been many attempts to construct lathes with still 
 centres at both ends for the more accurate kinds of work. Such 
 an arrangement would produce a true cylindrical rotation, but 
 must at the same time involve mechanical complication to 
 outweigh the object gained. It has besides been proved by prac- 
 tice that good fitting and good material for the bearings and 
 spindles of lathes will insure all the accuracy which ordinary work 
 demands. 
 
 It may be noticed that the carriages of some lathes move on 
 what are termed V tracks which project above the top of lathe 
 frames, and that in other lathes the carriages slide on top of the 
 frames with a flat bearing. As these two plans of mounting 
 lathe carriages have led to considerable discussion on the part 
 of engineers, and as its consideration may suggest a plan of 
 analysing other problems of a similar nature, I will notice some 
 of the conditions existing in the two cases, calling the different 
 arrangements by the names of flat shears and track shears. 
 
 These different plans will be considered first in reference to the 
 effect produced upon the movement of carriages ; this includes 
 friction, endurance of wear, rigidity of tools, convenience of 
 operating and the cost of construction. The cutting point in both 
 turning and boring on a slide lathe is at the side of a piece, or nearly 
 level with the lathe centres, and any movement of a carriage 
 
124 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 horizontally across the lathe affects the motion of the tool and 
 the shape of the piece acted upon, directly to the extent of such 
 deviation, so that parallel turning and boring depend mainly 
 upon avoiding any cross movement or side play of a carriage. 
 This, in both theory and practice, constitutes the greatest differ- 
 ence between flat top and track shears ; the first is arranged 
 especially to resist deviation in a vertical plane, which is of 
 secondary importance, except in boring with a bar ; the second 
 is arranged to resist horizontal deviation, which in nine-tenths 
 of the work done on lathes becomes an exact measure of the in- 
 accuracy of the work performed. 
 
 A true movement of carriages is dependent upon the amount 
 or wearing power of their bearing surface, how this surface is 
 disposed in reference to the strain to be resisted, and the condi- 
 tions under which the sliding surfaces move ; that is, how kept 
 in contact. The cutting strain which is to be mainly considered, 
 falls usually at an angle of thirty to forty degrees downward 
 toward the front, from the centre of the lathe. To resist such 
 strain a flat top shear presents no surface at right angles to the 
 strain; the bearings are all oblique, and not only this, but all 
 horizontal strain falls on one side of the shear only ; for this 
 reason, flat top shears have to b$ made much heavier than 
 would be required if the sum of their cross section could be em- 
 ployed to resist transverse strain. This difficulty can, however, 
 be mainly obviated by numerous cross girts, which will be found 
 in most lathe frames having flat tops. 
 
 A carriage moving on angular ways always moves steadily and 
 easily, without play in any direction until lifted from its bearing, 
 which rarely happens, and its lifting is easily opposed by adjust- 
 able gibs. A carriage on a flat shear is apt to have play in a 
 horizontal direction because of the freedom which must exist to 
 secure easy movement. In the case of tracks, it may also be 
 mentioned that the weight of a carriage acts as a constant force 
 to hold it steady, while with a flat shear the weight of a carriage 
 is in a sense opposed to the ways, and has no useful effect in 
 steadying or guiding. The rigidity and steadiness of tool move- 
 ment is notoriously in favour of triangular tracks, so much so that 
 nearly all American machine tool-makers construct lathes in this 
 manner, although it adds no inconsiderable cost in fitting. 
 
 It may also be mentioned that lathes constructed with angular 
 guides, have usually such ways for the moving heads as well 
 
TURNING LATHES. 125 
 
 as for the carriages ; this gives the advantage of firmly bindii] ) g/ : ^e- 
 two sides of the frame together in fastening the moving %f ad, 
 which in effect becomes a strong girt across the frame ; the car- 
 riages also have an equal and independent hold on both 
 a shear. In following this matter thus far, it may be 
 many conditions may have to be considered in reasoning ? 
 so apparently simple a matter as the form of ways for lathe 
 riages ; we might even go on to many more points that have not 
 been mentioned ; but what has been explained will serve to 
 show that the matter is not one of opinion alone, and that with- 
 out practical advantages, machine tool-makers will not follow the 
 most expensive of these two modes of mounting lathe carriages. 
 
 Lathes in common use for machine fitting are screw-cutting 
 engine lathes, lathes for turning only, double-geared, single- 
 geared, and back-geared lathes, lathes for boring, hand-lathes, 
 and pulley-turning lathes ; also compound lathes with double 
 heads and two tool carriages. 
 
 These various lathes, although of a widely varied construction 
 and adapted to uses more or less dissimilar, are still the engine 
 lathe either with some of its functions omitted to simplify and 
 adapt it to some special work, or with some of the operative parts 
 compounded to attain greater capacity. 
 
 In. respect to lathe manipulation, which is perhaps the most 
 difficult to learn of all shop operations, the following hints are 
 given, which may prove of service to a learner: At the begin- 
 ning the form of tools should be carefully studied ; this is one of 
 the great points in lathe work ; the greatest distinction between 
 a thorough and indifferent latheman is that one knows the 
 proper form and temper of tools and the other does not. The 
 adjustment and presenting of tools is soon learned by experience, 
 but the proper form of tools is a matter of greater difficulty. 
 One of the first things to study is the shape of cutting edges, both 
 as to clearance below the edge of the tool, and the angle of the 
 edge, with reference to both turning and boring, because the 
 latter is different from turning. The angle of lathe tools is 
 clearly suggested by diagrams, and there is no better first lesson 
 in drawing than to construct diagrams of cutting angles for 
 plane and cylindrical surfaces. 
 
 A set of lathe tools should consist of all that are required 
 for every variety of work performed, so that no time will be 
 lost by waiting to prepare tools after they are wanted. An 
 
126 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 ordinary engine lathe, operating on common work not exceeding 
 twenty inches of diameter, will require from twenty -five to thirty- 
 five tools, which will serve for every purpose if they are kept in 
 order and in place. A workman may get along with ten tools or 
 even less, but not to his own satisfaction, nor in a speedy way. 
 Each tool should be properly tempered and ground, ready for 
 use ' when put away;' if a tool is broken, it should at once be 
 repaired, no matter when it is likely to be again used. A work- 
 man who has pride in his tools will always be supplied with as 
 many as he requires, because it takes no computation to prove 
 that fifty pounds of extra cast steel tools, as an investment, is but 
 a small matter compared to the gain in manipulation by having 
 them at hand. 
 
 To an experienced mechanic a single glance at the tools on a 
 lathe is a sufficient clue to the skill of the operator. If the tools 
 are ground ready to use, of the proper shape, and placed in order 
 so as to be reached without delay, the latheman may at once be set 
 down as having two of the main qualifications of a first-class 
 workman, which are order, and a knowledge of tools ; while on 
 the contrary, a lathe board piled full of old waste, clamp bolts, 
 and broken tools, shows a want of that system and order, without 
 which no amount of hand skill can make an efficient workman. 
 
 It is also necessary to learn as soon as possible the technical- 
 ities pertaining to lathe work, and still more important to learn 
 the conventional modes of performing various operations. 
 Although lathe work includes a large range of operations which 
 are continually varied, yet there are certain plans of performing 
 each that has by long custom become conventional ; to gain an 
 acquaintance with these an apprentice should watch the practice 
 of the best workmen, and follow their plans as near as he can, 
 not risking any innovation or change until it has been very 
 carefully considered. Any attempt to introduce new methods, 
 modes of chucking work, setting and grinding tools, or other of 
 the ordinary operations in turning, may not only lead to awkward 
 mistakes, but will at once put a stop to useful information that 
 might otherwise be gained from others. The technical terms 
 employed in describing lathe work are soon learned, generally 
 sooner than they are needed, and are often misapplied, which is 
 worse than to be ignorant of them. 
 
 In cutting screws it is best not to refer to that mistaken con- 
 venience called a wheel list, usually stamped on some part of 
 
TURNING LATHES. 127 
 
 engine lathes to aid in selecting wheels. A screw to be cut is to 
 the lead screw on a lathe as the wheel on the screw is to the 
 wheel on the spindle, and every workman should be familiar with 
 so simple a matter as computing wheels for screw cutting, when 
 there is but one train of wheels. Wheels for screw cutting may 
 be computed not only quite as soon as read from an index, but 
 the advantage of being familiar with wheel changes is very 
 important in other cases, and frequently such combinations have 
 to be made when there is not an index at hand. 
 
 The following are suggested as subjects which may be studied 
 in connection with lathes and turning : the rate of cutting move- 
 ment on iron, steel, and brass ; the relative speed of the belt 
 cones, whether the changes are by a true ascending scale from 
 the slowest ; the rate of feed at different changes estimated like 
 the threads of a screw at so many cuts per inch ; the proportions 
 of cone or step pulleys to insure a uniform belt tension, the 
 theory of the following rest as employed in turning flexible 
 pieces, the difference between having three or four bearing 
 points for centre or following rests ; the best means of testing 
 the truth of a lathe. All these matters and many more are 
 subjects not only of interest but of use in learning lathe 
 manipulation, and their study will lead to a logical method of 
 dealing with problems which will continually arise. 
 
 The use of hand tools should be learned by employing them 
 on every possible occasion. A great many of the modern im- 
 provements in engine lathes are only to evade hand tool work, 
 and in many cases effect no saving except in skill. A latheman 
 who is skilful with hand tools will, on many kinds of light work, 
 perform more and do it better on a hand lathe than an engine 
 lathe ; there is always more or less that can be performed 
 to advantage with hand tools even on the most elaborate engine 
 lathes. 
 
 It is no uncommon thing for a skilled latheman to lock the 
 slide rest, and resort to hand tools on many kinds of work when 
 he is in a hurry. 
 
 (1.) Why does machinery involve so many cylindrical forms ? (2.) 
 Why is it desirable to have separate feed gear for turning and 
 screw cutting? (3.) What is gained by the frictional starting gearing 
 now applied to the nner class of lathes ? (4.) How may the alignment 
 of a lathe be tested 1 (5.) What kind of deviation with a lathe carriage 
 will most aiFect the truth of work performed ? (6.) How may an oval 
 
128 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 hole be bored on a common slide lathe ? (7.) How can the angular 
 ways of a lathe and the corresponding grooves in a carriage be planed to 
 fit without employing gauges ? (8.) Give the number of teeth in two 
 wheels to cut a screw of ten threads, when a leading screw is four threads 
 per inch? 
 
 CHAPTER XXXI. 
 PLANING OR RECIPROCATING MACHINES. 
 
 THE term planing should properly be applied only to machines 
 that produce planes or flat surfaces, but the technical use of the 
 term includes all cutting performed in right lines, or by what 
 may be called a straight movement of tools. 
 
 As no motion except rotary can be continuous, and as rotary 
 movement of tools is almost exclusively confined to shaping 
 cylindrical pieces, a proper distinction between machine tools 
 which operate in straight lines, and those which operate with 
 circular movement, will be to call them by the names of rotary 
 and reciprocating. 
 
 It may be noticed that all machines, except milling machines, 
 which act in straight lines and produce plane surfaces have 
 reciprocating movement ; the class includes planing, slotting and 
 shaping machines ; these, with lathes, constitute nearly the whole 
 equipment of an ordinary fitting shop. 
 
 It is strange, considering the simplicity of construction and 
 the very important office filled by machines for cutting on plane 
 surfaces, that they were not sooner invented and applied in metal 
 work. Many men yet working at finishing, can remember when 
 all flat surfaces were chipped and filed, and that long after engine 
 lathes had reached a state of efficiency and were generally 
 employed, planing machines were not known. This is no doubt 
 to be accounted for in the fact that reciprocal movement, except 
 that produced by cranks or eccentrics, was unknown or regarded 
 as impracticable for useful purposes until late years, and when 
 finally applied it was thought impracticable to have such move- 
 ments operate automatically. This may seem quite absurd to 
 even an apprentice of the present time, yet such reciprocating 
 movement, as a mechanical problem, is by no means so simple 
 as it may at first appear. 
 
PLANING OR RECIPROCATING MACHINES. 129 
 
 A planing machine platen, for instance, moves at a uniform 
 rate of speed each way, and by its own motion shifts or reverses 
 the driving power at each extreme of the stroke. Presuming 
 that there were no examples to be examined, an apprentice 
 would find many easier problems to explain than how a planing 
 machine can shift its own belts. If a platen or table disengages 
 the power that is moving it, the platen stops ; if the momentum 
 carries it enough farther to engage or connect other mechanism 
 to drive the platen in the opposite direction, the moment such 
 mechanism comes into gear the platen must stop, and no move- 
 ment can take place to completely engage clutches or shift belts. 
 This is a curious problem that will be referred to again. 
 
 Reciprocating tools are divided into those wherein the cutting 
 movement is given to the tools, as in shaping and slotting 
 machines, and machines wherein the cutting movement is given 
 to the material to be planed, as in a common planing machine. 
 Yery strangely we find in general practice that machine tools 
 for both the heaviest and the lightest class of work, such as 
 shaping, and butting, operate upon the first principle, while pieces 
 of a medium size are generally planed by being moved in con- 
 tact with stationary tools. 
 
 This problem of whether to move the material or to move the 
 tools in planing, is an old one ; both opinion and practice 
 vary to some extent, yet practice is fast settling down into con- 
 stant rules. 
 
 Judged upon theoretical grounds, and leaving out the 
 mechanical conditions of operation, it would at once be con- 
 ceded that a proper plan would be to move the lightest body ; 
 that is, if the tools and their attachments were heavier than the 
 material to be acted upon, then the material should be moved 
 for the cutting action, and vice versa. But in practice there are 
 other conditions to be considered more important than a 
 question of the relative weight of reciprocating parts ; and it 
 must be remembered that in solving any problem pertaining to 
 machine action, the conditions of operation are to be con- 
 sidered first and have precedence over problems of strain, 
 arrangement, or even the general principles of construction ; that 
 is, the conditions of operating must form a base from which 
 proportions, arrangements, arid so on, must be deduced. A stan- 
 dard planing machine, such as is employed for most kinds of 
 work, is arranged with a running platen or -carriage upon which 
 
 I 
 
130 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 the material is fastened and traversed beneath the cutting tools. 
 The uniformity of arrangement and design in machines of this 
 kind in all countries wherever they are made, must lead to the 
 conclusion that there are substantial reasons for employing 
 running platens instead of giving a cutting movement to the 
 tools. 
 
 A planing machine with a running platen occupies nearly 
 twice as much floor space, and requires a frame at least one- 
 third longer than if the platen were fixed and the tools performed 
 the cutting movement. The weight which has to be traversed, 
 including the carriage, will in nearly all cases exceed what it 
 would be with a tool movement ; so that there must exist some 
 very strong reasons in favour of a moving platen, which I will 
 now attempt to explain, or at least point out some of the more 
 prominent causes which have led to the common arrangement of 
 planing machines. 
 
 Strains caused by cutting action, in planing or other 
 machines, fall within and are resisted by the framing ; even 
 when the tools are supported by one frame and the material by 
 another, such frames have to be connected by means of founda- 
 tions which become a constituent part of the framing in such 
 cases. 
 
 Direct action and reaction are equal ; if a force is exerted in 
 any direction there must be an equal force acting in the opposite 
 direction ; a machine must absorb its own strains. 
 
 Keeping this in view, and referring to an ordinary planing 
 machine with which the reader is presumed to be familiar, the 
 focal point of the cutting strain is at the edge of the tools, and 
 radiates from this point as from a centre to the various parts of 
 the machine frame, and through the joints fixed and movable 
 between the tools and the frame ; to follow back from this cutting 
 point through the mechanism to the frame proper; first starting 
 with the tool and its supports and going to the main frame; 
 then starting from the material to be planed, and following back 
 in the other direction, until we reach the point where the 
 strains are absorbed by the main frame, examining the joints 
 which intervene in the two cases, there will appear some reasons 
 for running carriages. 
 
 Beginning at the tool there is, first, a clamped joint between 
 the tool and the swing block; second, a movable pivoted joint 
 between the block and shoe piece ; third, a clamped joint between 
 
PLANING OR RECIPROCATING MACHINES. 131 
 
 the shoe piece and the front saddle ; fourth, a moving joint 
 where the front saddle is gibed to the swing or quadrant plate ; 
 fifth, a clamp joint between the quadrant plate and the main 
 saddle ; sixth, a moving joint between the main saddle and the 
 cross head ; seventh, a clamp joint between the cross head and 
 standards ; and eighth, bolted joints between the standards and 
 the main frame ; making in all eight distinct joints between the 
 tool and the frame proper, three moving, four clamped, and one 
 bolted joint. 
 
 Starting again from the cutting point, and going the other 
 way from the tool to the frame, there is, first, a clamped and 
 stayed joint between the material and platen, next, a running 
 joint between the platen and frame ; this is all ; one joint that 
 is firm beyond any chance of movement, and a moving joint 
 that is not held by adjustable gibs, but by gravity; a force 
 which acts equally at all times, and is the most reliable means 
 of maintaining a steady contact between moving parts. 
 
 Reviewing these mechanical conditions, we may at once see 
 sufficient reasons for the platen movement of planing machines ; 
 and that it would be objectionable, if not impossible, to add a 
 traversing or cutting action to tools already supported through 
 the medium of eight joints. To traverse for cutting would require 
 a moving gib joint in place of the bolted one, between the 
 standards and main frame, leading to a complication of joints 
 and movements quite impracticable. 
 
 These are, however, not the only reasons which have led to a 
 running platen for planing machines, although they are the most 
 important. 
 
 If a cutting movement were performed by the tool supports, it 
 would necessarily follow that the larger a piece to be planed, 
 and the greater the distance from the platen to the cutting point, 
 the farther a tool must be from its supports ; a reversal of the 
 conditions required ; because the heavier the work the greater 
 the cutting strain will be, and the tool supports less able to 
 withstand the strains to be resisted. 
 
 It may be assumed that the same conditions apply to the 
 standards of a common planing machine, but the case is dif- 
 ferent ; the upright framing is easily made strong enough by 
 increasing its depth ; but the strain upon running joints is as 
 the distance from them at which a force is applied, or to employ 
 a technical phrase, as the amount of overhang. With a moving 
 
132 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION, 
 
 platen the larger and heavier a piece to be planed, the more firmly 
 a platen is held down ; and as the cross section of pieces usually 
 increases with their depth, the result is that a planing machine 
 properly constructed will act nearly as well on thick as thin 
 pieces. 
 
 The lifting strain at the front end of a platen is of course in- 
 creased as the height at which the cutting is done above its top, 
 but this has not in practice been found a difficulty of any im- 
 portance, and has not even required extra length or weight of 
 platens beyond what is demanded to receive pieces to be planed 
 and to resist flexion in fastening heavy work. The reversing 
 movement of planing machine platens already alluded to is one 
 of the most complex problems in machine tool movement. 
 
 Platens as a rule run back at twice the forward or cutting 
 movement, and as the motion is uniform throughout each 
 stroke, it requires to be stopped at the extremes by meeting 
 some elastic or yielding resistance which, to use a steam phrase, 
 " cushions " or absorbs the momentum, and starts the platen back 
 for the return stroke. 
 
 This object is attained in planing machines by the friction of 
 the belts, which not only cushions the platen like a spring, but 
 in being shifted opposes a gradually increasing resistance until 
 the momentum is overcome and the motion reversed. By 
 multiplying the movement of the platen with levers or other 
 mechanism, and by reason of the movement that is attained by 
 momentum after the driving power ceases to act, it is found 
 practicable to have a platen ' shift its own belts/ a result that 
 would never have been reached by theoretical deductions, and was 
 no doubt discovered by experiment, like the automatic movement 
 of engine valves is said to have been. 
 
 It is not intended to claim that this platen-reversing motion 
 cannot, like any other mechanical movement, be resolved mathe- 
 matically, but that the mechanical conditions are so obscure and 
 the invention made at a time that warrants the supposition of 
 accidental discovery. 
 
 In the driving gearing of planing machines, conditions which 
 favour the reversing movement are high speed and narrow 
 driving belts. The time in which belts may be shifted is as 
 their speed and width ; to be shifted a belt must be deflected or 
 bent edgewise, and from this cause wind spirally in order to 
 pass from one pulley to another. To bend or deflect a belt edge- 
 
PLANING OR RECIPROCATING MACHINES. 133 
 
 wise there will be required a force in proportion to its width, and 
 the time of passing from one pulley to another is as the number 
 of revolutions made by the pulleys. 
 
 Planing machines of the most improved construction are driven 
 by two belts instead of one, and many mechanical expedients 
 have been adopted to move the belts differentially, so that both 
 should not be on the driving pulley at the same time, but 
 move one before the other in alternate order. This is easily 
 attained by simply arranging the two belts with the distance 
 between them equal to one and one-half or one and three-fourth 
 times the width of the driving pulley. The effect is the same as 
 that accomplished by differential shifting gearing, with the ad- 
 vantage of permitting an adjustment of the relative movement of 
 the belts. 
 
 Another principle in planing machines which deserves notice 
 is the manner of driving carriages or platens ; this is usually 
 performed by means of "spur wheels and a rack. A rack move- 
 ment is smooth enough, and effective enough so far as a mechani- 
 cal connection between the driving gearing and a platen, but 
 there is a difficulty met with from the torsion and elasticity of 
 cross-shafts and a train of reducing gearing. In all other 
 machines for metal cutting, it has been a studied object to have 
 the supports for both the tools and the material as rigid as 
 possible ; but in the common type of planing machines, such as 
 have rack and pinion movement, there is a controversion of this 
 principle, inasmuch as a train of wheels and several cross-shafts 
 constitute a very effective spring between the driving power and 
 the point of cutting, a matter that is easily proved by planing 
 across the teeth of a rack, or the threads of a screw, on a machine 
 arranged with spur wheels and the ordinary reducing gearing. 
 It is true the inertia of a platen is interposed and in a measure 
 overcomes this elasticity, but in no degree that amounts to a 
 remedy. 
 
 A planing machine invented by Mr Bodmer in 1841, and 
 since improved by Mr William Sellers of Philadelphia, is free 
 from this elastic action of the platen, which is moved by a tangent 
 wheel or screw pinion. In Bodmer' s machine the shaft carrying 
 the pinion was parallel to the platen, but in Sellers' machine is set 
 on a shaft with its axis diagonal to the line of the platen move- 
 ment, so that the teeth or threads of the pinion act partly by a 
 screw motion, and partly by a progressive forward movement 
 
134 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 like the teeth of wheels. The rack on the platen of Mr Sellers' 
 machine is arranged with its teeth at a proper angle to balance 
 the friction arising from the rubbing action of the pinion, which 
 angle has been demonstrated as correct at 5, the ordinary co- 
 efficient of friction ; as the pinion-shaft is strongly supported 
 at each side of the pinion, and the thrust of the cutting force 
 falls mainly in the line of the pinion shaft, there is but little if 
 any elasticity, so that the motion is positive and smooth. 
 
 The gearing of these machines is alluded to here mainly for 
 the purpose of calling attention to what constitutes a new and 
 singular mechanical movement, one that will furnish a most 
 interesting study, and deserves a more extended application in 
 producing slow reciprocating motion. 
 
 (1.) Can the driving power be employed directly to shift the belts of a 
 planing machine ? (2.) Why are planing machines generally con- 
 structed with a running carriage instead of running tools'? (3.) What 
 objection exists in employing a train of spur wheels to drive a planing 
 machine carriage 1 (4.) What is gained by shifting the belts of a plan- 
 ing machine differentially ? (5.) What produces the screeching of belts 
 so common with planing machines ? (6.) What conditions favour the 
 shifting of planing machine belts ? 
 
 CHAPTER XXXII. 
 
 SL O TTING MA CHINES. 
 
 SLOTTING machines with vertical cutting movement differ from 
 planing machines in several respects, to which attention may be 
 directed. In slotting, the tools are in most cases held rigidly 
 and do not swing from a pivot as in planing machines. The 
 tools are held rigidly for two reasons ; because the force of 
 gravity cannot be employed to hold them in position at starting, 
 and because the thrust or strain of cutting falls parallel, and not 
 transverse to the tools as in planing. Another difference 
 between slotting and planing is that the cutting movement is 
 performed by the tools and not by movement of the material. 
 The cutting strains are also different, falling at right angles to 
 the face of the table, in the same direction as the force of gravity, 
 
SHAPING MACHINES. 135 
 
 and not parallel to the face of the table, as in planing and 
 shaping machines. 
 
 The feed motion in slotting machines, because of the tools 
 being held rigidly, has to operate differently from that of planing 
 machines. The cross-feed of a planing machine may act during 
 the return stroke, but in slotting machines, the feed movement 
 should take place at the end of the up- stroke, or after the tools 
 are clear of the material ; so much of the stroke as is made 
 during the feeding action is therefore lost; and because of this, 
 mechanism for operating the feed usually has a quick abrupt 
 action so as to save useless movement of the cutter bar. 
 
 The relation between the feeding and cutting motion of 
 reciprocating machines is not generally considered, and forms an 
 interesting problem for investigation. 
 
 (1.) Name some of the differences between planing arid slotting 
 machines. (2.) Why should the feed motion of a slotting machine act 
 abruptly ? (3.) To what class of work are slotting machines especially 
 adapted ? 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIII. 
 
 SHAPING MACHINES. 
 
 SHAPING machines as machine tools occupy a middle place 
 between planing and slotting machines ; their movements cor- 
 respond more to those of slotting machines, while the operation 
 of the tools is the same as in planing. Some of the advantages 
 of shaping over planing machines for certain kinds of work are, 
 because of the greater facilities afforded for presenting and 
 holding small pieces, or those of irregular shape ; the supports or 
 tables having both vertical and horizontal faces to which pieces 
 may be fastened, and the convenience of the mechanism for 
 adjusting and feeding tools. 
 
 Shaping machines are generally provided with adjustable 
 vices, devices for planing circular forms, and other details which 
 cannot be so conveniently employed with planing machines. 
 Another feature of shaping machines is a positive range of the 
 cutting stroke produced by crank motion, which permits tools to 
 
136 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 be stopped with precision at any point ; this admits of planing 
 slots, keyways, and such work as cannot well be performed upon 
 common planing machines. 
 
 Shaping machines are divided into two classes, one modifica- 
 tion with a lateral feed of the tools and cutter bar, technically 
 called " travelling head machines," the other class with a feed 
 motion of the table which supports the work, called table-feeding 
 machines. The first modification is adapted for long pieces to 
 be planed transversely, such as toothed racks, connecting rods, 
 and similar work ; the second class to shorter pieces where much 
 hand adjustment is required. 
 
 An interesting study in connection with modern shaping 
 machines is the principle of various devices called ' quick return ' 
 movements. Such devices consist of various modifications of 
 slotted levers, and what is known as Whitworth's quick return 
 motion. 
 
 The intricacy of the subject renders it a difficult one to deal 
 with except by the aid of diagrams, and as such mechanism may 
 be inspected in almost any machine fitting shop, attention is 
 called to the subject as one of the best that can be chosen for 
 demonstration by diagrams. Problems of these variable speed 
 movements are not only of great interest, but have a practical 
 importance not found in many better known problems which take 
 up time uselessly and have no application in a practical way. 
 
 The remarks, given in a former place, relating to tools for 
 turning, apply to those for planing as well, except that in planing 
 tools greater rigidity and strength are required. 
 
 (1.) Why are shaping machines better adapted than planing machines 
 for planing slots, key-ways, and so on ? (2.) What objects are gained 
 by a quick return motion of the cutter bar of shaping machines ? 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIV. 
 BORING AND DRILLING. 
 
 BORING, as distinguished from drilling, consists in turning out 
 annular holes to true dimensions, while the term drilling is 
 applied to perforating or sinking holes in solid material. In 
 
BORING AND DRILLING. 137 
 
 boring, tools are guided by axial support independent of the 
 bearing of their edges on the material, while in drilling, the 
 cutting edges are guided and supported mainly from their contact 
 with and bearing on the material drilled. 
 
 Owing to this difference in the manner of guiding and 
 supporting the cutting edges, and the advantages of an axial 
 support for tools in boring, it becomes an operation by which 
 the most accurate dimensions are attainable, while drilling is a 
 comparatively imperfect operation ; yet the ordinary conditions 
 of machine fitting are such that nearly all small holes can be 
 drilled with sufficient accuracy. 
 
 Boring may be called internal turning, differing from external 
 turning, because of the tools performing the cutting movement, 
 and in the cut being made on concave instead of convex surfaces ; 
 otherwise there is a close analogy between the operations 
 of turning and boring. Boring is to some extent performed on 
 lathes, either with boring bars or by what is termed chuck- 
 boring, in the latter the material is revolved and the tools 
 are stationary. 
 
 Boring may be divided into three operations as follows : 
 chuck-boring on lathes ; bar-boring, when a boring bar runs on 
 points or centres, and is supported at the ends only ; and bar- 
 boring when a bar is supported in and fed through fixed bear- 
 ings. The principles are different in these operations, each one 
 being applicable to certain kinds of work. A workman who can 
 distinguish bet ween these plans of boring, and can always determine 
 from the nature of a certain work which is the best to adopt, 
 has acquired considerable knowledge of fitting operations. 
 
 Chuck-boring is employed in three cases ; for holes of shallow 
 depth, taper holes, and holes that are screw-threaded. As pieces 
 are overhung in lathe-boring there is not sufficient rigidity 
 neither of the lathe spindle nor of the tools to admit of deep 
 boring. The tools being guided in a straight line, and capable 
 of acting at any angle to the axis of rotation, the facilities for 
 making tapered holes are complete; and as the tools are 
 stationary, and may be instantly adjusted, the same conditions 
 answer for cutting internal screw-threads ; an operation cor- 
 responding to cutting external screws, except that the cross 
 motions of the tool slide are reversed. 
 
 The second plan of boring by means of a bar mounted on 
 points or centres is one by which the greatest accuracy is 
 
138 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 attainable ; it is like chuck-boring a lathe operation, and one 
 for which no better machine than a lathe has been devised, at 
 least for the smaller kinds of work. It is a problem whether in 
 ordinary machine fitting there is not a gain by performing all 
 boring in this manner whenever the rigidity of boring bars is 
 sufficient without auxiliary supports, arid when the bars can 
 pass through the work. Machines arranged for this kind of 
 boring can be employed in turning or boring as occasion may 
 require. 
 
 When a tool is guided by turning on points, the movement is 
 perfect, and the straightness or parallelism of holes bored in this 
 manner is dependent only on the truth of the carriage move- 
 ment. This plan of boring is employed for small steam 
 cylinders, cylindrical valve seats, and in cases where accuracy is 
 essential. 
 
 The third plan of boring with bars resting in bearings is more 
 extensively practised, and has the largest range of adaptation. 
 A feature of this plan of boring is that the form of the boring- 
 bar, or any imperfection in its bearings, is communicated to the 
 work ; a want of straightness in the bar makes tapering holes. 
 This, of course, applies to cases where a bar is fed through fixed 
 bearings placed at one or both ends of a hole to be bored. If 
 a boring-bar is bent, or out of truth between its bearings, the 
 diameter of the hole being governed by the extreme sweep of the 
 cutters is untrue to the same extent, because as the cutters move 
 along and come nearer to the bearings, the bar runs with more 
 truth, forming a tapering hole diminishing toward the rests or 
 bearings. The same rule applies to some extent in chuck-boring, 
 the form of the lathe spindle being communicated to holes bored ; 
 but lathe spindles are presumed to be quite perfect compared 
 with boring bars. 
 
 The prevailing custom of casting machine frames in one piece, 
 or in as few pieces as possible, leads to a great deal of bar-boring, 
 most of which can be performed accurately enough by boring 
 bars supported in and fed through bearings. By setting up 
 temporary bearings to support boring-bars, and improvising means 
 of driving and feeding, most of the boring on machine frames can 
 be performed on floors or sole plates and independent of boring 
 machines and lathes. There are but few cases in which the im- 
 portance of studying the principles of tool action is more clearly 
 demonstrated than in this matter of boring ; even long practical 
 
BORING AND DRILLING. 139 
 
 experience seldom leads to a thorough understanding of the 
 various problems which it involves. 
 
 Drilling differs in principle from almost every other operation 
 in metal cutting. The tools, instead of being held and directed 
 by guides or spindles, are supported mainly by the bearing of the 
 cutting edges against the material. 
 
 A common angular-pointed drill is capable of withstanding a 
 greater amount of strain upon its edges, and rougher use than 
 any other cutting implement employed in machine fitting. The 
 rigid support which the edges receive, and the tendency to press 
 them to the centre, instead of to tear them away as with other 
 tools, allows drills to be used when they are imperfectly shaped, 
 improperly tempered, and even when the cutting edges are of 
 unequal length. 
 
 Most of the difficulties which formerly pertained to drilling 
 are now removed by machine-made drills which are manufactured 
 and sold as an article of trade. Such drills do not require 
 dressing and tempering or fitting to size after they are in use, 
 make true holes, are more rigid than common solid shank drills, 
 and will drill to a considerable depth without clogging. 
 
 A drilling machine, adapted to the usual requirements of a 
 machine fitting establishment, consists essentially of a spindle ar- 
 ranged to be driven at various speeds, with a movement for 
 feeding the drills ; a firm table set at right angles to the spindle, 
 and arranged with a vertical adjustment to or from the spindle, and 
 a compound adjustment in a horizontal plane. The simplicity 
 of the mechanism required to operate drilling tools is such that 
 it has permitted various modifications, such as column drills, 
 radial drills, suspended drills, horizontal drills, bracket drills, 
 multiple drills, and others. 
 
 Drilling, more than any other operation in metal cutting, re- 
 quires the sense of feeling, and is farther from such conditions as 
 admit of power feeding. The speed at which a drill may cut 
 without heating or breaking is dependent upon the manner in 
 which it is ground and the nature of the material drilled, the 
 working conditions may change at any moment as the drilling 
 progresses ; so that hand feed is most suitable. Drilling machines 
 arranged with power feed for boring should have some means of 
 permanently disengaging the feeding mechanism to prevent its 
 use in ordinary drilling. 
 
 I am well aware how far this opinion is at variance with prac- 
 
140 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 tice, especially in England ; yet careful observation in a workshop 
 will prove that power feed in ordinary drilling effects no saving 
 of time or expense. 
 
 (1.) What is the difference between boring and drilling ? (2.) Why 
 will drills endure more severe use than other tools ? (3.) Why is hand 
 feeding best suited for drills? (4.) What is the difference between 
 boring with a bar supported on centres and one fed through journal 
 bearings ? 
 
 CHAPTER XXXV. 
 
 MILLING. 
 
 MILLING relates to metal cutting with serrated rotary cutters, and 
 differs in many respects from either planing or turning. The move- 
 ment of the cutting edges can be more rapid than with tools which 
 act continuously, because the edges are cooled during the intervals 
 between each cut ; that is, if a milling tool has twenty teeth, any 
 single tooth or edge acts only from a fifteenth to a twentieth 
 part of the time ; and as the cutting distance or time of cutting is 
 rarely long enough to generate much heat, the speed of such tools 
 may be one-half greater than for turning, drilling, or planing 
 tools. Another distinction between milling and other tools is the 
 perfect and rigid manner in which the cutting edges are supported ; 
 they are short and blunt, besides being usually carried on short 
 rigid mandrils. A result of this rigid support of the tools is seen 
 in the length of the cutting edges that can be employed, which 
 are sometimes four inches or more in length. It is true the 
 amount of material cut away in milling is much less than the 
 edge movement will indicate when compared with turning or 
 planing ; yet the displacing capacity of a milling machine exceeds 
 that of either a lathe or a planing machine. Theoretically the 
 cutting or displacing capacity of any metal or wood cutting 
 machine, is as the length of the edges multiplied into the speed 
 of their cutting movement ; a rule which applies very uniformly 
 in wood cutting, and also in metal cutting within certain limits ; 
 but the strains that arise in metal cutting are so great that they 
 may exceed all means of resisting them either in the material 
 acted upon, or in the means of supporting tools, so that the length 
 
MILLING. 141 
 
 of cutting edges is limited. In turning chilled rolls at Pittsburg, 
 tools to six inches wide are employed, and the effect produced is 
 as the length of the edge ; but the depth of the cut is slight, and 
 the operation is only possible because of the extreme rigidity of 
 the pieces turned, and the tools being supported without movabte 
 joints as in common lathes. 
 
 Under certain conditions a given quantity of soft iron or steel 
 may be cut away at less expense, and with greater accuracy, by 
 milling than by any other process. 
 
 A milling tool with twenty edges should represent as much 
 wearing capacity as a like number of separate tools, and may 
 be said to equal twenty duplicate tools ; hence, in cutting grooves, 
 notches, or similar work, a milling tool is equivalent to a large 
 number of duplicate single tools, which cannot be made or set 
 with the same truth ; so that milling secures accuracy and duplica- 
 tion, objects which are in many cases more important than speed. 
 
 Milling, as explained, being a more rapid process than either 
 planing or turning, it seems strange that so few machines of this 
 kind are employed in engineering shops. This points to some 
 difficulty to be contended with in milling, which is not altogether 
 apparent, because economic reasons would long ago have led to a 
 more extended use of milling processes, if the results were as 
 profitable as the speed of cutting indicates. This is, however, 
 not the case, except on certain kinds of material, and only for 
 certain kinds of work. 
 
 The advantages gained by milling, as stated, are speed, 
 duplication, and accuracy ; the disadvantages are the expense of 
 preparing tools and their perishability. 
 
 A solid milling cutter must be an accurately finished piece of 
 work, made with more precision than can be expected in the 
 work it is to perform. This accuracy cannot be attained by 
 ordinary processes, because such tools, when tempered, are liable 
 to become distorted in shape, and frequently break. When 
 hardened they must be finished by grinding processes, if intended 
 for any accurate work ; in fact, no tools, except gauging imple- 
 ments, involve more expense to prepare, and none are so liable 
 to accident when in use. 
 
 Such tools consist of a combination of cutting edges, all of 
 which may be said to depend on each one ; because if one breaks, 
 the next in order will have a double duty to perform, and will 
 
142 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 soon follow a reversal of the old adage, that ' union is strength,' 
 if by strength is meant endurance. 
 
 In planing and turning, the tools require no exact form ; they 
 can be roughly made, except the edge, and even this, in most 
 cfises, is shaped by the eye. Such tools are maintained at a 
 trifling expense, and the destruction of an edge is a matter of no 
 consequence. The form, temper, and strength can be continu- 
 ally adapted to the varying conditions of the work and the hard- 
 ness of material. The line of division between planing and 
 milling is fixed by two circumstances the hardness and uni- 
 formity of the material to be cut, and the importance of duplica- 
 tion. Brass, clean iron, soft steel, or any homogeneous metal 
 not hard enough to cause risk to the tools, can be milled at less 
 expense than planed, provided there is enough work of a uniform 
 character to justify the expense of milling tools. Cutting the 
 teeth of wheels is an example where milling is profitable, but not 
 to the extent generally supposed. In the manufacture of small 
 arms, sewing machines, clocks, and especially watches, where 
 there is a constant and exact duplication of parts, milling is in- 
 dispensable. Such manufactures are in some cases founded on 
 milling operations, as will be pointed out in another chapter. 
 
 Milling tools large enough to admit of detachable cutters being 
 employed, are not so expensive to maintain as solid tools. Edge 
 movement can sometimes be multiplied in this way, so as to 
 greatly exceed what a single tool will perform. 
 
 Milling tools are employed at Crewe for roughing out the slots 
 in locomotive crank axles. A number of detachable tools are 
 mounted on a strong disc, so that four to six will act at one 
 time ; in this way the displacement exceeds what a lathe can 
 perform when acting continuously with two tools. Kotary planing 
 machines constructed on the milling principle, have been tried 
 for plane surfaces, but with indifferent success, except for rough 
 work. 
 
 There is nothing in the construction or operation of milling 
 machines but what will be at once understood by a learner who 
 sees them in operation. The whole intricacy of the process lies 
 in its application or economic value, and but very few, even 
 among the most skilled, are able in all cases to decide w r hen 
 milling can be employed to advantage. Theoretical conclusions, 
 aside from practical experience, will lead one to suppose that 
 
SCREW-CUTTING. 143 
 
 milling can be applied in nearly all kinds of work, an opinion 
 which has in many cases led to serious mistakes. 
 
 (1.) If milling tools operate faster than planing or turning tools, why 
 are they not more employed? (2) How may the effect produced by 
 cutting tools generally be computed ? (3.) To what class of work are 
 milling machines especially suited 1 (4.) Why do milling processes 
 produce more accurate dimensions than are attainable by turning or 
 planing 1 (5.) Why can some branches of manufacture be said to 
 depend on milling processes 1 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVI. 
 SCJRE W-CUTTING. 
 
 THE tools employed for cutting screw threads constitute a sepa- 
 rate class among the implements of a fitting shop, and it is 
 considered best to notice them separately. 
 
 Screw-cutting is divided into two kinds, one where the blanks 
 or pieces to be threaded are supported on centres, the tools held 
 and guided independently of their bearing at the cutting edges, 
 called chasing ; the other process is where the blanks have no 
 axial support, and are guided only by dies or cutting tools, called 
 die-cutting. 
 
 The first of these operations includes all threading processes 
 performed on lathes, whether with a single tool, by dies carried 
 positively by slide rests, or by milling. 
 
 The second includes what is called threading in America and 
 screwing in England. Machines for this purpose consist 
 essentially of mechanism to rotate either the blank to be cut or 
 the dies, and devices for holding and presenting the blanks. 
 
 Chasing produces screws true with respect to their axis, and is 
 the common process of threading all screws which are to have a 
 running motion in use, either of the screw itself, or the nut. 
 
 Die-cutting produces screws which may not be true, but are 
 still sufficiently accurate for most uses, such as clamping and 
 joining together the parts of machinery or other work. 
 
 Chasing operations being lathe work, and involving no 
 principles not already noticed, what is said further will be in 
 reference to die-cutting or bolt-threading machines, which, 
 
144 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 simple as they may appear to the unskilled, involve, neverthe- 
 less many intricacies which will not appear upon superficial 
 examination. 
 
 Screw- cutting machines may be divided into modifications as 
 follows : (1) Machines with running dies mounted in what is 
 called the head ; ( 2) Machines with fixed dies, in which motion 
 is given to the rod or blank to be threaded ; ( 3) Machines with 
 expanding dies which open and release the screws when finished 
 without running back ; (4) Machines with solid dies, in which 
 the screws have to be withdrawn by changing the motion of the 
 driving gearing ; making in all four different types. 
 
 If these various plans of arranging screw-cutting machines had 
 reference to different kinds of work, it might be assumed that all 
 of them are correct, but they are as a rule all applied to the same 
 kind of work ; hence it is safe to conclude that there is one arrange- 
 ment better than the rest, or that one plan is right and the others 
 wrong. This matter may in some degree be determined by 
 following through the conditions of use and application. 
 
 Between a running motion of the dies, or a running motion of 
 the blanks, there are the following points which may be noticed. 
 
 If dies are fixed, the clamping mechanism to hold the rods 
 has to run with the spindle ; such machines must be stopped 
 while fastening the rods or blanks. Clamping jaws are usually 
 as little suited for rotation on a spindle as dies are, and gener- 
 ally afford more chances for obstruction and accident. To 
 rotate the rods, if they are long, they must pass through the 
 driving spindle, because machines cannot well be made of 
 sufficient length to receive long rods. In machines of this class, 
 the dies have to be opened and closed by hand instead of by the 
 driving power, which can be employed for the purpose when the 
 dies are mounted in a running head. 
 
 With running dies, blanks may be clamped when a machine is 
 in motion, and as the blank does not revolve, it may, when long, 
 be supported in any temporary manner. The dies can be opened 
 and closed by the driving power also, and no stopping of a 
 'machine is necessary \ so that several advantages of considerable 
 importance may be gained by mounting the dies in a running 
 head, a plan which has been generally adopted in late years by 
 machine tool makers both in England and America. 
 
 In respect to the difference between expanding and solid dies 
 it consists mainly in the time required to run back, and the 
 
STANDARD MEASURES. 145 
 
 injury to dies which this operation occasions. Uniformity of size 
 is within certain limits insured by solid dies, but they are more 
 liable to derangement and less easy to repair than expanding or 
 independent dies. 
 
 Another difference between solid and expanding dies, which 
 may be pointed out, is in the firmness with which the cutting 
 edges are held. With a solid die, the edges or teeth being all 
 combined in one solid piece, are firmly held in a fixed position ; 
 while with expanding dies their position has to be maintained by 
 mechanical devices which are liable to yield under the pressure 
 which arises in cutting. The result is, that the precision with 
 which a screwing machine with movable dies will act, is depen- 
 dent upon the strength of the * abutment ' behind the dies, 
 which should be a hard unyielding surface with as much area 
 as possible. 
 
 Connected with screw dies, there are various problems, such 
 as clearance behind the cutting edge ; whether an odd or even 
 number of edges are bestj how many threads require to be 
 bevelled at the starting point ; and many other matters about 
 which there are no determined rules. The diversity of opinion 
 that will be met with on these points, and in reference to taps, 
 the form of screw-threads, and so on, will convince a learner of 
 the intricacies in this apparently simple matter of cutting screw- 
 threads. 
 
 (1.) Describe the different modifications of screw- cutting machines. 
 (2.) What is gained by revolving the dies instead of the rods ? (3.) 
 What is gained by expanding dies ? (4.) What is the difference be- 
 tween screws cut by chasing and those cut on a screw-cutting machine I 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVII. 
 
 STANDARD MEASURES. 
 
 MACHINES are composed of parts connected together by rigid and 
 movable joints ; rigid joints are necessary because of the expense, 
 and in most cases the impossibility, of constructing framing and 
 other fixed detail in one piece. 
 
 K 
 
146 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 All moving parts must of course be independent of fixed 
 parts, the relation between the two being maintained by what 
 has been called running joints. 
 
 It is evident that when the parts of a machine are joined to- 
 gether, each piece which has contact on more than one side must 
 have specific dimensions ; it is farther evident that as many of the 
 joints in a machine as are to accommodate the exigencies of con- 
 struction must be without space, that is, they represent continued 
 sections of what should be solid material, if it were possible to 
 construct the parts in that manner. This also demands specific 
 dimensions. 
 
 In arranging the details of machines, it is impossible to have 
 a special standard of dimensions for each case, or even for each 
 shop ; the dimensions employed are therefore made to conform 
 to some general standard, which by custom becomes known 
 and familiar to workmen and to a country, or as we may now 
 say to all countries. 
 
 A standard of lineal measures, however, cannot be taken from 
 one country to another, or even transferred from one shop to an- 
 other without the risk of variation ; and it is therefore necessary 
 that such a standard be based upon something in nature to which 
 reference can be made in cases of doubt. 
 
 In ages past, various attempts were made to find some constant 
 in nature on which measures could be based. Some of these 
 attempts were ludicrous, and all of them failures, until the vibra- 
 tions of a pendulum connected length and space with time. The 
 problem was then more easy. The changes of seasons and the 
 movement of heavenly bodies had established measures of time, 
 so that days, hours, and minutes became constants, proved and 
 maintained by the unerring laws of nature. 
 
 A pendulum vibrating in uniform time regardless of distance, 
 but always as its length, if arranged to perform one vibration 
 in a given time, gave a constant measure of length. Thus 
 lineal measure comes from time ; cubic or solid measures from 
 lineal measure, and standards of weight from the same source ; 
 because when a certain quantity of a substance of any kind could 
 be determined by lineal measurement, and this quantity was 
 weighed, a standard of weight would be reached, provided there 
 was some substance sufficiently uniform, to which reference 
 could be made in different countries. Such a substance is sea 
 or pure water ; weighed in vacuo, or with the air at an assumed 
 
GAUGING IMPLEMENTS. 147 
 
 density, water gives a result constant enough for a standard of 
 weight. 
 
 It is a strange thought that with all the order, system, and 
 regularity, existing in nature, there is nothing but the move- 
 ments of the heavenly bodies constant enough to form a base for 
 gauging tests. The French standard based upon the calculated 
 length of the meridian may be traced to this source". 
 
 Nothing animate or inanimate in nature is uniform ; plants, 
 trees, animals, are all different ; even the air we breathe and the 
 temperature around us is constantly changing ; only one thing 
 is constant, that is time, and to this must we go for all our 
 standards. 
 
 I am not aware that the derivation of our standard measures 
 has been, in an historical way, as the foregoing remarks will indi- 
 cate, nor is it the purpose here to follow such history. A 
 reader, whose attention is directed to the subject, will find no 
 trouble in tracing the matter from other sources. The present 
 object is to show what a wonderful series of connections can be 
 traced from so simple a tool as a measuring gauge, and how 
 abstruse, in fact, are many apparently simple things, often re- 
 garded as not worth a thought beyond their practical application. 
 
 (1.) Why are machine frames constructed in sections, instead of 
 being in one piece? (2.) Why must parts which have contact on 
 opposite sides have specific dimensions ? (3.) What are standards of 
 measure based upon in England, America, and France? (4.) How 
 can weight be measured by time ? (5.) Has the French metre provel 
 a standard admitting of test reference ? 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVIII. 
 
 GAUGING IMPLEMENTS. 
 
 AMONG the improvements in machine fitting which have in recent 
 years come into general use, is the employment of standard 
 gauges, by means of which uniform dimensions are maintained, 
 and within certain limits, an interchange of the parts of 
 machinery is rendered possible. 
 
 Standard gauging implements were introduced about the year 
 
148 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 1840, by tlie celebrated Swiss engineer, John G. Bodmer, a man 
 \vho for many reasons deserves to be considered as the founder of 
 machine tool manufacture. He not only employed gauges in his 
 works to secure duplicate dimensions, but also invented and 
 put in use many other reforms in manipulation ; among these 
 may be mentioned the decimal or metrical division of measures, 
 a system of detail drawings classified by symbols, the mode of 
 calculating wheels by diametric pitch, with many other things 
 which characterise the best modern practice. 
 
 The importance of standard dimensions, and the effect which a 
 system of gauging may have in the construction of machines, 
 will be a matter of some difficulty for a learner to understand. 
 The interchangeability of parts, which is the immediate object 
 in employing gauges, is plain enough, and some of the advantages 
 at once apparent, yet the ultimate effects of such a system 
 extend much farther than will at first be supposed. 
 
 The division of labour, that system upon which we may say 
 our great industrial interests are founded, is in machine fitting 
 promoted in a wonderful degree by the use of gauging imple- 
 ments. If standard dimensions can be maintained, it is easy to 
 see that the parts of a machine can be constructed by different 
 workmen, or in different shops, and these parts when assembled 
 all fit together, without that tedious and uncertain plan of try- 
 fitting which was once generally practised. There are, it is true, 
 certain kinds of fitting which cannot well be performed by 
 gauges ; moving flat surfaces, such as the bearings of lathe 
 slides or the faces of steam engine valves, are sooner and better 
 fitted by trying them together and scraping off the points of 
 contact ; but even in such cases the character of the work will be 
 improved, if one or both surfaces have been first levelled by 
 gauging or surface plates. 
 
 In cylindrical fitting, which as before pointed out, constitutes 
 the greater part in machine fitting, gauges are especially impor- 
 tant, because trial-fitting is in most cases impossible. 
 
 Flat or plane joints nearly always admit of adjustment between 
 the fitted surfaces ; that is, the material scraped or ground away 
 in fitting can be compensated by bringing the pieces nearer 
 together; but parallel cylindrical joints cannot even be tried 
 together until finished, consequently, there can be nothing 
 cut away in trying them together. Tapering, or conical joints, 
 can of course be trial-fitted, and even parallel fits are sometimes 
 
GAUGING IMPLEMENTS. 149 
 
 made by trial, but it is evident that the only material that can 
 be cut away in such cases, is what makes the difference between 
 a fit too close, and one which will answer in practice. 
 
 As to the practical results which may be attained by a 
 gauging system, it may be said that they are far in advance of 
 what is popularly supposed, especially in Europe, where gauges 
 were first employed. 
 
 The process of milling, which has been so extensively adopted 
 in the manufacture of guns, watches, sewing-machines, and 
 similar work in America, has, on principles explained in the 
 chapter on milling, enabled a system of gauging which it is difficult 
 to comprehend without seeing the processes carried on. And so 
 important is the effect due to this duplicating or gauging 
 system, that several important branches of manufacture have 
 been controlled in this way, when other elements of production, 
 such as the price of labour, rent, interest, and so on, have been 
 greatly in favour of countries where the trying system is 
 practised. 
 
 As remarked, the gauging system is particularly adapted to, 
 or enabled by milling processes, and of course must have its 
 greatest effect in branches of work directed to the production of 
 uniform articles, such as clocks, watches, sewing-machines, guns, 
 hand tools, and so on. That is, the direct effect on the cost of 
 processes will be more apparent and easily understood in such 
 branches of manufacture ; yet in general engineering work, where 
 each machine is more or less modified, and made to special 
 plans, the commercial gain resulting from the use of gauges is 
 considerable. 
 
 In respect to repairing alone, the consideration of having the 
 parts of machinery fitted to standard sizes is often equal to its 
 whole value. 
 
 Machinery subjected to destructive wear, and to be operated 
 at a distance from machine shops locomotive engines for 
 example if not constructed with standard dimensions, may, by 
 the detention due to repairing, cause a loss and inconvenience 
 equal to their value ; if a shaft wheel bearing, or even a fitted 
 screw bolt is broken, time must be allowed to make the parts 
 new ; and in order to fit them, the whole machine, or such of its 
 details as have connection with the broken parts, must be taken 
 to a shop in order to fit by trial. 
 
 The duplicate system has gradually made its way in loco- 
 
150 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 motive engineering, and will no doubt extend to the whole of 
 railway equipment, as constants for dimensions are proved and 
 agreed upon. 
 
 The gauging system has been no little retarded by a selfish 
 and mistaken opinion that an engineering establishment may 
 maintain peculiar standards of its own ; in fact, relics of this 
 spirit are yet to be met with in old machines, where the pitch of 
 screw-threads has been made to fractional parts of an inch, so 
 that engineers, other than the original makers, could not well per- 
 form repairing, or replace broken parts. 
 
 One of the effects of employing gauges in machine fitting is 
 to inspire confidence in workmen. Instead of a fit being regarded 
 as a mysterious result more the work of chance than design, men 
 accustomed to gauges come to regard precision as something both 
 attainable and indispensable. A learner, after examining a set 
 of well fitted cylindrical gauges, will form a new conception of 
 what a fit is, and will afterwards have a new standard fixed in 
 his mind. 
 
 The variation of dimensions which are sensible to the touch 
 at one ten- thousandth part of an inch, furnishes an example of how 
 important the human senses are even after the utmost precision 
 attainable by machine action. Pieces may pass beneath the 
 cutters of a milling machine under conditions, which so far as 
 machinery avails will produce uniform sizes, yet there is no 
 assurance of the result until the work is felt by gauges. 
 
 The eye fails to detect variations in size, even by comparison, 
 long before we reach the necessary precision in common fitting. 
 Even by comparison with figured scales or measuring with rules, 
 the difference between a proper and a spoiled fit is not discern- 
 ible by sight. 
 
 Many of the most accurate measurements are, however, per- 
 formed by sight, with vernier calipers for example, the variation 
 being multiplied hundreds or thousands of times by mechanism, 
 until the least differences can be readily seen. 
 
 In multiplying the variations of a measuring implement by 
 mechanism, it is obvious that movable joints must be employed ; it 
 is also obvious that no positive joint, whether cylindrical or fiat, 
 could be so accurately fitted as to transmit such slight movement 
 as occurs in gauging or measuring. This difficulty is in most 
 measuring instruments overcome by employing a principle not 
 
GAUGING IMPLEMENTS. 151 
 
 before alluded to, but common in many machines, that of elastic 
 compensation. 
 
 A pair of spring calipers will illustrate this principle. The 
 points are always steady, because the spring acting continually in 
 one direction compensates the loose play that may be in the 
 screw. In a train of tooth wheels there is always more or less 
 play between the teeth ; and unless the wheels always revolve in 
 one direction, and have some constant resistance offered to their 
 motion, ' backlash ' or irregular movement will take place ; but 
 if there is some constant and uniform resistance such as a spring 
 would impart, a train of wheels will transmit the slightest motion 
 throughout. 
 
 The extreme nicety with which gauging implements are fitted 
 seems at first thought to be unnecessary, but it must be remem- 
 bered that a cylindrical joint in ordinary machine fitting involves 
 a precision almost beyond the sense of feeling, and that any 
 sensible variation in turning gauges is enough to spoil a fit. 
 
 Opposed to the maintenance of standard dimensions are the 
 variations in size due to temperature. This difficulty applies alike 
 to gauging implements and to parts that are to be tested ; yet in 
 this, as in nearly every phenomenon connected with matter, we 
 have succeeded in turning it to some useful purpose. Bands of 
 iron, such as the tires of wheels when heated, can be * shrunk ' on, 
 and a compressive force and" security attained, which would be 
 impossible by forcing the parts together both at the same 
 temperature. Shrinking has, however, been almost entirely 
 abandoned for such joints as can be accurately fitted. 
 
 (1.) How may gauging implements affect the division of labour ? 
 (2.) In what way does standard dimensions affect the value of machinery ? 
 (3.) Why cannot cylindrical joints be fitted by trying them together ? 
 (4.) Under what circumstances is it most important that the parts of 
 machinery should have standard dimensions? (5.) Which sense is 
 n.ost acute in testing accurate dimensions 1 (6.) How may slight varia- 
 tions in dimensions be made apparent to sight ? 
 
152 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIX. 
 
 DESIGNING MACHINES. 
 
 IT will scarcely be expected that any part of the present work, 
 intended mainly for apprentice engineers, should relate to de- 
 signing machines, yet there is no reason why the subject should 
 not to some extent be treated of; it is one sure to engage more 
 or less attention from learners, and the study of designing 
 machines, if properly directed, cannot fail to be of advantage. 
 
 There is, perhaps, no one who has achieved a successful ex- 
 perience as an engineer but will acknowledge the advantages 
 derived from early efforts to generate original designs, and 
 none who will not admit that if their first efforts had been 
 more carefully directed, the advantages gained would have been 
 greater. 
 
 It is exceedingly difficult for an apprentice engineer, without 
 experimental knowledge, to choose plans for his own education, 
 or to determine the best way of pursuing such plans when they 
 have been chosen ; and there is nothing that consumes so much 
 time, or is more useless than attempting to make original designs, 
 if there is not some systematic method followed. 
 
 There is but little object in preparing designs, when their 
 counterparts may already exist, so that in making original plans, 
 there should be a careful research as to what has been already 
 done in the same line. It is not only discouraging, but annoying, 
 after studying a design with great care, to find that it has been 
 anticipated, and that the scheme studied out has been one of 
 reproduction only. For this reason, attempts to design should at 
 first be confined to familiar subjects, instead of venturing upon 
 unexplored ground. 
 
 Designing is in many respects the same thing as invention, 
 except that it deals more with mechanism than principles, although 
 it may, and often does include both. Like invention, designing 
 should always be attempted for the attainment of some definite 
 object laid down at the beginning, and followed persistently 
 throughout. 
 
 It is not always an easy matter to hit upon an object to which 
 designs may be directed ; and although at first thought it may 
 seem that any machine, or part of a machine, is capable of im- 
 
DESIGNING MACHINES. 153 
 
 provement, it will be found no easy matter to detect existing 
 i'aults or to conceive plans for their remedy. 
 
 A new design should be based upon one of two suppositions 
 either that existing mechanism is imperfect in its construction, or 
 that it lacks functions which a new design may supply ; and if 
 those who spend their time in making plans for novel machinery 
 would stop to consider this from the beginning, it would save no 
 little of the time wasted in what may be called scheming without 
 a purpose. 
 
 After determining the ultimate objects of an improvement, 
 and laying down the general principles which should be followed 
 in the preparation of a design, there is nothing connected with 
 constructive engineering that can be more nearly brought within 
 general rules than arranging details. I am well aware of how 
 far this statement is at variance with popular opinion among 
 mechanics, and of the very thorough knowledge of machine 
 application and machine operation required in making designs, 
 and mean that there are certain principles and rules which may 
 determine the arrangement and distribution of material, the 
 position and relation of moving parts, bearings, and so on, and 
 that a machine may be built up with no more risk of mistakes 
 than in erecting a permanent structure. 
 
 Designing machines must have reference to adaptation, endur- 
 ance, and the expense of construction. Adaptation includes the 
 performance of machinery, its commercial value, or what the 
 machinery may earn in operating; endurance, the time that 
 machines may operate without being repaired, and the constancy 
 of their performance; expense, the investment represented in 
 machinery. 
 
 The adaptation, endurance, and cost of machines in designing 
 become resolved into problems of movements, the arrangement of 
 parts, and proportions. 
 
 Movements and strains may be called two of the leading con- 
 ditions upon which designs for machines are based: movements 
 determine general dimensions, and strains determine the propor- 
 tions and sizes of particular parts. Movement and strain together 
 determine the nature and area of bearings or bearing surfaces. 
 
 The range and speed of movement of the parts of machines are 
 elements in designing that admit of a definite determination from 
 the work to be accomplished, but arrangement cannot be so 
 
154 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 determined, and is the most difficult to find data for. To sum 
 up these propositions we have : 
 
 1. A conception of certain functions in a machine, and some 
 definite object which it is to accomplish. 
 
 2. Plans of adaptation and arrangement of the component 
 parts of the machinery, or organisation as it may be called. 
 
 3. A knowledge of specific conditions, such as strains, the 
 range and rate of movements, and so on. 
 
 4. Proportions of the various parts, including the framing, 
 bearing surfaces, shafts, belts, gearing, and other details. 
 
 5. Symmetry of appearance, which is often more the result of 
 obvious adaptation than ornamentation. 
 
 To illustrate the practical application of what has preceded, 
 let it be supposed, for example, that a machine is to be made for 
 cutting teeth in iron racks J in. pitch and 3 in. face, and that a 
 design is to be prepared without reference to such machines as 
 may already be in use for the purpose. 
 
 It is not assumed that an actual design can be made which by 
 words alone will convey a comprehensive idea of an organised ma- 
 chine; it is intended to map out a course which will illustrate a plan 
 of reasoning most likely to attain a successful result in such cases. 
 
 The reader, in order to better understand what is said, may 
 keep in mind a common shaping machine with crank motion, a 
 machine which nearly fills the requirements for cutting tooth 
 racks. 
 
 Having assumed a certain work to do, the cutting of tooth 
 racks J in. pitch, and 3 in. face, the first thing to be considered 
 will be, is the machine to be a special one, or one of general 
 adaptation ? This question has to do, first, with the functions 
 of the machine in the way of adapting it to the cutting of racks 
 of various sizes, or to performing other kinds of work, and 
 secondly, as to the completeness of the machine; for if it were 
 to be a standard one, instead of being adapted only to a special 
 purpose, there are many expensive additions to be supplied which 
 can be omitted in a special machine. It will be assumed in the 
 present case that a special machine is to be constructed for 
 a particular duty only. 
 
 The work to be performed consists in cutting away the metal 
 between the teeth of a rack, leaving a perfect outline for the teeth ; 
 and as the shape of teeth cannot well be obtained by an adjust- 
 ment of tools, it must be accomplished by the shape of the tools. 
 
DESIGNING MACHINES. 155 
 
 The shape of the tools must, therefore, be constantly maintained, 
 and as the cross section of the displaced metal is not too great, it 
 may be assumed that the shape of the tools should be a profile 
 of the whole space between two teeth, and such a space be cut 
 away at one setting or one operation. By the application of 
 certain rules laid down in a former place in reference to cutting 
 various kinds of material, reciprocating or planing tools may be 
 chosen instead of rotary or milling tools. 
 
 Movements come next in order, and consist of a reciprocating 
 cutting movement of the tools or material, a feed movement to 
 regulate the cutting action, and a longitudinal movement of the 
 rack, graduated to pitch or space, the distance between the teeth. 
 
 The reciprocating cutting movement being but four inches or 
 less, a crank is obviously the best means to produce this motion, 
 and as the movement is transverse to the rack, which may be 
 long and unwieldy, it is equally obvious that the cutting motion 
 should be performed by the tools instead of the rack. 
 
 The feed adjustment of the tool being intermittent and the 
 amount of cutting continually varying, this movement should be 
 performed by hand, so as to be controlled at will by the sense of 
 feeling. The same rule applies to the adjustment of the rack 
 for spacing ; being intermittent and irregular as to time, this 
 movement should also be performed by hand. The speed of the 
 cutting movement is known from ordinary practice to be from 
 sixteen feet to twenty feet a minute, and a belt two and a half 
 inches wide must move two hundred feet a minute to propel an 
 ordinary metal cutting tool, so that the crank movement or cutter 
 movement must be increased by gearing until a proper speed of 
 the belt is reached j from this the speed of intermediate movers 
 will be found. 
 
 Arrangement comes next in this the first matter to be con- 
 sidered is convenience of manipulation. The cutting position 
 should be so arranged as to admit of an easy inspection of the 
 work. An operator having to keep his hand on the adjusting or 
 feed mechanism, which is about twelve inches above the work, 
 it follows that if the cutting level is four feet from the floor, and 
 the feed handle five feet from the floor, the arrangement will be 
 convenient for a standing position. As the work requires con- 
 tinual inspection and hand adjustments, it will for this reason 
 be a proper arrangement to overhang both the supports for the 
 rack and the cutting tools, placing them, as we may say, outside 
 
156 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 the machine, to secure convenience of access and to allow of in- 
 spection. The position of the cutting bar, crank, connections, 
 gearing, pulleys, and shafts, will assume their respective places 
 from obvious conditions, mainly from the position of the opera- 
 tor and the work. 
 
 Next in order are strains. As the cutting action is the source 
 of strains, and as the resistance offered by the cutting tools is as 
 the length or width of the edges, it will be found in the present 
 case that while other conditions thus far have pointed to small 
 proportions, there is now a new one which calls for large propor- 
 tions. In displacing the metal between teeth of three-quarters 
 of an inch pitch, the cutting edge or the amount of surface acted 
 upon is equal to a width of one inch and a half. It is true, the 
 displacement may be small at each cut. but the strain is rather 
 to be based upon the breadth of the acting edge than the actual 
 displacement of metal, and we find here strains equal to the 
 average duty of a large planing machine. This strain radiates 
 from the cutting point as from a centre, falling on the supports of 
 the work with a tendency to force it from the framing. Between 
 the rack and the crank-shaft bearing, through the medium of the 
 tool, cutter bar, connection, and crank pin, and in various direc- 
 tions and degrees, this strain may be followed by means of a 
 simple diagram. Besides this cutting strain, there are none of 
 importance ; the tension of the belt, the side thrust in bearings, 
 the strain from the angular thrust of the crank, and the end 
 thrust of the tool, although not to be lost sight of, need not 
 have much to do with problems of strength, proportion, and 
 arrangement. 
 
 Strains suggest special arrangement, which is quite a distinct 
 matter from general arrangement, the latter being governed 
 mainly by the convenience of manipulation. Special arrangement 
 deals with and determines the shape of framing, following the 
 strains throughout a machine. In the present case we have a 
 cutting strain which may be assumed as equal to one ton, exerted 
 between the bracket or jaws which support the work, and the 
 crank-shaft. It follows that between these two points the metal 
 in the framing should be disposed in as direct a line as possible, 
 and provision be made to resist flexion by deep sections parallel 
 with the cutting motion. 
 
 Lastly, proportions ; having estimated the cutting force re- 
 quired at one ton, although less than the actual strain in a 
 
DESIGNING MACHINES. 157 
 
 machine of this kind, we proceed upon this to fix proportions, 
 beginning with the tool shank, and following back through the 
 adjusting saddle, the cutting bar, connections, crank pins, shafts, 
 and gear wheels to the belt. Starting again at the tool, or point 
 of cutting, following through the supports of the rack, the jaws 
 that clamp it, the saddle for the graduating adjustment, the connec- 
 tions with the main frame, and so on to the crank-shaft bearing 
 a second time, dimensions may be fixed for each piece to with- 
 stand the strains without deflection or danger of breaking. Such 
 proportions cannot, I am aware, be brought within the rules of 
 ordinary practice by relying upon calculation alone to fix them, 
 and no such course is suggested ; calculation may aid, but can- 
 not determine proportions in such cases ; besides, symmetry, 
 which cannot be altogether disregarded, modifies the form and 
 sometimes the dimensions of various parts. 
 
 I have in this way imperfectly indicated a methodical plan of 
 generating a design, as far as words alone will serve, beginning 
 with certain premises based upon a particular work to be per- 
 formed, and then proceeding to consider in consecutive order the 
 general character of the machine, mode of operation, movements 
 and adjustments, general arrangement, strains, special arrange- 
 ment, and proportions. 
 
 With a thorough knowledge of practical machine operation, 
 and an acquaintance with existing practice, an engineer proceed- 
 ing upon such a plan, will, if he does not overlook some of the 
 conditions, be able to generate designs which may remain with- 
 out much modification or change, so long as the purpose to which 
 the machinery is directed remains the same. 
 
 Perseverance is an important trait to be cultivated in first 
 efforts at designing ; it takes a certain amount of study to under- 
 stand any branch of mechanism, no matter what natural capacity 
 may be possessed by a learner. Mechanical operations are not 
 learned intuitively, but are always surrounded by many peculiar 
 conditions which must be learned seriatim, and it is only by an 
 untiring perseverance at one thing that there can be any hope of 
 improving it by new designs. 
 
 A learner who goes from gearing and shafts to steam and 
 hydraulics, from machine tools to cranes and hoisting machinery, 
 will not accomplish much. The best way is to select at first an 
 easy subject, one that admits of a great range of modification, 
 and if possible, one that has not assumed a standard form of 
 
158 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 construction. Bearings and supports for shafts and spindles, is 
 a good subject to begin with. 
 
 In designing supports for shafts the strains are easily defined 
 and followed, while the vertical and lateral adjustment, lubrication 
 of bearings, symmetry of supports and hangers, and so on, will 
 furnish grounds for endless modification, both as to arrangement 
 and mechanism. 
 
 In making designs it is best to employ no references except such 
 as are carried in the memory. The more familiar a person is 
 with machinery of any class, the more able he may be to prepare 
 designs, but not by measuring and referring to other people's 
 plans. Dimensions and arrangement from examples are, by such 
 a course, unconsciously carried into a new drawing, even by the 
 most skilled ; besides, it is by no means a dignified matter to 
 collect other people's plans, and by a little combination and mo- 
 dification produce new designs. It may be an easy plan to acquire 
 a certain kind of proficiency, but will most certainly hinder an 
 engineer from ever rising to the dignity of an original designer. 
 
 Symmetry, as an element in designs for machinery, is one of 
 those unsettled matters which may be determined only in con- 
 nection with particular cases ; it may, however, be said that for 
 ail engineering implements and manufacturing machinery of 
 every kind, there should be nothing added for ornament, or any- 
 thing that has no connection with the functions of the machinery. 
 
 Modern engineers of the abler class are so thoroughly in accord 
 in this matter of ornamentation, both in opinion and practice, that 
 the subject hardly requires to be mentioned, and it will be no 
 disadvantage for a learner to commence by cultivating a contempt 
 for whatever has no useful purpose. Of existing practice it may 
 be said, that in what may be called industrial machinery, the 
 amount of ornamentation is inverse as the amount of engineering 
 skill employed in preparing designs. 
 
 A safe rule will be to assume that machinery mainly used and 
 seen by the skilled should be devoid of ornament, and that 
 machinery seen mainly by the unskilled, or in public, should 
 have some ornament. Steam fire engines, sewing machines, and 
 works of a similar kind, which fall under the inspection of the 
 unskilled, are usually arranged with more or less ornament. 
 
 As a rule, ornament should never be carried further than 
 graceful proportions ; the arrangement of framing should follow 
 as nearly as possible the lines of strain. Extraneous decoration, 
 
INVENTION. 1 59 
 
 such as detached filagree work of iron, or painting in colours, is 
 so repulsive to the taste of the true engineer and mechanic that 
 it is unnecessary to speak against it. 
 
 (1.) Name some of the principal points to be kept in view in preparing 
 designs 1 (2.) Why should attempts at designing be confined to one 
 class of machinery ? (3.) What objection exists to examining references 
 when preparing designs ? 
 
 CHAPTER XL. 
 
 INVENTION. 
 
 THE relation between invention and the engineering arts, and 
 especially between invention and machines, will warrant a short 
 review of the matter here ; or even if this reason were wanting, 
 there is a sufficient one in the fact that one of the first aims of 
 an engineering apprentice is to invent something ; and as the 
 purpose here is, so far as the limits will permit, to say something 
 upon each subject in which a beginner has an interest, invention 
 must not be passed over. 
 
 It has been the object thus far to show that machines, processes, 
 and mechanical manipulation generally may be systematised and 
 generalised to a greater or less extent, and that a failure to 
 reduce mechanical manipulation and machine construction to 
 certain rules and principles can mainly be ascribed to our want of 
 knowledge, and not to any inherent difficulty or condition which 
 prevents such solution. The same proposition is applicable to 
 invention, with the difference that invention, in its true sense, 
 may admit of generalisation more readily than machine processes. 
 
 Invention, as applied to mechanical improvements, should not 
 mean chance discovery. Such a meaning is often, if not generally, 
 attached to the term invention, yet it must be seen that results 
 attained by a systematic course of reasoning or experimenting 
 can have nothing to do with chance or even discovery. Such 
 results partake more of the nature of demonstrations, a name 
 peculiarly suitable for such inventions as are the result of metho- 
 dical purpose 
 
ICO WORKSHOP MANIPULATION, 
 
 In such sciences as rest in any degree upon physical experiment, 
 like chemistry, to experiment without some definite object may 
 be a proper kind of research, and may in the future, as it has in 
 the past, lead to great and useful results ; but in mechanics the 
 case is different ; the demonstration of the conservation of force, 
 and the relation between force arid heat, have supplied the last 
 link in a chain of principles which may be said to comprehend all 
 that we are called upon to deal with in dynamical science, and 
 there remains but little hope of developing anything new or use- 
 ful by discovery alone. The time has been, and has not yet 
 passed away, when even the most unskilled thought their ability 
 to invent improvements in machinery equal with that of an 
 engineer or skilled mechanic ; but this is now changed ; new 
 schemes are weighed and tested by scientific standards, in many 
 cases as reliable as actual experiments. A veil of mystery which 
 ignorance of the physical sciences had in former times thrown 
 around the mechanic arts, has been cleared away ; chance dis- 
 covery, or mechanical superstition, if the term may be allowed, 
 has nearly disappeared. Many modern engineers regard their 
 improvements in machinery as the exercise of their profession 
 only, and hesitate about asking for protective grants to secure an 
 exclusive use of that which another person might and often does 
 demonstrate, as often as circumstances call for such improvement. 
 There are of course new articles of manufacture to be discovered, 
 and many, improvements in machinery which may be proper 
 subject matter for patent rights ; improvements which in all 
 chance would not be made for the term of a patent, except by 
 the inventor ; but such cases are rare ; and it is fair to assume that 
 unless an invention is one which could not have been regularly 
 deduced from existing data, and one that would not in all 
 probability have been made for a long term of years by any other 
 person than the inventor, such an invention cannot in fairness 
 become the property of an individual without infringing the rights 
 of others. 
 
 It is not the intention to discuss patent law, nor even to estimate 
 what benefits have in the past, or may in the future, be gained to 
 technical industry, by the patent system, but to impress engineer- 
 ing apprentices with a better and more dignified appreciation of 
 their calling than to confound it with chance invention, and there- 
 by destroy that confidence in positive results which has in the 
 past characterised mechanical engineering ; also to caution 
 
INVENTION. 
 
 learners against the loss of time and effort too often 
 
 in searching after inventions. ~^?} y> 
 
 It is well for an apprentice to invent or demonstrate all that 
 he can the more the better ; but as explained in a previous- '' 
 place, what is attempted should be according to some system, and 
 with a proper object. Time spent groping in the dark after 
 something of which no definite conception has been formed, or 
 for any object not to fill an ascertained want, is generally time 
 lost. To demonstrate or invent, one should begin methodically, 
 like a bricklayer builds a wall, as he mortars and sets each brick, 
 so should an engineer qualify, by careful study, each piece or 
 movement that is added to a mechanical structure, so that when 
 done, the result may be useful and enduring. 
 
 As remarked, every attempt to generate anything new in 
 machinery should be commenced by ascertaining a want of im- 
 provement. When such a want has been ascertained, attention 
 should be directed first to the principles upon which such want 
 or fault is to be remedied. Proper mechanism can then be sup- 
 plied like the missing links in a chain. Propositions thus stated 
 may fail to convey the meaning intended ; this systematic plan 
 of inventing may be better explained by an example. 
 
 Presuming the reader to remember what was said of steam 
 hammers in another place, and to be familiar with the uses 
 and general construction of such hammers, let it be supposed 
 steam-hammers, with the ordinary automatic valve action, those 
 that give an elastic or steam-cushioned blow, are well known. 
 Suppose further that by analysing the blows given by hammers 
 of this kind, it is demonstrated that dead blows, such as are 
 given when a hammer comes to a full stop in striking, are 
 more effectual in certain kinds of work, and that steam-hammers 
 would be improved by operating on this dead-stroke principle. 
 
 Such a proposition would constitute the first stage of an inven- 
 tion by demonstrating a fault in existing hammers, and a want 
 of certain functions which if added would make an improvement. 
 
 Proceeding from these premises, the first thing should be to 
 examine the action of existing valve gear, to determine where 
 this want of the dead-stroke function can best be supplied, and 
 to gain the aid of such suggestions as existing mechanism may 
 offer, also to see how far the appliances in use may become a part 
 of any new arrangement. 
 
 By examining automatic hammers it will be found that their 
 
 L 
 
] 62 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 valves are connected to the drop by means of links, producing 
 coincident movement of the piston and valve, and that the move- 
 ment of one is contingent upon and governed by the other. It 
 will also be found that these connections or links are capable of 
 extension, so as to alter the relative position of the piston and 
 valve, thereby regulating the range of the blow, but that the 
 movement of the two is reciprocal or in unison. Reasoning in- 
 ductively, not discovering or inventing, it may be determined 
 that to secure a stamp blow of a hammer-head, the valve must 
 not open or admit steam beneath the piston until a blow is 
 completed and the hammer has stopped. 
 
 At this point will occur one of those mechanical problems which 
 requires what may be called logical solution. The valve must be 
 moved by the drop ; there is no other moving mechanism avail- 
 able ; the valve and drop must besides be connected, to insure co- 
 incident action, yet the valve requires to move when the drop is 
 still. Proceeding inductively, it is clear that a third agent must 
 be introduced, some part moved by the drop, which will in turn 
 move the valve, but this intermediate agent so arranged that 
 it may continue to move after the hammer-drop has stopped. 
 
 This assumed, the scheme is complete, so far as the relative 
 movement of the hammer-drop and the valve, but there must be 
 some plan of giving motion to this added mechanism. In many 
 examples there may be seen parts of machinery which continue 
 in motion after the force which propels them has ceased to act ; 
 cannon balls are thrown for miles, the impelling force acting for 
 a few feet only ; a weaver's shuttle performs nearly its whole 
 flight after the driver has stopped. In the present case, it is 
 therefore evident that an independent or subsequent movement 
 of the valves may be obtained by the momentum of some part 
 set in motion during the descent of the hammer-head. 
 
 To sum up, it is supposed to have been determined by induc- 
 tive reasoning, coupled with some knowledge of mechanics, that a 
 steam hammer, to give a dead blow, requires the following con- 
 ditions in the valve gearing : 
 
 1. That the drop and valve, while they must act relatively, 
 cannot move in the same time, or in direct unison. 
 
 2. The connection between the hammer drop and valve cannot 
 be positive, but must be broken during the descent of the drop. 
 
 3. The valve must move after the hammer stops. 
 
 4. To cause a movement of the valve after the hammer stops 
 
INVENTION. 163 
 
 there must be an intermediate agent, that will continue to act 
 after the movement of the hammer drop has ceased. 
 
 5. The obvious means of attaining this independent movement 
 of the valve gear, is by the momentum of some part set in motion 
 by the hammer-drop, or by the force of gravity reacting on this 
 auxiliary agent. 
 
 The invention is now complete, and as the principles are all 
 within the scope of practical mechanism, there is nothing left to 
 do but to devise such mechanical expedients as will carry out the 
 principles laid down. This mechanical scheming is a second, and 
 in some sense an independent part of machine improvement, and 
 should always be subservient to principles ; in fact, to separate 
 mechanical scheming from principles, generally constitutes what 
 has been called chance invention. 
 
 Referring again to the hammer problem, it will be found by 
 examining the history that the makers of automatic-acting 
 steam-hammers capable of giving the dead stamp blow, have 
 employed the principle which has been described. Instead of 
 employing the momentum, or the gravity of moving parts, to 
 open the valve after the hammer stops, some engineers have 
 depended upon disengaging valve gear by the concussion and 
 jar of the blow, so that the valve gearing, or a portion of it, fell 
 and opened the valve. The ' dead blow gear,' fitted to the earlier 
 Nasmyth, or Wilson, hammers, was constructed on the latter plan, 
 the valve spindle when disengaged being moved by a spring. 
 
 I will not consume space to explain the converse of this system 
 of inventing, nor attempt to describe how a chance schemer would 
 proceed to hunt after mechanical expedients to accomplish the 
 valve movement in the example given. 
 
 Inventions in machine improvement, no matter what their 
 nature, must of course consist in and conform to certain fixed 
 modes of operating, and no plan of urging the truth of a pro- 
 position is so common, even with a chance inventor, as to trace 
 out the ' principles ' which govern his discovery. 
 
 In studying improvements with a view to practical gain, a 
 learner can have no reasonable hope of accomplishing much in 
 fields already gone over by able engineers, nor in demonstrating 
 anything new in what may be called exhausted subjects, such as 
 steam-engines or water-wheels ; he should rather choose new and 
 special subjects, but avoid schemes not in some degree confirmed 
 by existing practice. 
 
164 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 It has been already remarked that the boldness of young 
 engineers is very apt to be inversely as their experience, not to 
 say their want of knowledge, and it is only by a strong and 
 determined effort towards conservatism, that a true balance 
 is maintained in judging of new schemes. 
 
 The life of George Stephenson proves that notwithstanding 
 the novelty and great importance of his improvements in steam 
 transit, he did not " discover" these improvements. He did not 
 discover that a floating embankment would carry a railway across 
 Chat Moss, neither did he discover that the friction between the 
 wheels of a locomotive and the rails would enable a train to be 
 drawn by tractive power alone. Everything connected with his 
 novel history shows that all of his improvements were founded 
 upon a method of reasoning from principles and generally in- 
 ductively. To say that he " discovered " our railway system, 
 according to the ordinary construction of the term, would be to 
 detract from his hard and well-earned reputation, and place him 
 among a class of fortunate schemers, who can claim no place in 
 the history of legitimate engineering. 
 
 Count Eumford did not by chance develope the philosophy of 
 forces upon which we may say the whole science of dynamics 
 now rests ; he set out upon a methodical plan to demonstrate 
 conceptions that were already matured in his mind, and to 
 verify principles which he had assumed by inductive reasoning. 
 The greater part of really good and substantial improvements, 
 such as have performed any considerable part in developing 
 modern mechanical engineering, have come through this course 
 of first dealing with primary principles, instead of groping about 
 blindly after mechanical expedients, and present circumstances 
 point to a time not far distant when chance discovery will quite 
 disappear. 
 
 (1.) What change has taken place in the meaning of the name 
 " invention " as applied to machine improvement ? (2.) What should 
 precede an attempt to invent or improve machinery? (3.) In what 
 sense should the name invention be applied to the works of such men 
 as Bentham, Bodmer, or Stephenson ? 
 
WORKSHOP EXPERIENCE. 165 
 
 CHAPTER XLL 
 WORKSHOP EXPERIENCE. 
 
 To urge the necessity of learning practical fitting as a part of 
 an engineering education is superfluous. A mechanical engineer 
 who has not been " through the shop " can never expect to attain 
 success, nor command the respect even of the most inferior work- 
 men ; without a power of influencing and controlling others, 
 he is neither fitted to direct construction, nor to manage details 
 of any kind connected with engineering industry. There is 
 nothing that more provokes a feeling of resentment in the mind 
 of a skilled man than to meet with those who have attempted to 
 qualify themselves in the theoretical and commercial details of 
 engineering work, and then assume to direct labour which they 
 do not understand ; nor is a skilled man long in detecting an 
 engineer of this class ; a dozen words in conversation upon any 
 mechanical subject is generally enough to furnish a clue to the 
 amount of practical knowledge possessed by the speaker. 
 
 As remarked in a previous place, no one can expect to prepare 
 successful designs for machinery, who does not understand the 
 details of its construction ; he should know how each piece is 
 moulded, forged, turned, planed, or bored, and the relative cost of 
 these processes by the different methods which may be adopted. 
 
 An engineer may direct and control work without a know- 
 ledge of practical fitting, but such control is merely a commercial 
 one, and cannot of course extend to mechanical details which are 
 generally the vital part; the obedience that may thus be enforced 
 in controlling others is not to be confounded with the respect 
 which a superior knowledge of work commands. 
 
 A gain from learning practical fitting is the confidence which 
 such knowledge inspires in either the direction of work or the 
 preparation of plans for machinery. An engineer who hesitates 
 in his plans for fear of criticism, or who does not feel a perfect 
 confidence in them, will never achieve much success. 
 
 Improvements, which have totally changed machine fitting 
 during thirty years past, have been of a character to dispense in 
 a great measure with hand skill, and supplant it with what may 
 be termed mental skill. The mere physical effect produced by a 
 man's hands has steadily diminished in value, until it has now 
 
166 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 almost come to be reckoned in foot-pounds ; but the necessity 
 for practical knowledge instead of being diminished is increased. 
 
 Formerly an apprentice entered a shop to learn hand skill, and 
 to acquaint himself with a number of mysterious processes ; to 
 learn a series of arbitrary rules which might serve to place him 
 at a disadvantage even with those whose capacity was inferior 
 and who had less education ; but now the whole is changed. 
 An engineer apprentice enters the shop with a confidence that he 
 may learn whatever the facilities afford if he will put forth the 
 required efforts ; there are no mysteries to be solved ; nearly all 
 problems are reached and explained by science, leaving a greater 
 share of the shop-time of a learner to be devoted to studying 
 what is special. 
 
 This change in engineering pursuits has also produced a change 
 in the workmen almost as thorough as in manipulation. A man 
 who deals with special knowledge only and feels that the secrets 
 of his calling are not governed by systematic rules, by which 
 others may qualify themselves without his assistance, is always 
 more or less narrow-minded and ignorant. The nature of his re- 
 lations to others makes him so ; of this no better proof is wanted 
 than to contrast the intelligence of workmen who are engaged in 
 what may be termed exclusive callings with people whose 
 pursuits are regulated by general rules and principles. A machi- 
 nist of modern times, having outgrown this exclusive idea, has 
 been raised thereby to a social position confessedly superior 
 to that of most other mechanics, so that shop association once so 
 dreaded by those who would otherwise have become mechanics, 
 is no longer an obstacle. 
 
 Some hints will 'now be given relating to apprentice experience 
 in a workshop, such matters being selected as are most likely to 
 be of interest and use to a learner. 
 
 Upon entering a shop the first thing to be done is to gain the 
 confidence and the respect of the manager or foreman who has 
 charge of the work ; to gain such confidence and respect is 
 different from, and has nothing to do with, social relations and 
 must depend wholly upon what transpires in the works. To 
 inspire the confidence of a friend one must be kind, faithful, and 
 honourable ; but to command the confidence of a foreman one 
 must be punctual, diligent, and intelligent. There are no more 
 kindly sentiments than those which may be founded on a regard 
 for industry and earnest effort. A learner may have the 
 
WORKSHOP EXPERIENCE. 167 
 
 misfortune to break tools, spoil work, and fail in every way to 
 satisfy himself, yet if he is punctual, diligent, and manifests an 
 interest in the work, his misfortunes will not cause unkind 
 resentment. 
 
 It must always be remembered that what is to be learned 
 should not be estimated according to a learner's ideas of its im- 
 portance. A manager and workmen generally look upon fitting 
 as one of the most honourable and intelligent of pursuits, deserv- 
 ing of the respect and best efforts of an apprentice j and while a 
 learner may not think it a serious thing to make a bad fit, or to 
 meet with an accident, his estimate is not the one to judge from. 
 The least word or act which will lead workmen to think that an 
 apprentice is indifferent, at once destroys interest in his success, 
 and cuts off one of the main sources from which information may 
 be derived. 
 
 An apprentice in entering the workshop should avoid every- 
 thing tending to an appearance of fastidiousness, either of manner 
 or dress ; nothing is more repulsive to workmen, and it may be 
 added, nothing is more out of place in a machine shop than to 
 divide one's time between the work and an attempt to keep clean. 
 An effort to keep as neat as the nature of the work will admit is 
 at all times right, but to dress in clothing not appropriate, or to 
 allow a fear of grease to interfere with the performance of work, 
 is sure to provoke derision. 
 
 The art of keeping reasonably clean even in a machine shop is 
 worth studying \ some men are greased from head to foot in a 
 few hours, no matter what their work may be ; while others will 
 perform almost any kind of work, and keep clean without sacrific- 
 ing convenience in the least. This difference is the result of 
 habits readily acquired and easily retained. 
 
 Punctuality costs nothing, and buys a great deal ; a learner 
 who reaches the shop a quarter of an hour before starting time, 
 and spends that time in looking about, manifests thereby an 
 interest in the work, and avails himself of an important privilege, 
 one of the most effectual in gaining shop knowledge. Ten minutes 
 spent in walking about, noting the changes wrought in the work 
 from day to day, furnishes constant material for thought, and ac- 
 quaints a learner with many things which would otherwise escape 
 attention. It requires, however, no little care and discrimination 
 to avoid a kind of resentment which workmen feel in having 
 their work examined, especially if they have met with an accident 
 
168 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 or made a mistake, and when such inspection is thought to be 
 prompted by curiosity only. The better plan in such cases is to 
 ask permission to examine work in such a way that no one will 
 hear the request except the person addressed such an applica- 
 tion generally will secure both consent and explanation. 
 
 Politeness is as indispensable to a learner in a machine shop as 
 it is to a gentleman in society. The character of the courtesy 
 may be modified to suit the circumstances and the person, but 
 still it is courtesy. An apprentice may understand differential 
 calculus, but a workman may understand how to bore a steam 
 cylinder ; and in the workman's estimation a problem in cal- 
 culus is a trivial thing to understand compared with the boring 
 of a steam engine cylinder. Under these circumstances, if a work- 
 man is not allowed to balance some of his knowledge against 
 politeness, an apprentice is placed at a disadvantage. 
 
 Questions and answers constitute the principal medium for ac- 
 quiring technical information, and engineering apprentices should 
 carefully study the philosophy of questions arid answers, just as 
 he does the principles of machinery. Without the art of ques- 
 tioning but slow progress will be made in learning shop manipu- 
 lation. A proper question is one which the person asked will 
 understand, and the answer be understood when it is given ; not 
 an easy rule, but a correct one. The main point is to consider 
 questions before they are asked ; make them relevant to the work 
 in hand, and not too many. To ask frequent questions, is to 
 convey an impression that the answers are not considered, an in- 
 ference which is certainly a fair one, if the questions relate to a 
 subject demanding some consideration. If a man is asked one 
 minute what diametrical pitch means, and the next minute how 
 much cast iron shrinks in cooling, he is very apt to be disgusted, 
 and think the second question not worth answering. 
 
 It is important, in asking questions, to consider the mood and 
 present occupation of the person addressed ; one question asked 
 when a man's mind is not too much occupied, and when he is in 
 a communicative humour, is worth a dozen questions asked when 
 he is engaged, and not disposed to talk. 
 
 It is a matter of courtesy in the usages of a shop, and one of 
 expediency to a learner, to ask questions from those who are 
 presumed to be best informed on the subject to which the 
 questions relate ; and it is equally a matter of courtesy to ask 
 questions of different workmen, being careful, however, never to 
 
WORKSHOP EXPERIENCE. 169 
 
 ask two different persons the same question, nor questions that 
 may call out conflicting answers. 
 
 There is not a more generous or kindly feeling in the world 
 than that with which a skilled mechanic will share his knowledge 
 with those who have gained his esteem, and who he thinks merit 
 and desire the aid that he can give. 
 
 An excellent plan to retain what is learned, is to make notes. 
 There is nothing will assist the memory more in learning 
 mechanics than to write down facts as they are learned, even if 
 such memoranda are never referred to after they are made. 
 
 It is not intended to recommend writing down rules or tables 
 relating to shop manipulation so much as facts which require 
 remark or comment to impress them on the memory writing 
 notes not only assists in committing the subjects to memory, but 
 cultivates a power of composing technical descriptions, a very 
 necessary part of an engineering education. Specifications for 
 engineering work are a most difficult kind of composition and 
 may be made long, tedious, and irrelevant, or concise and lucid. 
 
 There are also a large number of conventional phrases and 
 endless technicalities to be learned, and to write them will assist 
 in committing them to memory and decide their orthography. 
 
 In making notes, as much as possible of what is written should 
 be condensed into brief formulae, a form of expression which is 
 fast becoming the written language of machine shops. Reading 
 formulae is in a great degree a matter of habit, like studying 
 mechanical drawings ; that which at the beginning is a maze of 
 complexity, after a time becomes intelligible and clear at a 
 glance. 
 
 Upon entering the shop, a learner will generally, to use a shop 
 phrase, " be introduced to a hammer and chisel ; " he will, per- 
 haps, regard these hand tools with a kind of contempt. Seeing 
 other operations carried on by power, and the machines in charge 
 of skilled men, he is likely to esteem chipping and filing as of 
 but little importance and mainly intended for keeping apprentices 
 employed. But long after, when a score of years has been added 
 to his experience, the hammer, chisel, and file, will remain the 
 most crucial test of his hand skill, and after learning to mani- 
 pulate power tools of all kinds in the most thorough manner, a 
 few blows with a chipping hammer, or a half-dozen strokes with 
 a file, will not only be a more difficult test of skill, but one 
 most likely to be met with. 
 
170 WORKSHOP MANIPULATION. 
 
 To learn to chip and file is indispensable, if for no other 
 purpose, to be able to judge of the proficiency of others or to 
 instruct them. Chipping and filing are purely matters of han 
 skill, tedious to learn, but when once acquired, are never forgotten. 
 The use of a file is an interesting problem to study, and one of 
 no little intricacy; in filing across a surface one inch wide, with 
 a file twelve inches long, the pressure required at each end to 
 guide it level may change at each stroke from nothing to twenty 
 pounds or more ; the nice sense of feeling which determines this 
 is a matter of habit acquired by long practice. It is a wonder 
 indeed that true surfaces can be made with a file, or even that 
 a file can be used at all, except for rough work. 
 
 If asked for advice as to the most important object for an 
 apprentice to aim at in beginning his fitting course, nine out of 
 ten experienced men will say, "to do work well." As power is 
 measured by force and velocity, work is measured by the two 
 conditions of skill and time. The first consideration being, how 
 well a thing may be done, and secondly, in how short a time may 
 it be performed ; the skill spent on a piece of work is the measure 
 of its worth ; if work is badly executed, it makes no difference 
 how short the time of performance has been; this can add nothing 
 to the value of what is done although the expense is diminished. 
 
 A learner is apt to reverse this proposition at the beginning, 
 and place time before skill, but if he will note what passes around 
 him, it will be seen that criticism is always first directed to the 
 character of work performed. A manager does not ask a workman 
 how long a time was consumed in preparing a piece of work until 
 its character has been passed upon ; in short, the quality of work 
 is its mechanical standard, and the time consumed in preparing 
 work is its commercial standard. A job is never properly done 
 when the workman who performed it can see faults, and in 
 machine fitting, as a rule, the best skill that can be applied is no 
 more than the conditions call for ; so that the first thing to be 
 learned is to perform work well, and afterwards to perform it 
 rapidly. 
 
 Good fitting is often not so much a question of skill as of the 
 standard which a workman has fixed in his mind, and to which 
 all that he does will more or less conform. If this standard is 
 one of exactness and precision, all that is performed, whether it 
 be filing, turning, planing, or drawing, will come to this standard. 
 This faculty of mind can be defined no further than to say that 
 
WORKSHOP EXPERIENCE. 171 
 
 it is an aversion to whatever is imperfect, and a love for what is 
 exact and precise. There is no faculty which has so much to do 
 with success in mechanical pursuits, nor is there any trait more 
 susceptible of cultivation. Methodical exactness, reasoning, and 
 persistence are the powers which lead to proficiency in engineer- 
 ing pursuits. 
 
 There is, perhaps, no more fitting conclusion to these sugges- 
 tions for apprentices than a word about health and strength. It 
 was remarked in connection with the subject of drawing, that the 
 powers of a mechanical engineer were to be measured by his 
 education and mental abilities, no more than by his vitality and 
 physical strength, a proposition which it will be well for an 
 apprentice to keep in mind. 
 
 One not accustomed to manual labour will, after commencing, 
 find his limbs aching, his hands sore ; he will feel exhausted both 
 at the beginning and at the end of a day's work. These are not 
 dangerous symptoms. He has only to wait until his system is 
 built up so as to sustain this new draught upon its resources, and 
 until nature furnishes a power of endurance, which will in the 
 end be a source of pride, and add a score of years to life. 
 Have plenty of sleep, plenty of plain, substantial food, keep the 
 skin clean and active, laugh at privations, and cultivate a spirit 
 of self-sacrifice and a pride in endurance that will court the 
 hardest and longest efforts. An apprentice who has not the 
 spirit and firmness to endure physical labour, and adapt himself 
 to the conditions of a workshop, should select some pursuit of a 
 nature less aggressive than mechanical engineering. 
 
 PRINTED BY BALLANTVNE, HANSON AND CO. 
 EDINBURGH AND LONDON 
 
BOOKS RELATING TO MACHINE TOOLS AND 
 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES, 
 
 BY <L EICHAEDS. 
 
 The Economy of Workshop Manipulation. 
 
 A LOGICAL METHOD OP LEARNING CONSTRUCTIVE 
 
 MECHANICS. 
 Arranged with Questions for the use of Apprentice Engineers and 
 
 Students. 
 Crown 8vo, cloth, 5s. 
 
 A Treatise on the Construction and Operation 
 of Wood-Working Machines, 
 
 Containing One Hundred and Forty Plates and Engravings of English, 
 French, and American Machines, has received the most favourable 
 notice from the Scientific Press. 
 
 Crown 4to, cloth gilt, 25s. 
 
 The Operator's Hand-Book of Wood-Working 
 Machinery, 
 
 FOR PRACTICAL WORKMEN. 
 
 The Work contains Sixty-two Original Engravings, with Instructions for 
 
 Erecting Factories, Operating Machines, &c. 
 
 Crown 8vo, cloth, 6s. 
 
 To be published soon, 
 
 The Conversion of Wood by Machinery. 
 
 A. Series of Articles, chiefly Historical and Economical, written for the 
 "Timber Trades' Journal," London, during 1875. 
 
 Mechanical Humour; 
 
 A Collection of Original Anecdotes connected with Engineering 
 
 and Mechanical Subjects. 
 
 Crown 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 
1 888. 
 
 BOOKS RELATING 
 
 TO 
 
 APPLIED SCIENCE, 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 E. & F. N. SPON, 
 
 LONDON: 125, STRAND. 
 NEW YORK : 35, MURRAY STREET. 
 
 A Pocket-Book for Chemists, Chemical Manufac hirers, 
 
 Metallurgists, Dyers, Distillers, Brewers, Sugar Refiners, Photographers, 
 Students, etc., etc. By THOMAS BAYLEY, Assoc. R.C. Sc. Ireland, Ana- 
 lytical and Consulting Chemist and Assayer. Fourth edition, with 
 additions, 437 pp., royal 32mo, roan, gilt edges, 5^. 
 SYNOPSIS OF CONTENTS : 
 
 Atomic Weights and Factors Useful Data Chemical Calculations Rules for Indirect 
 Analysis Weights and Measures Thermometers and Barometers Chemical Physics 
 Boiling Points, etc. Solubility of Substances Methods of Obtaining Specific Gravity Con- 
 version of Hydrometers Strength of Solutions by Specific Gravity Analysis Gas Analysis 
 Water Analysis Qualitative Analysis and Reactions Volumetric Analysis Manipulation 
 Mineralogy Assaying Alcohol Beer Sugar Miscellaneous Technological matter 
 relating to Potash, Soda, Sulphuric Acid, Chlorine, Tar Products, Petroleum, Milk, Tallow, 
 Photography, Prices, Wages, Appendix, etc., etc. 
 
 The Mechanician : A Treatise on the Construction 
 
 and Manipulation of Tools, for the use and instruction of Young Engineers 
 and Scientific Amateurs, comprising the Arts of Blacksmithing and Forg- 
 ing ; the Construction and Manufacture of Hand Tools, and the various 
 Methods of Using and Grinding them ; the Construction of Machine Tools, 
 and how to work them ; Machine Fitting and Erection ; description of 
 Hand and Machine Processes ; Turning and Screw Cutting ; principles of 
 Constructing and details of Making and Erecting Steam Engines, and the 
 various details of setting out work, etc., etc. By CAMERON KNIGHT, 
 Engineer. Containing 1147 illustrations, and 397 pages of letter-press, 
 Fourth edition, 4to, cloth, i8j. 
 
 B 
 
CATALOGUE OF SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 
 
 Just Published, in Demy Svo, cloth, containing 975 pages and 250 Illustrations, price -js. 6d. 
 
 SPONS' HOUSEHOLD MANUAL: 
 
 A Treasury of Domestic Eeceipts and Guide for Home Management. 
 PRINCIPAL CONTENTS. 
 
 Hints for selecting 1 a good House, pointing out the essential requirements for 
 a good house as to the Site, Soil, Trees, Aspect, Construction, and General Arrangement ; 
 with instructions for Reducing Echoes, Waterproofing Damp Walls, Curing Damp Cellars. 
 
 Sanitation- What should constitute a good Sanitary Arrangement : Examples (with 
 illustrations) of Well- and Ill-drained Houses ; How to Test Drains ; Ventilating Pipes, etc. 
 
 Water Supply. Care of Cisterns ; Sources of Supply ; Pipes ; Pumps ; Purification 
 and Filtration of Water. 
 
 Ventilation and "Warming-. Methods of Ventilating without causing cold 
 draughts, by various means ; Principles of Warming ; Health Questions : Combustion : Open 
 Grates ; Open Stoves ; Fuel Economisers ; Varieties of Grates ; Close-Fire Stoves ; Hot-air 
 Furnaces ; Gas Heating ; Oil Stoves : Steam Heating ; Chemical Heaters ; Management of 
 Flues ; and Cure of Smoky Chimneys. 
 
 Lighting 1 . The best methods of Lighting ; Candles, Oil Lamps, Gas, Incandescent 
 Gas, Electric Light ; How to test Gas Pipes ; Management of Gas. 
 
 Furniture and Decoration. Hints on the Selection of Furniture ; on the most 
 approved methods of Modern Decoration ; on the best methods of arranging Bells and Calls; 
 How to Construct an Electric Bell. 
 
 Thieves and Fire. Precautions against Thieves and Fire ; Methods of Detection ; 
 Domestic Fire Escapes ; Fireproofing Clothes, etc. 
 
 The Larder. Keeping Food fresh for a limited time ; Storing Food without change, 
 such as Fruits, Vegetables, Eggs, Honey, etc. 
 
 Curing Foods for lengthened Preservation, as Smoking, Salting, Canning, 
 Potting, Pickling, Bottling Fruits, etc. ; Jams, Jellies, Marmalade, etc. 
 
 The Dairy. The Building and Fitting of Dairies in the most approved modern style ; 
 Butter-making ; Cheesemaking and Curing. 
 
 The Cellar. Building and Fitting ; Cleaning Casks and Bottles ; Corks and Corking ; 
 Aerated Drinks; Syrups for Drinks; Beers; Bitters; Cordials and Liqueurs; Wines; 
 Miscellaneous Drinks. 
 
 The Pantry- Bread-making ; Ovens and Pyrometers ; Yeast ; German Yeast ; 
 Biscuits; Cakes; Fancy Breads; Buns. 
 
 The Kitchen. On Fitting Kitchens ; a description of the best Cooking Ranges, close 
 and open ; the Management and Care of Hot Plates, Baking Ovens, Dampers, Flues, and 
 Chimneys; Cooking by Gas; Cooking by Oil; the Arts of Roasting, Grilling, Boiling, 
 Stewing, Braising, Frying. 
 
 Receipts for Dishes Soups, Fish, Meat, Game, Poultry, Vegetables, Salads, 
 Puddings, Pastry, Confectionery, Ices, etc., etc. ; Foreign Dishgs. 
 
 The Housewife's Room. -Testing Air, Water, and Foods ; Cleaning and Renovat- 
 ing ; Destroying Vermin. 
 
 Housekeeping, Marketing. 
 
 The Dining-Room. Dietetics ; Laying and Waiting at Table : Carving ; Dinners, 
 Breakfasts, Luncheons, Teas, Suppers, etc. 
 
 The Drawing-Room. Etiquette ; Dancing ; Amateur Theatricals ; Tricks and 
 Illusions ; Games (indoor). 
 
 The Bedroom and Dressing- Room ; Sleep ; the Toilet ; Dress ; Buying Clothes ; 
 Outfits ; Fancy Dress. 
 
 The Nursery. The Room ; Clothing ; Washing ; Exercise ; Sleep ; Feeding ; Teeth- 
 ing ; Illness ; Home Training. 
 
 The Sick-Room. The Room ; the Nurse ; the Bed ; Sick Room Accessories ; Feeding 
 Patients ; Invalid Dishes and Drinks; Administering Physic ; Domestic Remedies; Accidents 
 and Emergencies ; Bandaging; Burns; Carrying Injured Persons ; Wounds ; Drowning ; Fits ; 
 Frost-bites; Poisons and Antidotes; Sunstroke; Common Complaints ; Disinfection, etc. 
 
PUBLISHED BY E. & F. N. SPON. 
 
 The Bath-Room. Bathing in General ; Management of Hot- Water System. 
 
 The Laundry. Small Domestic Washing Machines, and methods of getting up linen ; 
 Fitting up and Working a Steam Laundry. 
 
 The School-Room. The Room and its Fittings ; Teaching, etc. 
 
 The Playground- Air and Exercise; Training ; Outdoor Games and Sports. 
 
 The Workroom. Darning, Patching, and Mending Garments. 
 
 The Library. Care of Books. 
 
 The Garden.. Calendar of Operations for Lawn, Flower Garden, and Kitchen 
 Garden. 
 
 The Farmyard- Management of the Horse, Cow, Pig, Poultry, Bees, etc., etc. 
 
 Small Motors- A description of the various small Engines useful for domestic 
 
 ?urposes, from i man to i horse power, worked by various methods, such as Electric 
 Engines, Gas Engines, Petroleum Engines, Steam Engines, Condensing Engines, Water 
 Power, Wind Power, and the various methods of working and managing them. 
 
 Household Law. The Law relating to Landlords and Tenants, Lodgers, Servants, 
 Parochial Authorities, Juries, Insurance, Nuisance, etc. 
 
 On Designing Belt Gearing. By E. J. COWLING 
 
 WELCH, Mem. Inst. Mech. Engineers, Author of 'Designing Valve 
 Gearing.' Fcap. 8vo, sewed, 6d. 
 
 A Handbook of Formula, Tables, and Memoranda, 
 
 for Architectural Surveyors and others engaged in Building. By J. T. 
 HURST, C.E. Fourteenth edition, royal 32mo, roan, 5^. 
 
 " It is no disparagement to the many excellent publications we refer to, to say that in our 
 opinion this little pocket-book of Hurst's is the very best of them all, without any exception. 
 It would be useless to attempt a recapitulation of the contents, for it appears to contain almost 
 everything that anyone connected with building could require, and, best of all, made up in a 
 compact form for carrying in the pocket, measuring only 5 in. by 3 in., and about f in. thick, 
 in a limp cover. We congratulate the author on the success of his laborious and practically 
 compiled little book, which has received unqualified and deserved praise from every profes- 
 sional person to whom we have shown it." The Dublin Builder. 
 
 Tabulated Weights of Angle, Tee, Bulb, Round, 
 
 Square, and Flat Iron and Steel, and other information for the use of 
 Naval Architects and Shipbuilders. By C. H. JORDAN, M.I.N.A. Fourth 
 edition, 32mo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 A Complete Set of Contract Documents for a Country 
 
 Lodge, comprising Drawings, Specifications, Dimensions (for quantities), 
 Abstracts, Bill of Quantities, Form of Tender and Contract, with Notes 
 by J. LEANING, printed in facsimile of the original documents, on single 
 sheets fcap., in paper case, ioj. 
 
 A Practical Treatise on Heat, as applied to the 
 
 Useful Arts; for the Use of Engineers, Architects, &c. By THOMAS 
 Box. With 14 plates. Third edition, crown 8vo, cloth, I2s. 6d. 
 
 A Descriptive Treatise on Mathematical Drawing 
 
 Instruments: their construction, uses, qualities, selection, preservation, 
 and suggestions for improvements, with hints upon Drawing and Colour- 
 ing. By W. F. STANLEY, M.R.I. Fifth edition, with numerous illustrations, 
 crown 8vo, cloth, $s. 
 
 B 2 
 
CATALOGUE OF SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 
 
 Quantity Surveying. By J. LEANING. With 42 illus- 
 trations. Second edition, revised, crown Svo, cloth, qs. 
 CONTENTS : 
 
 A complete Explanation of the London j Schedule of Prices. 
 
 Practice. Form of Schedule of Prices. 
 
 General Instructions. Analysis of Schedule of Prices. 
 
 Order of Taking Off. I Adjustment of Accounts. 
 
 Modes of Measurement of the various Trades. | Form of a Bill of Variations. 
 
 Use and Waste. Remarks on Specifications. 
 
 Ventilation and Warming. i Prices and Valuation of Work, with 
 
 Credits, with various Examples of Treatment, j Examples and Remarks upon each Trade. 
 
 Abbreviations. i The Law as it affects Quantity Surveyors, 
 
 Squaring the Dimensions. with Law Reports. 
 
 Abstracting, with Examples in illustration of j Taking Off after the Old Method. 
 
 each Trade. Northern Practice. 
 
 Billing. j The General Statement of the Method's 
 
 Examples of Preambles to each Trade. recommended by the Manchester Society 
 
 Form for a Bill of Quantities. of Architects for taking Quantities. 
 
 , Do. Bill of Credits. Examples of Collections. 
 
 Do. Bill for Alternative Estimate. Examples of " Taking Off" in each Trade. 
 
 Restorations and Repairs, and Form of Bill, i Remarks on the Past and Present Methods 
 
 Variations before Acceptance of Tender. of Estimating. 
 Errors in a Builder's Estimate. 
 
 Spans Architects' and Builder^ Pocket-Book of Prices 
 
 and Memoranda, Edited by W. YOUNG, Architect. Crown Svo, cloth, 
 Published annually. Fifteenth edition. Now ready. 
 
 Long-Span Railway Bridges, comprising Investiga- 
 tions of the Comparative Theoretical and Practical Advantages of the 
 various adopted or proposed Type Systems of Construction, with numerous 
 Formulae and Tables giving the weight of Iron or Steel required in 
 Bridges from 300 feet to the limiting Spans ; to which are added similar 
 Investigations and Tables relating to Short-span Railway Bridges. Second 
 and revised edition. By B. BAKER, Assoc. Inst. C.E. Plates, crown 8vo r 
 cloth, 5-r. 
 
 Elementary Theory and Calculation of Iron Bridges 
 
 and Roofs. By AUGUST RITTER, Ph.D., Professor at the Polytechnic 
 School at Aix-la-Chapelle. Translated from the third German edition,, 
 by H. R. SANKEY, Capt. R.E. With 500 illustrations, Svo, cloth, 15*. 
 
 The Elementary Principles of Carpentry. By 
 
 THOMAS TREDGOLD. Revised from the original edition, and partly 
 re-written, by JOHN THOMAS HURST. Contained in 517 pages of letter-- 
 press, and illustrated with 48 plates and 150 wood engravings. Sixth 
 edition, reprinted from the third, crown Svo, cloth, I2s. 6d. 
 
 Section I. On the Equality and Distribution of Forces Section II. Resistance of 
 Timber Section III. Construction of Floors Section IV. Construction of Roofs Sec- 
 tion V. Construction of Domes and Cupolas Section VI. Construction of Partitions- 
 Section VII. Scaffolds, Staging, and Gantries Section VIII. Construction of Centres for 
 Bridges Section IX. Coffer-dams, Shoring, and Strutting Section X. Wooden Bridges 
 and Viaducts Section XI. Joints, Straps, and other Fastenings Section XII. Timber. 
 
PUBLISHED BY E. & F. N. SPON. 
 
 The Builder s Clerk : a Guide to the Management 
 
 of a Builder's Business. By THOMAS BALES. Fcap. 8vo, cloth, I s. 6d. 
 
 Our Factories, Workshops, and Warehouses: their 
 
 Sanitary and Fire-Resisting Arrangements. By B. H. THWAITE, Assoc. 
 Mem. Inst. C.E. With 183 wood engravings, crown 8vo, cloth, gs. 
 
 Gold : Its Occurrence and Extraction, embracing the 
 
 Geographical and Geological Distribution and the Mineralogical Charac- 
 ters of Gold-bearing rocks ; the peculiar features and modes of working 
 Shallow Placers, Rivers, and Deep Leads ; Hydraulicing ; the Reduction 
 and Separation of Auriferous Quartz ; the treatment of complex Auriferous 
 ores containing other metals ; a Bibliography of the subject and a Glossary 
 of Technical and Foreign Terms. By ALFRED G. LOCK, F.R.G.S. With 
 numerous illustrations and maps, 1250 pp., super-royal 8vo, cloth, 
 2/. I2s. 6d. 
 
 Iron Roofs : Examples of Design, Description. Illus 
 
 tratedivith 64 Working Drawings of Executed Roofs. By ARTHUR T. 
 WALMISLEY, Assoc. Mem. Inst. C.E. Second edition, revised, imp. 410, 
 half-morocco, 3/. 3^. 
 
 A History of Electric Telegraphy, to the Year 1837. 
 
 Chiefly compiled from Original Sources, and hitherto Unpublished Docu- 
 ments, by J. J. FAHIE, Mem. Soc. of Tel. Engineers, and of the Inter- 
 national Society of Electricians, Paris. Crown 8vo, cloth, QJ. 
 
 Spoils' Information for Colonial Engineers. Edited 
 
 by J. T. HURST. Demy 8vo, sewed. 
 No. i, Ceylon. By ABRAHAM DEANE, C.E. 2s. 6d. 
 CONTENTS : 
 
 Introductory Remarks Natural Productions Architecture and Engineering Topo- 
 graphy, Trade, and Natural History Principal Stations Weights and Measures, etc., etc. 
 
 No. 2. Southern Africa, including the Cape Colony, Natal, and the 
 Dutch Republics. By HENRY HALL, F.R.G.S., F.R.C.I. With 
 Map. 3-r. (>d. 
 
 CONTENTS : 
 
 General Description of South Africa Physical Geography with reference to Engineering 
 Operations Notes on Labour and Material in Cape Colony Geological Notes on Rock 
 Formation in South Africa Engineering Instruments for Use in South Africa Principal 
 Public Works in Cape Colony: Railways, Mountain Roads and Passes, Harbour Works, 
 Bridges, Gas Works, Irrigation and Water Supply, Lighthouses, Drainage and Sanitary 
 Engineering, Public Buildings, Mines Table of Woods in South Africa Animals used for 
 Draught Purposes Statistical Notes Table of Distances Rates of Carriage, etc. 
 
 No. 3. India. By F. C. DANVERS, Assoc. Inst. C.E. With Map. 4^-. 6d 
 CONTENTS : 
 
 Physical Geography of India Building Materials Roads Railways Bridges Irriga- 
 tion River Works Harbours Lighthouse Buildings Native Labour The Principal 
 Trees of India Money Weights and Measures Glossary of Indian Terms, etc. 
 
CATALOGUE OF SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 
 
 A Practical Treatise on Coal Mining. By GEORGE 
 
 G. ANDRE, F.G.S., Assoc. Inst. C.E., Member of the Society of Engineers. 
 With 82 lithographic plates. 2 vols., royal 410, cloth, 3/. 12s. 
 
 A Practical Treatise on Casting and Founding, 
 
 including descriptions of the modern machinery employed in the art. By 
 N. E. SPRETSON, Engineer. Third edition, with 82 plates drawn to 
 scale, 412 pp., demy 8vo, cloth, iSs. 
 
 The Depreciation of Factories and their Valuation. 
 
 By EWING MATHESON, M. Inst. C.E. 8vo, cloth, 6j, 
 
 A Handbook of Electrical Testing. By H. R. KEMPE, 
 
 M.S.T.E. Fourth edition, revised and enlarged, crown 8vo, cloth, i6j. 
 
 Gas Works : their Arrangement, Construction, Plant, 
 
 and Machinery. By F. COLYER, M. Inst. C.E. With 31 folding platss, 
 8vo, cloth, 245-. 
 
 The Clerk of Works: a Vade-Mecum for all engaged 
 
 in the Superintendence of Building Operations. By G. G. HOSKINS, 
 F.R.I.B.A. Third edition, fcap. Svo, cloth, is. 6d. 
 
 American Foundry Practice: Treating of Loam, 
 
 Dry Sand, and Green Sand Moulding, and containing a Practical Treatise 
 upon the Management of Cupolas, and the Melting of Iron. By T. D- 
 WEST, Practical Iron Moulder and Foundry Foreman. Second edition, 
 with numerous illustrations, crown Svo, cloth, lew. 6d. 
 
 The Maintenance of Macadamised Roads. By T. 
 
 CODRINGTON, M.I.C.E, F.G.S., General Superintendent of County Roads 
 for South Wales. Svo, cloth, 6s. 
 
 Hydraulic Steam and Hand Power Lifting and 
 
 Pressing Machinery. By FREDERICK COLYER, M. Inst. C.E., M. Inst. M.E. 
 With 73 plates, Svo, cloth, iSs. 
 
 Pumps and Pumping Machinery. By F. COLYER, 
 
 M.I.C.E., M.I.M.E. With ^folding plates, Svo, cloth, 125. 6d. 
 
 Pumps and Pumping Machinery. By F. COLYER. 
 
 Second Part. With n large plates, Svo, cloth, 12s. 6d. 
 
 A Treatise on the Origin, Progress, Prevention, and 
 
 Cure of Dry Rot in Timber; with Remarks on the Means of Preserving 
 Wood from Destruction by Sea- Worms, Beetles, Ants, etc. By THOMAS 
 ALLEN BRITTON, late Surveyor to the Metropolitan Board of Works, 
 etc., etc. With 10 plates, crown Svo, cloth, "js. 6d. 
 
PUBLISHED BY E. & F. N. SPON. 
 
 The Municipal and Sanitary Engineer s Handbook. 
 
 By H. PERCY BOULNOIS, Mem. Inst. C.E., Borough Engineer, Ports- 
 mouth. With numeroTis illustrations, demy 8vo, cloth, I2s. 6d. 
 
 CONTENTS : 
 
 The Appointment and Duties of the Town Surveyor Traffic Macadamised Roadways- 
 Steam Rolling Road Metal and Breaking Pitched Pavements Asphalte Wood Pavements 
 Footpaths Kerbs and Gutters Street Naming and Numbering Street Lighting Sewer- 
 age Ventilation of Sewers Disposal of Sewage House Drainage Disinfection Gas and 
 Water Companies, etc., Breaking up Streets Improvement of Private Streets Borrowing 
 Powers Artizans' and Labourers' Dwellings Public Conveniences Scavenging, including 
 Street Cleansing Watering and the Removing of Snow Planting Street Trees Deposit of 
 Plans Dangerous Buildings Hoardings Obstructions Improving Street Lines Cellar 
 Openings Public Pleasure Grounds Cemeteries Mortuaries Cattle and Ordinary Markets 
 Public Slaughter-houses, etc. Giving numerous Forms of Notices, Specifications, and 
 General Information upon these and other subjects of great importance to Municipal Engi- 
 neers and others engaged in Sanitary Work. 
 
 Metrical Tables. By G. L. MOLESWORTH, M.I.C.E. 
 
 32mo, cloth, is. 6d. 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 General Linear Measures Square Measures Cubic Measures Measures of Capacity- 
 Weights Combinations Thermometers. 
 
 Elements of Construction for Electro- Magnets. By 
 
 Count TH. Du MONCEL, Mem. de 1'Institut de France. Translated from 
 the French by C. J. WHARTON. Crown 8vo, cloth, 4$-. 6d. 
 
 Practical Electrical Units Popularly Explained, with 
 
 numerous illustrations and Remarks. By JAMES SWINBURNE, late of 
 J. W. Swan and Co., Paris, late of Brush-Swan Electric Light Company, 
 U.S.A. i8mo, cloth, is. 6d. 
 
 A Treatise on the Use of Belting for the Transmis- 
 sion of Power, By J. H. COOPER. Second edition, illustrated, 8vo, 
 cloth, 15^. 
 
 A Pocket-Book of Useful Formidce and Memoranda 
 
 for Civil and Mechanical Engineers. By GUILFORD L. MOLESWORTH, 
 Mem. Inst. C.E., Consulting Engineer to the Government of India for 
 State Railways. With numerous illustrations, 744 pp. Twenty-first 
 edition, revised and enlarged, 321110, roan, 6s. 
 
 SYNOPSIS OF CONTENTS: 
 
 Surveying, Levelling, etc. Strength and Weight of Materials Earthwork, Brickwork, 
 Masonry, Arches, etc. Struts, Columns, Beams, and Trusses Flooring, Roofing, and Roof 
 Trusses Girders, Bridges, etc. Railways and Roads Hydraulic Formulae Canals. Sewers, 
 Waterworks, Docks Irrigation and Breakwaters Gas, Ventilation, and Warming Heat, 
 Light, Colour, and Sound Gravity : Centres, Forces, and Powers Millwork, Teeth of 
 Wheels, Shafting, etc. Workshop Recipes Sundry Machinery Animal Power Steam and 
 the Steam Engine Water-power, Water-wheels, Turbines, etc. Wind and Windmills 
 Steam Navigation, Ship Building, Tonnage, etc. Gunnery, Projectiles, etc. Weights, 
 Measures, and Money Trigonometry, Conic Sections, and Curves Telegraphy Mensura- 
 tion Tables of Areas and Circumference, and Arcs of Circles Logarithms, Square and 
 Cube Roots, Powers Reciprocals, etc. Useful Numbers Differential and Integral Calcu- 
 lus Algebraic Signs Telegraphic Construction and Formulae. 
 
CATALOGUE OF SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 
 
 Hints on Architectural Draughtsmanship. By G. W. 
 
 TUXFORD HALLATT. Fcap. 8vo, cloth, is. 6d. 
 
 Spans Tables and Memoranda for Engineers; 
 
 selected and arranged by J. T. HURST, C.E., Author of 'Architectural 
 Surveyors' Handbook,' ' Hurst's Tredgold's Carpentry,' etc. Ninth 
 edition, 64mo, roan, gilt edges, is. ; or in cloth case, I s. 6d. 
 This work is printed in a pearl type, and is so small, measuring only z in. by if in. by 
 i in. thick, that it may be easily carried in the waistcoat pocket. 
 
 " It is certainly an extremely rare thing for a reviewer to be called upon to notice a volume 
 measuring but 25 in. by if in., yet these dimensions faithfully represent the size of the handy 
 little book before us. The volume which contains 118 printed pages, besides a few blank 
 pages for memoranda is, in fact, a true pocket-book, adapted for being carried in the waist- 
 coat pocket, and containing a far greater amount and variety of information than most people 
 
 would imagine could be compressed into so small a space The little volume has been 
 
 compiled with considerable care and judgment, and we can cordially recommend it to our 
 readers as a useful little pocket companion." Engineering, 
 
 A Practical Treatise on Natural and Artificial 
 
 Concrete, its Varieties and Constructive Adaptations. By HENRY REID, 
 Author of the ' Science and Art of the Manufacture of Portland Cement.' 
 New Edition, with 59 woodcuts and 5 plates, 8vo, cloth, 1 5 s. 
 
 Notes on Concrete and Works in Concrete; especially 
 
 written to assist those engaged upon Public Works. By JOHN NEWMAN, 
 Assoc. Mem. Inst. C.E., crown 8vo, cloth, 4^. 6d. 
 
 Electricity as a Motive Power. By Count TH. Du 
 
 MONCEL, Membre de 1'Institut de France, and P'RANK GERALDY, Inge- 
 nieur des Ponts et Chaussees. Translated and Edited, with Additions, by 
 C. J. WHARTON, Assoc. Soc. Tel. Eng. and Elec. With 113 engravings 
 and diagrams, crown 8vo, cloth, Is. 6d. 
 
 Treatise on Valve-Gears, with special consideration 
 
 of the Link-Motions of Locomotive Engines. By Dr. GUSTAV ZEUNER, 
 Professor of Applied Mechanics at the Confederated Polytechnikum of 
 Zurich. Translated from the Fourth German Edition, by Professor J. F. 
 KLEIN, Lehigh University, Bethlehem, Pa. Illustrated, 8vo, cloth, \2s. 6d. 
 
 The French- Polisher s Manual. By a French- 
 Polisher; containing Timber Staining, Washing, Matching, Improving, 
 Painting, Imitations, Directions for Staining, Sizing, Embodying, 
 Smoothing, Spirit Varnishing, French-Polishing, Directions for Re- 
 polishing. Third edition, royal 32mo, sewed, 6d. 
 
 Hops, their Cultivation, Commerce, and Uses in 
 
 various Countries. By P. L. SiMMONDS. Crown 8vo, cloth, 4^. 6d. 
 
 The Principles of Graphic Statics. By GEORGE 
 
 SYDENHAM CLARKE, Capt. Royal Engineers. With 112 illustrations. 
 4to, cloth, 12s. 6d. 
 
PUBLISHED BY E. & F. N. SPON. 
 
 Dynamo- Electric Machinery : A Manual for Students 
 
 of Electro-technics. By SILVANUS P. THOMPSON, B.A., D.Sc., Professor 
 of Experimental Physics in University College, Bristol, etc., etc. Second 
 edition, illustrated, 8vo, cloth, I2s. 6d. 
 
 Practical Geometry, Perspective, and Engineering 
 
 Drawing; a Course of Descriptive Geometry adapted to the Require- 
 ments of the Engineering Draughtsman, including the determination of 
 cast shadows and Isometric Projection, each chapter being followed by 
 numerous examples ; to which are added rules for Shading, Shade-lining, 
 etc., together with practical instructions as to the Lining, Colouring, 
 Printing, and general treatment of Engineering Drawings, with a chapter 
 on drawing Instruments. By GEORGE S. CLARKE, Capt. R.E. Second 
 edition, with 21 plates. 2 vols., cloth, roj. 6d. 
 
 The Elements of Graphic Statics. By Professor 
 
 KARL VON OTT, translated from the German by G. S. CLARKE, Capt. 
 R.E., Instructor in Mechanical Drawing, Royal Indian Engineering 
 College. With 93 illustrations, crown 8vo, cloth, 5j. 
 
 A Practical Treatise on the Mamtfacture and Distri- 
 bution of Coal Gas. By WILLIAM RICHARDS. Demy 410, with numerous 
 wood engravings and 29 plates, cloth, 28^. 
 
 SYNOPSIS OF CONTENTS : 
 
 Introduction History of Gas Lighting Chemistry of Gas Manufacture, by Lewis 
 Thompson, Esq., M.R.C.S. Coal, with Analyses, by J. Paterson, Lewis Thompson, and 
 G. R. Hislop, Esqrs. Retorts, Iron and Clay Retort Setting Hydraulic Main Con- 
 densers Exhausters Washers and Scrubbers Purifiers Purification History of Gas 
 Holder Tanks, Brick and Stone, Composite, Concrete, Cast-iron, Compound Annular 
 Wrought-iron Specifications Gas Holders Station M eter Governor Distribution 
 Mains Gas Mathematics, or Formulas for the Distribution of Gas, by Lewis Thompson, Esq. . 
 Services Consumers' Meters Regulators Burners Fittings Photometer Carburization 
 of Gas Air Gas and Water Gas Composition of Coal Gas, by Lewis Thompson, Esq. 
 Analyses of Gas Influence of Atmospheric Pressure and Temperature on Gas Residual 
 Products Appendix Description of Retort Settings, Buildings, etc., etc. 
 
 The New Formula for Mean Velocity of Discharge 
 
 of Rivers and Canals. By W. R. K UTTER. Translated from articles in 
 the ' Cultur-Ingenieur,' by Lowis D'A. JACKSON, Assoc. Inst. C.E. 
 8vo, cloth, I2s. 6d. 
 
 The Practical Millwright and Engineers Ready 
 
 Reckoner j or Tables for finding the diameter and power of cog-wheels, 
 diameter, weight, and power of shafts, diameter and strength of bolts, etc. 
 By THOMAS DIXON. Fourth edition, I2mo, cloth, -$s. 
 
 Tin : Describing the Chief Methods of Mining, 
 
 Dressing and Smelting it abroad ; with Notes upon Arsenic, Bismuth and 
 Wolfram. By ARTHUR G. CHARLETON, Mem. American Inst, of 
 Mining Engineers. With plates, 8vo, cloth, I2s. 6d. 
 
 B 3 
 
io CATALOGUE OF SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 
 
 Perspective, Explained and Illustrated. By G. S. 
 
 CLARKE, Capt. R.E. With ilhistrations, 8vo, cloth, 3^. 6ct. 
 
 Practical Hydraulics ; a Series of Rules and Tables 
 
 for the use of Engineers, etc., etc. By THOMAS Box. Fifth edition, 
 numerous plates, post 8vo, cloth, 5^. 
 
 The Essential Elements of Practical Mechanics; 
 
 based OK the Principle of Work, designed for Engineering Students. By 
 OLIVER BYRNE, formerly Professor of Mathematics, College for Civil 
 Engineers. Third edition, with 148 wood engravings, post 8vo, cloth, 
 is. 6d. 
 
 CONTENTS : 
 
 Chap. I. How Work is Measured by a Unit, both with and without reference to a Unit 
 of Time Chap. 2. The Work of Living Agents, the Influence of Friction, and introduces 
 one of the most beautiful Laws of Motion Chap. 3- The principles expounded in the first and 
 second chapters are applied to the Motion of Bodies Chap. 4. The Transmission of Work by 
 simple Machines Chap. 5. Useful Propositions and Rules. 
 
 Breweries and Mailings : their Arrangement, Con- 
 struction, Machinery, and Plant. By G. SCAMELL, F.R.I.B.A. Second 
 edition, revised, enlarged, and partly rewritten. By F. COLYER, M.I.C.E., 
 M.I.M.E. With 20 plates, 8vo, cloth, iSs. 
 
 A Practical Treatise on the Construction of Hori- 
 zontal and Vertical Waterwheels, specially designed for the use of opera- 
 tive mechanics. By WILLIAM CULLEN, Millwright and Engineer. With 
 II plates. Second edition, revised and enlarged, small 4to, cloth, 12s. 6d. 
 
 A Practical Treatise on Mill-gearing, Wheels, Shafts, 
 
 Riggers, etc.', for the use of Engineers. By THOMAS Box. Third 
 edition, with 1 1 plates. Crown 8vo, cloth, is. 6d. 
 
 Mining Machinery: a Descriptive Treatise on the 
 
 Machinery, Tools, and other Appliances used in Mining. By G. G. 
 ANDRE, F.G.S., Assoc. Inst. C.E., Mem. of the Society of Engineers. 
 Royal 4to, uniform with the Author's Treatise on Coal Mining, con- 
 taining 182 plates, accurately drawn to scale, with descriptive text, in 
 2 vols., cloth, 3/. I2J. 
 
 CONTENTS : 
 
 Machinery for Prospecting, Excavating, Hauling, and Hoisting Ventilation Pumping 
 Treatment of Mineral Products, including Gold and Silver, Copper, Tin, and Lead, Iron 
 Coal, Sulphur, China Clay, Brick Earth, etc. 
 
 Tables for Setting out Curves for Railways, Canals, 
 
 Roads, etc., varying from a radius of five chains to three miles. By A. 
 KENNEDY and R. W. HACKWOOD. Illustrated, 32mo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
PUBLISHED BY E. & F. N. SPON. n 
 
 The Science and Art of the Manufacture of Portland 
 
 Cement, with observations on some of its constructive applications. With 
 66 illustrations. By HENRY REID, C.E., Author of 'A Practical 
 Treatise on Concrete,' etc., etc. 8vo, cloth, i8j. 
 
 The Draughtsman!* Handbook of Plan and Map 
 
 Drawing ; including instructions for the preparation of Engineering, 
 Architectural, and Mechanical Drawings. With numerous illustration* 
 in the text, and 33 plates (15 printed in colours}. By G. G. ANDRE. 
 F.G.S., Assoc. Inst. C.E. 410, cloth, gs. 
 
 CONTENTS: 
 
 The Drawing Office and its Furnishings Geometrical Problems Lines, Dots, and their 
 Combinations Colours, Shading, Lettering, Bordering, and North Points Scales Plotting 
 Civil Engineers' and Surveyors' Plans Map Drawing Mechanical and Architectural 
 Drawing Copying and Reducing Trigonometrical Formulae, etc., etc. 
 
 The B oiler-maker s andiron Ship-builder s Companion, 
 
 comprising a series of original and carefully calculated tables, of the 
 utmost utility to persons interested in the iron trades. By JAMES FODEN, 
 author of ' Mechanical Tables,' etc. Second edition revised, with illustra- 
 tions, crown 8vo, cloth, $s. 
 
 Rock Blasting: a Practical Treatise on the means 
 
 employed in Blasting Rocks for Industrial Purposes. By G. G. ANDRE, 
 F.G.S., Assoc. Inst. C.E. With 56 illustrations and 12 plates, 8vo, cloth, 
 10*. bd. 
 
 Painting and Painters Manual: a Book of Facts 
 
 for Painters and those who Use or Deal in Paint Materials. By C. L. 
 CONDIT and J. SCHELLER. Illustrated, 8vo, cloth, IQJ. 6d. 
 
 A Treatise on Ropemaking as practised in public and 
 
 private Rope-yards, with a Description of the Manufacture, Rules, Tables 
 of Weights, etc., adapted to the Trade, Shipping, Mining, Railways, 
 Builders, etc. By R. CHAPMAN, formerly foreman to Messrs. Huddart 
 and Co., Limehouse, and late Master Ropemaker to H.M. Dockyard, 
 Deptford. Second edition, I2mo, cloth, 3J-. 
 
 Laoctons Builders and Contractors Tables ; for the 
 
 use of Engineers, Architects, Surveyors, Builders, Land Agents, and 
 others. Bricklayer, containing 22 tables, with nearly 30,000 calculations. 
 4to, cloth, 5-r. 
 
 Laxtori s Bidlders and Contractors Tables. Ex- 
 cavator, Earth, Land, Water, and Gas, containing 53 tables, with nearly 
 24,000 calculations. 4to, cloth, 5-r. 
 
 B 4 
 
12 CATALOGUE OF SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 
 
 Sanitary Engineering: a Guide to the Construction 
 
 of Works of Sewerage and House Drainage, with Tables for facilitating 
 the calculations of the Engineer. By BALDWIN LATHAM, C.E., M. Inst. 
 C.E., F.G.S., F.M.S., Past-President of the Society of Engineers. Second 
 edition, with numerous plates and woodcuts, 8vo, cloth, I/. IQJ-. 
 
 Screw Cutting Tables for Engineers and Machinists, 
 
 giving the values of the different trains of Wheels required to produce 
 Screws of any pitch, calculated by Lord Lindsay, M.P., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., 
 etc. Cloth, oblong, 2s. 
 
 Screw Cutting Tables, for the use of Mechanical 
 
 Engineers, showing the proper arrangement of Wheels for cutting the 
 Threads of Screws of any required pitch, with a Table for making the 
 Universal Gas-pipe Threads and Taps. By W. A. MARTIN, Engineer. 
 Second edition, oblong, cloth, is., or sewed, 6d. 
 
 A Treatise on a Practical Method of Designing Slide- 
 
 Valve Gears by Simple Geometrical Constrtiction, based upon the principles 
 enunciated in Euclid's Elements, and comprising the various forms of 
 Plain Slide-Valve and Expansion Gearing ; together with Stephenson's, 
 Gooch's, and Allan's Link-Motions, as applied either to reversing or to 
 variable expansion combinations. By EDWARD J. COWLING WELCH, 
 Memb. Inst. Mechanical Engineers. Crown 8vo, cloth, 6s. 
 
 Cleaning and Scouring : a Manual for Dyers, Laun- 
 dresses, and for Domestic Use. By S. CHRISTOPHER. i8mo, sewed, 6d. 
 
 A Glossary of Terms used in Coal Mining. By 
 
 WILLIAM STUKELEY GRESLEY, Assoc. Mem. Inst. C.E., F.G.S., Member 
 of the North of England Institute of Mining Engineers. Illustrated with 
 numerous woodcuts and diagrams, crown 8vo, cloth, $s. 
 
 A Pocket-Book for Boiler Makers and Steam Users, 
 
 comprising a variety of useful information for Employer and Workman, 
 Government Inspectors, Board of Trade Surveyors, Engineers in charge 
 of Works and Slips, Foremen of Manufactories, and the general Steam- 
 using Public. By MAURICE JOHN SEXTON. Second edition, royal 
 32mo, roan, gilt edges, 5-r. 
 
 Electrolysis: a Practical Treatise on Nickeling, 
 
 Coppering, Gilding, Silvering, the Refining of Metals, and the treatment 
 of Ores by means of Electricity. By HIPPOLYTE FONTAINE, translated 
 from the French by J. A. BERLY, C.E., Assoc. S.T.E. With engravings. 
 8vo, cloth, 9*. 
 
PUBLISHED BY E. & F. N. SPON. 13 
 
 Barlow s Tables of Squares, Cubes, Square Roots, 
 
 Cube Roots, Reciprocals of all Integer Numbers up to 10,000. Post 8vo, 
 cloth, 6s. 
 
 A Practical Treatise on the Steam Engine, con- 
 taining Plans and Arrangements of Details for Fixed Steam Engines, 
 with Essays on the Principles involved in Design and Construction. By 
 ARTHUR 'RIGG, Engineer, Member of the Society of Engineers and of 
 the Royal Institution of Great Britain. Demy 4to, copiously illustrated 
 with woodcuts and 96 plates, in one Volume, half-bound morocco, 2/. 2s. ; 
 or cheaper edition, cloth, 2$s. 
 
 This work is not, in any sense, an elementary treatise, or history of the steam engine, but 
 is intended to describe examples of Fixed Steam Engines without entering into the wide 
 domain of locomotive or marine practice. To this end illustrations will be given of the most 
 recent arrangements of Horizontal, Vertical, Beam, Pumping, Winding, Portable, Semi- 
 portable, Corliss, Allen, Compound, and other similar Engines, by the most eminent Firms in 
 Great Britain and America. The laws relating to the action and precautions to be observed 
 in the construction of the various details, such as Cylinders, Pistons, Piston-rods, Connecting- 
 rods, Cross-heads, Motion-blocks, Eccentrics, Simple, Expansion, Balanced, and Equilibrium 
 Slide-valves, and Valve-gearing will be minutely dealt with. In this connection will be found 
 articles upon the Velocity of Reciprocating Parts and the Mode of Applying the Indicator, 
 Heat and Expansion of Steam Governors, and the like. It is the writer's desire to draw 
 illustrations from every possible source, and give only those rules that present practice deems 
 correct. 
 
 A Practical Treatise on the Science of Land and 
 
 Engineering Surveying, Levelling, Estimating Quantities, etc., with a 
 general description of the several Instruments required for Surveying, 
 Levelling, Plotting, etc. By H. S. MERRETT. Fourth edition, revised 
 by G. W. USILL, Assoc. Mem. Inst. C.E. 41 plates, with illustrations 
 and tables, royal 8vo, cloth, I2s. 6d. 
 
 PRINCIPAL CONTENTS : 
 
 Part i. Introduction and the Principles of Geometry. Part 2. Land Surveying; com- 
 prising General Observations The Chain Offsets Surveying by the Chain only Surveying 
 Hilly Ground To Survey an Estate or Parish by the Chain only Surveying with the 
 Theodolite Mining and Town Surveying Railroad Surveying Mapping Division and 
 Laying out of Land Observations on Enclosures Plane Trigonometry. Part 3. Levelling 
 Simple and Compound Levelling The Level Book Parliamentary Plan and Section 
 Levelling with a Theodolite Gradients Wooden Curves To Lay out a Railway Curve- 
 Setting out Widths. Part 4. Calculating Quantities generally for Estimates Cuttings and 
 Embankments Tunnels Brickwork Ironwork Timber Measuring. Part 5. Description 
 and Use of Instruments in Surveying and Plotting The Improved Dumpy Level Troughton's 
 Level The Prismatic Compass Proportional Compass Box Sextant Vernier Panta- 
 graph Merrett's Improved Quadrant Improved Computation Scale The Diagonal Scale 
 Straight Edge and Sector. Part 6. Logarithms of Numbers Logarithmic Sines and 
 Co-Sines, Tangents and Co-TangentsNatural Sines and Co-SinesTables for Earthwork, 
 for Setting out Curves, and for various Calculations, etc., etc., etc. 
 
 Health and Comfort in House Building, or Ventila- 
 tion with Warm Air by Self-Acting Suction Power, with Review of the 
 mode of Calculating the Draught in Hot- Air Flues, and with some actual 
 Experiments. By J. DRYSDALE, M.D., and J. W. HAYWARD, M.D. 
 Second edition, with Supplement, with plates, demy 8vo, cloth, Js. 6d. 
 
14 CATALOGUE OF SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 
 
 The Assayers Manual: an Abridged Treatise on 
 
 the Docimastic Examination of Ores and Furnace and other Artificial 
 Products. By BRUNO KERL. Translated by W. T. BRANNT. With 65 
 illustrations, 8vo, cloth, I2s. 6d. 
 
 Electricity: its Theory, Sources, and Applications. 
 
 By J. T. SPRAGUE, M.S.T.E. Second edition, revised and enlarged, with 
 numerous illustrations, crown 8vo, cloth, 15^. 
 
 The Practice of Hand Turning in Wood, Ivory, Shell, 
 
 etc., with Instructions for Turning such Work in Metal as may be required 
 in the Practice of Turning in Wood, Ivory, etc. ; also an Appendix on 
 Ornamental Turning. (A book for beginners.) By FRANCIS CAMPIN. 
 Third edition, with wood engravings, crown 8vo, cloth, 6s. 
 
 CONTENTS : 
 
 On Lathes Turning Tools Turning Wood Drilling Screw Cutting Miscellaneous 
 Apparatus and Processes Turning Particular Forms Staining Polishing Spinning Metals 
 Materials Ornamental Turning, etc. 
 
 Treatise on Watchwork, Past and Present. By the 
 
 Rev. H. L. NELTHROPP, M.A., F.S.A. With 32 illustrations, crown 
 8vo, cloth, 6s. 6d. 
 
 CONTENTS : 
 
 Definitions of Words and Terms used in Watchwork Tools Time Historical Sum- 
 mary-!-On Calculations of the Numbers for Wheels and Pinions ; their Proportional Sizes, 
 Trains, etc. Of Dial Wheels, or Motion Work Length of Time of Going without Winding 
 up The Verge The Horizontal The Duplex The Lever The Chronometer Repeating 
 ^yatches Keyless Watches The Pendulum, or Spiral Spring Compensation Jewelling of 
 Pivot Holes Clerkenwell Fallacies of the Trade Incapacity of Workmen How to Choose 
 and Use a Watch, etc. 
 
 Algebra Self -Taught. By W. P. HIGGS, M.A., 
 
 D.Sc., LL.D., Assoc. Inst. C.E., Author of ' A Handbook of the Differ- 
 ential Calculus,' etc. Second edition, crown 8vo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 CONTENTS : 
 
 Symbols and the Signs of Operation The Equation and the Unknown Quantity 
 Positive and Negative Quantities Multiplication Involution Exponents Negative Expo- 
 nents Roots, and the Use of Exponents as Logarithms Logarithms Tables of Logarithms 
 and Proportionate Parts Transformation of System of Logarithms Common Uses of 
 Common Logarithms Compound Multiplication and the Binomial Theorem Division, 
 Fractions, and Ratio Continued Proportion The Series and the Summation of the Series 
 Limit of Series Square and Cube Roots Equations List of Formulae, etc. 
 
 Spans' Dictionary of Engineering, Civil, Mechanical, 
 
 Military, and Naval; with technical terms in French, German, Italian, 
 and Spanish, 3100 pp., and nearly 8000 engravings, in super-royal 8vo, 
 in 8 divisions, $/. 8j. Complete in 3 vols., cloth, $/. 5^. Bound in a 
 superior manner, half-morocco, top edge gilt, 3 vols., 61. I2s. 
 
PUBLISHED BY E. & F. N. SPON. 15 
 
 Notes in Mechanical Engineering. Compiled prin- 
 cipally for the use of the Students attending the Classes on this subject at 
 the City of London College. By HENRY ADAMS, Mem. Inst. M.E., 
 Mem. Inst. C.E., Mem. Soc. of Engineers. Crown 8vo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 Canoe and Boat Building: a complete Manual for 
 
 Amateurs, containing plain and comprehensive directions for the con- 
 struction of Canoes, Rowing and Sailing Boats, and Hunting Craft. 
 By W. P. STEPHENS. With numerous illustrations and 24 plates of 
 Working Drawings. Crown 8vo, cloth, "js. 6d. 
 
 Proceedings of the National Conference of Electricians, 
 
 Philadelphia, October 8th to I3th, 1884. i8mo, cloth, 3^. 
 
 Dynamo - Electricity, its Generation, Application, 
 
 Transmission, Storage, and Measurement. By G. B. PRESCOTT. With 
 545 illustrations. 8vo, cloth, I/, is. 
 
 Domestic Electricity for Amateurs. Translated from 
 
 the French of E. HOSPITALIER, Editor of "L'Electricien," by C. J. 
 WHARTON, Assoc. Soc. Tel. Eng. Numerous illustrations. Demy 8vo, 
 cloth, 9-r. 
 
 CONTENTS : 
 
 i. Production of the Electric Current 2. Electric Bells 3. Automatic Alarms 4. Domestic 
 Telephones 5. Electric Clocks 6. Electric Lighters 7. Domestic Electric Lighting 
 8. Domestic Application of the Electric Light 9. Electric Motors -10. Electrical Locomo- 
 tion ii. Electrotyping, Plating, and Gilding 12. Electric Recreations 13. Various appli- 
 cations Workshop of the Electrician. 
 
 Wrinkles in Electric Lighting. By VINCENT STEPHEN. 
 
 With illustrations. i8mo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 CONTENTS : 
 
 i. The Electric Current and its production by Chemical means 2. Production of Electric 
 Currents by Mechanical means 3. Dynamo-Electric Machines 4. Electric Lamps 
 5. Lead 6. Ship Lighting. 
 
 The Practical Flax Spinner ; being a Description of 
 
 the Growth, Manipulation, and Spinning of Flax and Tow. By LESLIE 
 C. MARSHALL, of Belfast. With illustrations. 8vo, cloth, 15-$-. 
 
 Foundations and Foundation Walls for all classes of 
 
 Buildings, Pile Driving, Building Stones and Bricks, Pier and Wall 
 construction, Mortars, Limes, Cements, Concretes, Stuccos, &c. 64 illus- 
 trations. By G. T. POWELL and F. BAUMAN. 8vo, cloth, los. 6d. 
 
1 6 CATALOGUE OF SCIENTIFIC BOOKS 
 
 Manual for Gas Engineering Students. By D. LEE. 
 
 i8mo, cloth is. 
 
 Hydraulic Machinery, Past and Present. A Lecture 
 
 delivered to the London and Suburban Railway Officials' Association. 
 By H. ADAMS, Mem. Inst. C.E. Folding plate. 8vo, sewed, is. 
 
 Twenty Years with the Indicator. By THOMAS PRAY, 
 
 Jun., C.E., M.E., Member of the American Society of Civil Engineers. 
 2 vols., royal 8vo, cloth, i2s. 6d. 
 
 Annual Statistical Report of the Secretary to the 
 
 Members of the Iron and Steel Association on the Home and Foreign Iron 
 and Steel Industries in 1884. Issued March 1885. 8vo, sewed, 5.?. 
 
 Bad Drains, and How to Test them ; with Notes on 
 
 the Ventilation of Sewers, Drains, and Sanitary Fittings, and the Origin 
 and Transmission of Zymotic Disease. By R. HARRIS REEVES. Crown 
 8vo, cloth, 3-y. 6d. 
 
 Standard Practical Plumbing ; being a complete 
 
 Encyclopaedia for Practical Plumbers and Guide for Architects, Builders, 
 Gas Fitters, Hot-water Fitters, Ironmongers, Lead Burners, Sanitary 
 Engineers, Zinc Workers, &c. Illustrated by over 2000 engravings. By 
 P. J. DAVIES. Vol. I, royal 8vo, cloth, "js. 6d. 
 
 Pneumatic Transmission of Messages and Parcels 
 
 between Paris and London, via Calais and Dover. By J. B. BERLIER, 
 C.E. Small folio, sewed, 6d. 
 
 List of Tests (Reagents), arranged in alphabetical 
 
 order, according to the names of the originators. Designed especially 
 for the convenient reference of Chemists, Pharmacists, and Scientists. 
 By HANS M. WILDER. Crown 8vo, cloth, 45-. 6d. 
 
 Ten Years Experience in Works of Intermittent 
 
 Downward Filtration. By J. BAILEY DENTON, Mem. Inst. C.E. 
 Second edition, with additions. Royal 8vo, sewed, 4^. 
 
 A Treatise on the Manufacture of Soap and Candles, 
 
 Ltibricants and Glycerin. By W. LANT CARPENTER, B.A., B.Sc. (late 
 of Messrs. C. Thomas and Brothers, Bristol). With illustrations. Crown 
 8vo, cloth, lew. 6^. 
 
PUBLISHED BY E. & F. N. SPON. 17 
 
 The Stability of Ships explained simply, and calculated 
 
 by a neiv Graphic method. By J. C. SPENCE, M.I.N.A. 410, sewed, 
 ' 
 
 Steam Making, or Boiler Practice. By CHARLES A. 
 
 SMITH, C.E. 8vo, cloth, IQJ. 6d. 
 
 CONTENTS : 
 
 i. The Nature of Heat and the Properties of Steam 2. Combustion. 3. Externally Fired 
 Stationary Boilers 4. Internally Fired Stationary Boilers 5. Internally Fired Portable 
 Locomotive and Marine Boilers 6. Design, Construction, and Strength of Boilers 7. Pro- 
 portions of Heating Surface, Economic Evaporation, Explosions 8. Miscellaneous Boilers, 
 Choice of Boiler Fittings and Appurtenances. 
 
 The Firemans Guide ; a Handbook on the Care of 
 
 Boilers. By TEKNOLOG, foreningen T. I. Stockholm. Translated from 
 the third edition, and revised by KARL P. DAHLSTROM, M.E. Second 
 edition. Fcap. 8vo, cloth, 2s. 
 
 A Treatise on Modern Steam Engines and Boilers, 
 
 including Land Locomotive, and Marine Engines and Boilers, for the 
 use of Students. By FREDERICK COLYER, M. Inst. C.E., Mem. Inst. M.E. 
 With 36 plaits. 4to, cloth, 2$s. 
 
 CONTENTS: 
 
 Introduction 2. 
 
 ion 2. Original Engines 3. Boilers 4. High-Pressure Beam Engines 5. 
 Cornish Beam Engines 6. Horizontal Engines 7. Oscillating Engines 8. Vertical High- 
 Pressure Engines 9. Special Engines 10. Portable Engines u. Locomotive Engines 
 12. Marine Engines. 
 
 Steam Engine Management; a Treatise on the 
 
 Working and Management of Steam Boilers. By F. COLYER, M. Inst. 
 C.E., Mem. Inst. M.E. i8mo, cloth, 2s. 
 
 Land Surveying on the Meridian and Perpendicular 
 
 System. By "WILLIAM PENMAN, C.E. 8vo, cloth, 8s. 6d. 
 
 The Topographer, his Instruments and Methods, 
 
 designed for the use of Students, Amateur Photographers, Surveyors, 
 Engineers, and all persons interested in the location and construction of 
 works based upon Topography. Ilhtstrated with mimerotts plates, maps, 
 and engravings. By LEWIS M. HAUPT, A.M. 8vo, cloth, iSs. 
 
 A Text-Book of Tanning, embracing the Preparation 
 
 of all kinds of Leather. By HARRY R. PROCTOR, F.C.S., of Low Lights 
 Tanneries. With illustrations. Crown 8vo, cloth, los. 6d. 
 
In super-royal 8vo, 1168 pp., -with 2400 illustrations, in 3 Divisions, cloth, price 13*. 6d. 
 each ; or i vol., cloth, a/. ; or half-morocco, -2!. 8s. 
 
 A SUPPLEMENT 
 
 TO 
 
 SPONS' DICTIONARY OF ENGINEERING. 
 
 EDITED BY ERNEST SPON, MEMB. Soc. ENGINEERS. 
 
 Abacus, Counters, Speed 
 Indicators, and Slide 
 Rule. 
 
 Agricultural Implements 
 and Machinery. 
 
 Air Compressors. 
 
 Animal Charcoal Ma- 
 chinery. 
 
 Antimony. 
 
 Axles and Axle-boxes. 
 
 Barn Machinery. 
 
 Belts and Belting. 
 
 Blasting. Boilers. 
 
 Brakes. 
 
 Brick Machinery. 
 
 Bridges. 
 
 Cages for Mines. 
 
 Calculus, Differential and 
 Integral. 
 
 Canals. 
 
 Carpentry. 
 
 Cast Iron. 
 
 Cement, Concrete, 
 Limes, and Mortar. 
 
 Chimney Shafts. 
 
 i 
 Coal Cleansing and 
 
 Washing. 
 
 Coal Mining. 
 
 Coal Cutting Machines. 
 
 Coke Ovens. Copper. 
 
 Docks. Drainage. 
 
 Dredging Machinery. 
 
 Dynamo - Electric and 
 Magneto-Electric Ma- 
 chines. 
 
 Dynamometers. 
 
 Electrical Engineering, 
 Telegraphy, Electric 
 Lighting and its prac- 
 ticaldetails,Telephones 
 
 Engines, Varieties of. 
 
 Explosives. Fans. 
 
 Founding, Moulding and 
 the practical work of 
 the Foundry. 
 
 Gas, Manufacture of. 
 
 Hammers, Steam and 
 other Power. 
 
 Heat. Horse Power. 
 
 Hydraulics. 
 
 Hydro-geology. 
 
 Indicators. Iron. 
 
 Lifts, Hoists, and Eleva- 
 tors. 
 
 Lighthouses, Buoys, and 
 Beacons. 
 
 Machine Tools. 
 
 Materials of Construc- 
 tion. 
 
 Meters. 
 
 Ores, Machinery and 
 Processes employed to 
 Dress. 
 
 Piers. 
 
 Pile Driving. 
 
 Pneumatic Transmis- 
 sion. 
 
 Pumps. 
 
 Pyrometers. 
 
 Road Locomotives. 
 
 Rock Drills. 
 
 Rolling Stock. 
 
 Sanitary Engineering, 
 
 Shafting. 
 
 Steel. 
 
 Steam Navvy. 
 
 Stone Machinery. 
 
 Tramways. 
 
 Well Sinking. 
 
 London : E. & F. N. SPON, 125, Strand. 
 
 New York : 35, Murray Street. 
 
NOW COMPLETE. 
 
 With nearly 150x3 illustrations, in super-royal 8vo, in 5 Divisions, cloth-. 
 Divisions I to 4, 13^. 6d. each ; Division 5, 17-$-. 6d. ; or 2 vols., cloth, ^3 roj. 
 
 SPONS' ENCYCLOPAEDIA 
 
 OF THE 
 
 INDUSTRIAL ARTS, MANUFACTURES, AND COMMERCIAL 
 PRODUCTS. 
 
 EDITED BY C. G. WARNFORD LOCK, F.L.S. 
 
 Among the more important of the subjects treated of, are the 
 
 following : 
 
 Acids, 207 pp. 220 figs. 
 
 Fur, 5 pp. 
 
 Photography, 13 pp. 20 
 
 Alcohol, 23 pp. 1 6 figs. 
 
 Gas, Coal, 8 pp. figs. 
 
 Alcoholic Liquors, 13 pp. 
 
 Gems. Pigments, 9 pp. 6 figs. 
 
 Alkalies, 89 pp. 78 figs. 
 
 Glass, 45 pp. 77 figs. Pottery, 46 pp. 57 figs. 
 
 Alloys. Alum. 
 
 Graphite, 7 pp. , Printing and Engraving, 
 
 Asphalt. Assaying. 
 
 Hair, 7 pp. 20 pp. 8 figs. 
 
 Beverages, 89 pp. 29 figs. 
 
 Hair Manufactures. Rags. 
 
 Blacks. 
 
 Hats, 26 pp. 26 figs. Resinous and Gummy 
 
 Bleaching Powder, 15 pp. 
 Bleaching, 51 pp. 48 figs. 
 
 Honey. Hops. Substances, 75 pp. 16 
 Horn. figs. 
 
 Candles, 18 pp. 9 figs. 
 
 Ice, 10 pp. 14 figs. Rope, i6pp. 17 figs. 
 
 Carbon Bisulphide. 
 
 Indiarubber Manufac- Salt, 31 pp. 23 figs. 
 
 Celluloid, 9 pp. 
 
 tures, 23 pp. 17 figs. Silk, 8 pp. 
 
 Cements. Clay. 
 
 Ink, 17 pp. 
 
 Silk Manufactures, 9 pp.. 
 
 Coal-tar Products, 44 pp. 
 
 Ivory. 
 
 II figS. 
 
 14 figs. 
 
 Jute Manufactures, n Skins, 5 pp. 
 
 Cocoa, 8 pp. 
 
 pp., 1 1 figs. i Small Wares, 4 pp. 
 
 Coffee, 32 pp. 13 figs. 
 
 Knitted Fabrics Soap and Glycerine, 39 
 
 Cork, 8 pp. 17 figs. 
 
 Hosiery, 15 pp. 13 figs. 
 
 pp. 45 figs. 
 
 Cotton Manufactures, 62 
 
 Lace, 13 pp. 9 fi gs- 
 
 Spices, 1 6 pp. 
 
 PP- 57 ngs. 
 
 Leather, 28 pp. 31 figs. 
 
 Sponge, 5 pp. 
 
 Drugs, 38 pp. 
 
 Linen Manufactures, 16 Starch, 9 pp. 10 figs. 
 
 Dyeing and Calico 
 
 pp. 6 figs. Sugar, 155 pp. 134 
 
 Printing, 28 pp. 9 figs. 
 
 Manures, 21 pp. 30 figs. figs. 
 
 Dyestuffs, 16 pp. 
 
 Matches, 1 7 pp. 38 figs. Sulphur. 
 
 Electro-Metallurgy, 13 
 
 Mordants, 13 pp. i Tannin, 18 pp. 
 
 pp. 
 
 Narcotics, 47 pp. 
 
 Tea, 12 pp. 
 
 Explosives, 22 pp. 33 figs. 
 
 Nuts, 10 pp. 
 
 Timber, 13 pp. 
 
 Feathers. 
 
 Oils and Fatty Sub- 
 
 Varnish, 15 pp. 
 
 Fibrous Substances, 92 
 
 stances, 125 pp. 
 
 Vinegar, 5 pp. 
 
 pp. 79 figs. 
 
 Paint. 
 
 Wax, 5 pp. 
 
 Floor-cloth, 1 6 pp. 21 
 
 Paper, 26 pp. 23 figs. 
 
 Wool, 2 pp. 
 
 figs. 
 
 Paraffin, 8 pp. 6 figs. 
 
 Woollen Manufactures, 
 
 Food Preservation, 8 pp. 
 
 Pearl and Coral, 8 pp. 
 
 58 pp. 39 figs. 
 
 Fruit, 8 pp. 
 
 Perfumes, 10 pp. 
 
 
 London : E. & F. N. SPON, 125, Strand. 
 New York : 35, Murray Street. 
 
Crown 8vo, cloth, with illustrations, 5.5-. 
 
 WORKSHOP RECEIPTS, 
 
 FIRST SERIES. 
 
 BY ERNEST SPON. 
 
 SYNOPSIS OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Bookbinding. 
 
 Bronzes and Bronzing 
 
 Candles. 
 
 Cement. 
 
 Cleaning. 
 
 Colourwashing. 
 
 Concretes. 
 
 Dipping Acids. 
 
 Drawing Office Details. 
 
 Drying Oils. 
 
 Dynamite. 
 
 Electro - Metallurgy 
 
 {Cleaning, Dipping, 
 
 Scratch-brushing, Bat- 
 teries, Baths, and ( 
 
 Deposits of every j 
 
 description). 
 Enamels. 
 Engraving on Wood, 
 
 Copper, Gold, Silver, ' 
 
 Steel, and Stone. 
 Etching and Aqua Tint. 
 Firework Making j 
 
 (Rockets, Stars, Rains, \ 
 
 Gerbes, Jets, Tour- j 
 
 billons, Candles, Fires, | 
 
 Lances,Lights, Wheels, ! 
 
 Fire-balloons, and' 
 
 minor Fireworks). 
 Fluxes. 
 Foundry Mixtures. 
 
 Besides Receipts relating to the lesser Technological matters and processes, 
 such as the manufacture and. use of Stencil Plates, Blacking, Crayons, Paste, 
 Putty, Wax, Size, Alloys, Catgut, Tunbridge Ware, Picture Frame and 
 Architectural Mouldings, Compos, Cameos, and others too numerous to 
 mention. 
 
 Freezing. 
 Fulminates. 
 
 Furniture Creams, Oils, 
 Polishes, Lacquers, 
 and Pastes. 
 
 Gilding. 
 
 Glass Cutting, Cleaning, 
 Frosting, Drilling, 
 Darkening, Bending, 
 Staining, and Paint- 
 ing. 
 
 Glass Making. 
 
 Glues. 
 
 Gold. 
 
 Graining. 
 
 Gums. 
 
 Gun Cotton. 
 
 Gunpowder. 
 
 Horn Working. 
 
 Indiarubber. 
 
 Japans, Japanning, and 
 kindred processes. 
 
 Lacquers. 
 
 Lathing. 
 
 Lubricants. 
 
 Marble Working. 
 
 Matches. 
 
 Mortars. 
 
 Nitre-Glycerine. 
 
 Oils. 
 
 Paper. 
 
 Paper Hanging. 
 
 Painting in Oils, in Water 
 Colours, as well as 
 Fresco, House, Trans- 
 parency, Sign, and 
 Carriage Painting. 
 
 Photography. 
 
 Plastering. 
 
 Polishes. 
 
 Pottery (Clays, Bodies, 
 Glazes, Colours, Oils, 
 Stains, Fluxes, Ena- 
 mels, and Lustres). 
 
 Scouring. 
 
 Silvering. 
 
 Soap. 
 
 Solders. 
 
 Tanning. 
 
 Taxidermy. 
 
 Tempering Metals. 
 
 Treating Horn, Mother- 
 o'- Pearl, and like sub- 
 stances. 
 
 Varnishes, Manufacture 
 and Use of. 
 
 Veneering. 
 
 Washing. 
 
 Waterproofing. 
 
 Welding. 
 
 London: E. & F. N. SPON, 125, Strand. 
 
 New York: 35, Murray Street. 
 
Crown 8vo, cloth, 485 pages, with illustrations, 5-r. 
 
 WORKSHOP RECEIPTS, 
 
 SECOND SERIES. 
 
 BY ROBERT HALDANE. 
 
 SYNOPSIS OF CONTENTS.- 
 
 Acidimetry and Alkali- Disinfectants. 
 
 Isinglass. 
 
 metry. Dyeing, Staining, and 
 
 Ivory substitutes. 
 
 Albumen. Colouring. 
 
 Leather. 
 
 Alcohol. Essences. 
 
 Luminous bodies. 
 
 Alkaloids. Extracts. 
 
 Magnesia. 
 
 Baking-powders. 
 
 Fireproofing. 
 
 Matches. 
 
 Bitters. 
 
 Gelatine, Glue, and Size. 
 
 Paper. 
 
 Bleaching. 
 
 Glycerine. 
 
 Parchment. 
 
 Boiler Incrustations. 
 
 Gut. 
 
 Perchloric acid. 
 
 Cements and Lutes. 
 
 Hydrogen peroxide. 
 
 Potassium oxalate. 
 
 Cleansing. 
 
 Ink. 
 
 Preserving. 
 
 Confectionery. 
 
 Iodine. 
 
 
 Copying. 
 
 lodoform. 
 
 
 Pigments, Paint, and Painting : embracing the preparation of 
 Pigments^ including alumina lakes, blacks (animal, bone, Frankfort, ivory, 
 lamp, sight, soot), blues (antimony, Antwerp, cobalt, cseruleum, Egyptian r 
 manganate, Paris, Peligot, Prussian, smalt, ultramarine), browns (bistre 7 
 hinau, sepia, sienna, umber, Vandyke), greens (baryta, Brighton, Brunswick, 
 chrome, cobalt, Douglas, emerald, manganese, mitis, mountain, Prussian, 
 sap, Scheele's, Schweinfurth, titanium,' verdigris, zinc), reds (Brazilwood lake, 
 carminated lake, carmine, Cassius purple, cobalt pink, cochineal lake, colco- 
 thar, Indian red, madder lake, red chalk, red lead, vermilion), whites (alum r 
 baryta, Chinese, lead sulphate, white lead by American, Dutch, French r 
 German, Kremnitz, and Pattinson processes, precautions in making, and 
 composition of commercial samples whiting, Wilkinson's white, zinc white), 
 yellows (chrome, gamboge, Naples, orpiment, realgar, yellow lakes) ; Paint 
 (vehicles, testing oils, driers, grinding, storing, applying, priming, drying, 
 filling, coats, brushes, surface, water-colours, removing smell, discoloration - T 
 miscellaneous paints cement paint for carton-pierre, copper paint, gold paint, 
 iron paint, lime paints, silicated paints, steatite paint, transparent paints, 
 tungsten paints, window paint, zinc paints) ; Painting (general instructions, 
 proportions of ingredients, measuring paint work ; carriage painting priming, 
 paint, best putty, finishing colour, cause of cracking, mixing the paints, oils, 
 driers, and colours, varnishing, importance of washing vehicles, re-varnishing,. 
 how to dry paint ; woodwork painting). 
 
 London : E. & F. N. SPON, 125, Strand, 
 
 New York : 35, Murray Street. 
 
JUST PUBLISHED. 
 
 Crown 8vo, cloth, 480 pages, with 183 illustrations, $j. 
 
 WORKSHOP RECEIPTS, 
 
 THIRD SERIES. 
 
 BY C. G. WARNFORD LOCK. 
 Uniform with the First and Second Series. 
 
 Alloys. 
 
 Aluminium. 
 
 Antimony. 
 
 Barium. 
 
 Beryllium. 
 
 Bismuth. 
 
 Cadmium. 
 
 Caesium. 
 
 Calcium. 
 
 Cerium. 
 
 Chromium. 
 
 Cobalt. 
 
 Copper. 
 
 Didymium. 
 
 Electrics. 
 
 Enamels and Glazes. 
 
 Erbium. 
 
 Gallium. 
 
 Glass. 
 
 Gold. 
 
 London : E. & F. N. SPON, 125, Strand. 
 
 New York: 35, Murray Street. 
 
 SYNOPSIS OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Indium. ; Rubidium. 
 
 Iridium. 
 
 Ruthenium. 
 
 Iron and Steel. 
 
 Selenium. 
 
 Lacquers and Lacquering. 
 
 Silver. 
 
 Lanthanum. 
 
 Slag. 
 
 Lead. 
 
 Sodium. 
 
 Lithium. 
 
 Strontium. 
 
 Lubricants. 
 
 Tantalum. 
 
 Magnesium. , Terbium. 
 
 Manganese. Thallium. 
 
 Mercury. Thorium. 
 
 Mica. 
 
 Tin. 
 
 Molybdenum. 
 
 Titanium. 
 
 Nickel. 
 
 Tungsten. 
 
 Niobium. 
 
 Uranium. 
 
 Osmium. 
 
 Vanadium. 
 
 Palladium. 
 
 Yttrium. 
 
 Platinum. 
 
 Zinc. 
 
 Potassium. 
 
 Zirconium. 
 
 Rhodium. 
 
 
WORKSHOP RECEIPTS, 
 
 FOURTH SERIES, 
 
 DEVOTED MAINLY TO HANDICRAFTS & MECHANICAL SUBJECTS. 
 BY C. G. WARNFORD LOCK. 
 
 250 Illustrations, with Complete Index, and a General Index to the 
 Four Series, 5s. 
 
 Waterproofing rubber goods, cuprammonium processes, miscellaneous 
 
 preparations. 
 Packing and Storing articles of delicate odour or colour, of a deliquescent 
 
 character, liable to ignition, apt to suffer from insects or damp, or easily 
 
 broken. 
 
 Embalming and Preserving anatomical specimens. 
 Leather Polishes. 
 Cooling Air and Water, producing low temperatures, making ice, cooling 
 
 syrups and solutions, and separating salts from liquors by refrigeration. 
 Pumps and Siphons, embracing every useful contrivance for raising and 
 
 supplying water on a moderate scale, and moving corrosive, tenacious, 
 
 and other liquids. 
 Desiccating air- and water-ovens, and other appliances for drying natural 
 
 and artificial products. 
 Distilling water, tinctures, extracts, pharmaceutical preparations, essences, 
 
 perfumes, and alcoholic liquids. 
 
 Emulsifying as required by pharmacists and photographers. 
 Evaporating saline and other solutions, and liquids demanding special 
 
 precautions. 
 
 Piltering water, and solutions of various kinds. 
 Percolating and Macerating. 
 Electrotyping. 
 
 Stereotyping by both plaster and paper processes. 
 Bookbinding in all its details. 
 
 Straw Plaiting and the fabrication of baskets, matting, etc. 
 Musical Instruments the preservation, tuning, and repair of pianos, 
 
 harmoniums, musical boxes, etc. 
 
 Clock and Watch Mending adapted for intelligent amateurs. 
 Photography recent development in rapid processes, handy apparatus, 
 
 numerous recipes for sensitizing and developing solutions, and applica- 
 tions to modern illustrative purposes. 
 
 London : E. & F. N. SPON, 125, Strand. 
 
 New York : 35, Murray Street. 
 
JUST 
 
 In demy 8vo, cloth, 600 pages, and 1420 Illustrations, 6s. 
 
 SPONS' 
 MECHANICS' OWN BOOK; 
 
 A MANUAL FOR HANDICRAFTSMEN AND AMATEURS. 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Mechanical Drawing Casting and Founding in Iron, Brass, Bronze, 
 and other Alloys Forging and Finishing Iron Sheetmetal Working 
 Soldering, Brazing, and Burning Carpentry and Joinery, embracing 
 descriptions of some 400 Woods, over 200 Illustrations of Tools and 
 their uses, Explanations (with Diagrams) of 116 joints and hinges, and 
 Details of Construction of Workshop appliances, rough furniture, 
 Garden and Yard Erections, and House Building Cabinet-Making 
 and Veneering Carving and Fretcutting Upholstery Painting, 
 Graining, and Marbling Staining Furniture, Woods, Floors, and 
 Fittings Gilding, dead and bright, on various grounds Polishing 
 Marble, Metals, and Wood Varnishing Mechanical movements, 
 illustrating contrivances for transmitting motion Turning in Wood 
 and Metals Masonry, embracing Stonework, Brickwork, Terracotta, 
 and Concrete Roofing with Thatch, Tiles, Slates, Felt, Zinc, &c. 
 Glazing with and without putty, and lead glazing Plastering and 
 Whitewashing Paper-hanging Gas-fitting Bell-hanging, ordinary 
 and electric Systems Lighting Warming Ventilating Roads, 
 Pavements, and Bridges Hedges, Ditches, and Drains Water 
 Supply and Sanitation Hints on House Construction suited to new 
 countries. 
 
 London : E. & F. N. SPON, 125, Strand. 
 
 New York : 35, Murray Street. 
 
THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
 STAMPED BELOW 
 
 AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS 
 
 WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN 
 THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY 
 WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH 
 DAY AND TO $1.OO ON THE SEVENTH DAY 
 OVERDUE. 
 
 1945 
 
 LD 21-y5m-7,'37 
 
v/jr*> i r^o^ /- 
 
 YB i ooou 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY